Home

6800-A2-GB30-20

1. 0 0 2 142 2 44 Display Port Configurations Results Form 0 0 0 0 cece ee ee eens 2 145 2 45 Display Processing Filter Results Form Alert Group 2 149 2 46 Display Processing Filter Results Form Device Exceptions 2 150 2 47 Samples of a Display Queue Results Form 0 000 000 0202 2 153 2 48 A Sample of the Display Routine Results Form 000 00 2 155 2 49 Display Scheduled Items Results Form 0 00 0 0c eee eee eee 2 157 2 50 Display Storage Filter Results Form Alert Group 0 0 2 162 2 51 Display Storage Filter Results Form Device Exceptions 2 163 2 52 Display System Poll List Results Form 0 00 00 0c eee eee 2 165 2 53 Display Uniform Alarm Filter Results Form Alert Group 2 168 2 54 Display Uniform Alarm Filter Results Form Device Exceptions 2 169 2 55 Display Uniform Alarm Interface Results Form Page 1 0 2 170 2 56 Display Uniform Alarm Interface Results Form Page2 2 172 2 57 Display User Group Input Form 0 0 ee ee eee 2 174 2 58 Display User Group Results Form 0 0 0 ee eee ee eee 2 175 2 59 Display User Profile Results Form Page 1 0 00 000000 2 177 2 60 Display User Profile Results Form Page 2 00 00 20 2 eee 2 178 2 61 Display Vendor
2. 00 0 00 0000 2 57 2 10 Create Site Profile Input Form Page 2 0 0 2 58 2 11 Create Site Profile Input Form Page 3 0 0 0 2 59 2 12 Create User Profile Input Form Page 1 0 00 0 0 02 2 62 2 13 Create User Profile Input Form Page2 0 0 0 2 64 2 14 Create User Profile Input Form Page4 00 0 0 2 65 2 15 Create Vendor Profile Input Form Page 1 0 00 0 00000 2 66 2 16 Create Vendor Profile Input Form Page3 00 000 2 68 2 17 Delete Alert History Input Form 0 0 0 eee eee eee 2 69 2 18 Delete Audit Trail Input Form 0 0 00 2 72 2 19 Delete Device Profile Input Form 0 2 0 0 ee eee eee eee 2 75 2 20 Display Active Alert Snapshot Input Form 0 000000 2 88 2 21 Display Active Alert Snapshot Results Form 0000005 2 90 2 22 Display Alert Driven Routine Criteria Input Form Device Type Page 1 2 92 2 23 Display Alert Driven Routine Criteria Input Form Device Type Only Page 2 2 94 2 24 Display ADR Criteria Results Form 0 0 0 eee eee 2 95 2 25 Display Alert Driven Routine Filter Input Form 0 0 2 96 2 26 Display Alert Driven Routine Filter Results Form Alert Group 2 98 2 27 Display Alert Driven Routine Filter Results Form Device Exceptions 2 98 2 28 Display Ale
3. 3 48 3 27 List Scheduled Items Results Form Trouble Inventory Task 3 50 4 1 Samples of a Display Queue Results Form 0 0 0000 00 00 00 4 9 4 2 Display Scheduled Items Results Form 00 0 0 eee ee eee ee 4 11 4 3 Display Trouble Tickets Input Form Page 1 0 0 0005 4 13 vi January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Table of Contents Figure Page 4 4 Display Trouble Tickets Input Form Page 2 0 00 0 000000008 4 15 4 5 Display Trouble Tickets Selection List 0 0 00 0 0022 e eee 4 17 4 6 Display Trouble Tickets Results Form Page 1 000005 4 18 4 7 Display Trouble Tickets Results Form Page 2 00 0 000000 4 20 4 8 Display Trouble Tickets Results Form Page 3 00 0 0 00005 4 22 4 9 Display Trouble Tickets Results Form Page 4 0 0000000 4 23 4 10 List Queue Results Results Form Trouble Tracking Task 4 29 4 11 List Scheduled Items Results Form Trouble Tracking Task 4 31 4 12 Open Trouble Ticket Input Form Pagel 0 00 0 2 e eee 4 37 4 13 Open Trouble Ticket Input Form Page 2 0 0 00 eee eee ee eee 4 39 4 14 Open Trouble Ticket Results Form Page 1 0 000 000 0000 08 4 40 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 vii COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System List of Tables Table Page
4. s No more pages H EE Goo MainMenu FillForm Uefaults Figure 2 9 Create Site Profile Input Form Page 1 This input form contains the following fields Site name Required field Identifies the name for the site The keywords all and none cannot be used See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information Site contact Name Identifies who to contact at the site Phone number Identifies the phone number of the site contact Address Identifies the address of the site contact There are four lines available 2 57 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Security contact Name Identifies the security manager to contact at the site Phone number Identifies the phone number of the site security contact Address Identifies the address of the site security contact Page 2 Waa Manager CREATE SITE PROFILE Page 2 Site name bonn LEC contact Hamet Phone number Address Other contact Name Functions Phone number Address H EE mna oes Pee E Figure 2 10 Create Site Profile Input Form Page 2 This input form contains the following fields LEC contact Name Identifies the Local Exchange Carrier LEC contact for the site Phone number Identifies the phone number of the LEC contact for the s
5. Figure 2 38 Display Display Filter Results Form Alert Group This results form contains the following fields Alert group Lists each alert group associated with the specified device type Filter type Identifies the type of filter duration or pass block used for alerts in the alert group The duration value means the filter is dependent on time The pass block value means the alert is either passed automatically pass or it never passes block the filter This information is provided for each filter Filter value Specifies the filter value for each filter This value can be pass or block for pass block filters pass or block or a time for duration filters The duration indicates the length of time an alert must be active before it can pass the filter Adjustable defaults Specifies whether the filter parameters can be changed by the user Exceptions allowed Specifies whether device exceptions can be created 2 134 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Page 1 Device Exceptions IE Manager RESULTS DISPLAY DISPLAY FILTER Page 1 Alert group ddd device Filter type duration Filter value 0000 00 Device Value 1 ccdm2 01 00 00 2 cc m3 02 15 00 3 ecdmd 03 30 15 4 ecdm5s 12 00 00 EEEE EEEETEEETEEEEEETETEEETEEEE END OF RESULTS ee E Start time Tue Jun 16 09 02 19 Completion time Tue Jun 16 09 02 14 E Ee i PrevMenuf MainMenu PrevForm z Figure 2 39 Display Di
6. Circuit type Indicates the type of circuit with which the device is associated Enter multipoint point point or other A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Date installed Indicates the installation date of the device Enter the date of installation using format mm dd yy month day year 2 36 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Purchased Leased Indicates if the device is purchased or leased The default value is purchased A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Restoral device Indicates if the device is equipped with or has access to service restoration equipment Enter any string of characters to identify this equipment External system Indicates an external system that may manage this device for which NMS can establish a cut through session The list of external systems is obtained from the external systems configuration table in the database The network map also uses this field When the Network Control item is selected from this device s command menu on the network map a cut through session to this external system is initiated A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Parent device Indicates the device s parent the network object that may contain or manage the device Enter either the parent s device address or device name The device profile for the parent must already exist Even though you can enter either the parent s name or address the
7. Multichannel Multipoint Circuit Card Assembly Multichannel Multipoint Multichannel Multipoint Circuit Card Assembly Control Bridge Multichannel Multipoint Circuit Card Assembly Dual Bridge Multichannel Multipoint Circuit Card Assembly Extended Bridge V 35 RS232 Time Division Multiplexer Circuit Card Assembly Time Division Multiplexer RS232 V 35 RS232 Time Division Multiplexer Circuit Card Assembly Control Bridge V 35 RS232 Time Division Multiplexer Circuit Card Assembly Dual Bridge V 35 RS232 Time Division Multiplexer Circuit Card Assembly Extended Bridge V 35 RS232 Time Division Multiplexer Circuit Card Assembly Time Division Multiplexer V 35 V 35 RS232 Time Division Multiplexer Circuit Card Assembly No Application V 35 RS232 Multichannel Multipoint Circuit Card Assembly Time Division Multiplexer RS232 2 18 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands V 35 232 MCMP CCA MCMP R V 35 RS232 Multichannel Multipoint Circuit Card Assembly Multichannel Multipoint RS232 V 35 232 MCMP CCA CBrdg V 35 RS232 Multichannel Multipoint Circuit Card Assembly Control Bridge V 35 232 MCMP CCA DBrdg V 35 RS232 Multichannel Multipoint Circuit Card Assembly Dual Bridge V 35 232 MCMP CCA EBrdg V 35 RS232 Multichannel Multipoint Circuit Card Assembly Extended Bridge V 35 232 MCMP CCA TDM V V 35 RS232 Multichannel Multipoint Circuit Card Assembly Time Division
8. Use the digr command to delete queue results from your Trouble Inventory Reports results queues The digr command is accessible from the Manager Trouble Inventory Reports and Trouble Tracking tasks Depending on which task you are in this command operates on that task s queue The following command description applies to the Trouble Inventory Reports task The Trouble Inventory Reports queue holds up to 50 separate queue result records You need to periodically delete obsolete results to accommodate new results If your Trouble Inventory Reports queue is near capacity NMS sends you a mail message Each item stored in your queue is assigned an index number to identify it The list of items in your queue and their assigned index numbers are available via the List Queue Results sqr command For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is provided For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level Help Desk Data Technician Manager Administrator Abbreviation diqr Restrictions None Routine No Schedule Yes Related Commands Display Queue Results dsqr List Queue Results Isqr 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 3 15 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Delete Queue
9. 7 10 and 11 must be included in the alarm text message Clear text message Required field Displays the text device network NMS time stamp and alert clear information that is to be sent to the receiving NMS This message can include variable parameters denoted by numbers and enclosed in braces when part of a message that are read in from the network alert message or provided by the 6800 Series NMS The 6800 Series NMS expands the clear text message with the variables numbers replaced with the device network time stamp or alert information before it sends the message on to the receiving NMS See Table 2 2 for the values of the variables used in clear text messages The default is cleared alert 2 time 12 device 7 circuit 10 For backward compatibility with older versions of the ACCUMASTER Integrator parameter numbers 2 7 10 and 12 must be included in the clear text message Click on Go or press F2 to execute the command 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 257 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Edit Uniform Alarm Interface Results Form This results form displays a message indicating the success or failure of the edit Table 2 3 Variable Number Mapping for UAI Alarm and Clear Text Messages Number Parameter Value 0 NMS Type PARADYNE if alert reporting option basic COM6800 if alert reporting option enhan
10. ATT2296A AT amp T 2296A ATT4000 AT amp T 4000 1A02 ATT4024 AT amp T 4024 ATT4024H AT amp T 4024H ATT4112 AT amp T 4112 Cerm1200 Cermatek 1200 Cerm1200PC Cermatek 1200PC Hayes1200 Hayes Smartm 1200 Hayes1200B Hayes Smartm 1200B 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 233 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Hayes2400 Hayes Smartm 2400 Hayes2400B Hayes Smartm 2400B Mtech224 Multitech 224 Mtech224PC Multitech 224PC Penril1200 Penril 1200 Prteus1200 Prometheus 1200 Qubiel200E Qubie 212A 1200E RacalVadic Racal VADIC Rixon2400 Rixon Usr Courier 2400 Vtel1200P1 Ventel 1200 PLUS Vtel1200EC Ventel 1200 PLUS EC Vtel120031 Ventel 1200 31 VtelIMD212 Ventel MD212 PlusLE NonAutoDl Non Autodialing e For any other application port type the field is not applicable n a A pop up menu is available listing valid selections State Required field This field provides the current status of the port either currently available in use enabled disabled n a or none depending on the application and port type You can only edit the state for printer and UAI applications For system alert log and ATR remote printers on a dedicated port possible values are enabled and disabled The enabled value means the printer port is ready The disabled v
11. Number of items in queue Displays the number of items scheduled in the Trouble Inventory Reports task Renumber list Required field Requests a consecutive renumbering of the queue results list Previously queued results could have been deleted using the dlsi command from any position within the consecutively numbered list By entering yes you consecutively renumber the list to fill in those gaps If you enter no then the list is not renumbered Press F2 to execute the command 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 3 49 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System List Scheduled Items Results Form A sample of this results form is shown in Figure 3 27 This form displays the index number name schedule type and execution schedule for the command If the item is scheduled for weekly or monthly execution the last scheduled date of execution appears KA Troubles Inventory Reports RESULTS LIST SCHEDULED ITEMS U Index Command Name Scheduled Next ate Time 1 Alert Report Summary delayed Dec 20 22100700 2 ATR Report monthly Dec 31 121500700 RSRARSESS Ree eee eee See eee eee END OF RESULTS se 2228 SRS S KERR SESE REE E REE Start Time 12720 91 14 46 23 Completion Time 127207 91 14 46 23 F1 HELP Fa4 PrevMenu Fo MainMenu Fe PreyvForm F8 Cancel Figure 3 27 List Scheduled Items Results Form Trouble Inventory Task 3 50 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Trouble Tracking Task Commands Overview Overvi
12. Press F2 to execute the command 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 3 17 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Delete Scheduled Items Results Form This results form displays a message indicating the completion of the deletion 3 18 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Trouble Inventory Reports Task Commands Detailed Alert Report dar Use the dar command to list all historical alerts as specified by the selection criteria that you enter The report displays device name device address optional network name date time duration and the alert type You determine the records to be included in the report and the order in which they are sorted by specifying information on the input form This report will include all historical alerts meeting all the criteria specified Leaving a selection criteria field blank causes NMS to ignore that criteria in its search For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is provided For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level Help Desk Data Technician Manager Administrator Abbreviation dar Restrictions None Routine No Schedule Yes Related Commands Alert Report Summary ars ATR Report atrr Delete Alert History dlah
13. Related Commands Create User Profile crup Display User Profile dsup Edit User Profile edup Delete User Profile Input Form This input form contains the following field User ID Required field Identifies the user profile to be deleted Enter an existing User ID Click on Go or press F2 to execute the command Delete User Profile Results Form This results form confirms that a user profile record was deleted 2 86 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Delete Vendor Profile dlvp Use the dlvp command to delete an existing vendor profile When you attempt to delete a vendor profile NMS validates the existence of the profile and informs you if there are any device profiles and or facility profiles that reference the vendor name You can then cancel the command or continue with the deletion If a deleted vendor profile was referenced in a device profile or facility profile the Vendor name field in those device profiles is automatically blanked out For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is provided For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level Data Technician Manager Administrator Abbreviation dlvp Restrictions None Routine Yes Schedu
14. 2 186 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Acknowledgment timeout hr mm Required field Specifies the time out value for automatic acknowledgment of alerts Time out is in the format hr mm where hr hours can have the values 0 through 200 and mm minutes can have the values 0 through 59 The keyword inf infinite can be used to specify that the alert must be acknowledged manually The default value depends on the alert group Event clear timeout hr mm Required field Specifies the time out value for automatic clearing of events Time out is in the format hr mm where hr hours can have the values 0 through 200 and mm minutes can have the values 0 through 59 The default value depends on the alert group Although a time out value is specified for all alert groups it does not apply to nor is it used for alert groups consisting only of alarms or status change conditions The time out value only applies to alert groups that contain events Click on Go or press F2 to execute the command Edit Alert Attribute Results Form This results form displays a message indicating success or failure of the update 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 187 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Edit Alert Monitoring State edams Use the edams command to set the alert monitoring function for each control channel For communications products support devices this command can be used to set the time out inte
15. 2 60 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Create User Profile crup Use the crup command to create a unique profile for each user A user profile defines a user s login and password to the NMS assigns system printer access command access and modem and multiplexer network access The system can have up to 250 user profiles For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is provided For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level Abbreviation Restrictions Routine Schedule Related Commands Create User Profile Input Form System Administrator crup None No Yes Delete User Profile dlup Display User Profile dsup Edit User Profile edup Edit Device Group eddg Edit User Group edug Edit User Selection Criteria edusc There are multiple pages to this input form Samples of these pages are shown in Figures 2 12 through 2 14 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 61 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Page 1 CREATE USER PROFILE User ID Password Re enter password Remote phone number or port Network summary UNIX Informit External system accesst Hn EE Gees noe ele Eee Figure 2 12 Creat
16. COMSPHERE 6800 SERIES NETWORK MANAGEMENT SYSTEM CORE COMMAND REFERENCE MANUAL Document No 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 NOTE This document supports Release 4 2 or greater of 6800 Series NMS COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Core Command Reference Manual 6800 A2 GB30 20 3rd Edition January 1997 Changes and enhancements to the product and to the information herein will be documented and issued as a new release or a Technical Update Memo TUM to this manual Warranty Sales and Service Information Contact your sales or service representative directly for any help needed For additional information concerning warranty sales service repair installation documentation or training use one of the following methods e Via the Internet Visit the Paradyne World Wide Web site at http www paradyne com e Via Telephone Call our automated call system to receive current information via fax or to speak with a company representative Within the U S A call 1 800 870 2221 International call 727 530 2340 Trademarks All products and services mentioned herein are the trademarks service marks registered trademarks or registered service marks of their respective owners ED Printed on recycled paper COPYRIGHT 1997 Paradyne Corporation All rights reserved This publication is protected by federal copyright law No part of
17. This input form contains the following fields Facility name s Identifies the unique name s of the facility or facilities whose profile s you want to display Names are prefaced with the protected prefix fac Refer to the Create Facility Profile crfp command for valid values Multiple entries are allowed Device s Specifies the device s whose connected facilities you want to display Device IDs can be specified as follows e Device Address examples 1 4 3 4 4 m2 232 e Device Name examples apl 32 ny atm control e Circuit Name examples cir ch 10 cir ny to la e Serial Number examples ser 1234567 ser 66778888 e Network Name examples net atm net detroit net loans See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information NMS allows multiple entries and the wildcard characters 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 137 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System You can specify Facility name s Device s or both The results applies all profiles that satisfy the selection criteria Click on Go or press F2 to execute the command Display Facility Profile Results Form There are multiple pages for this results form Samples of Pages 1 and 2 are shown in Figures 2 41 and 2 42 Page 1 Waka Manager RESULTS DISPLAY FACILITY PROFILE Page 1 Facility name fac ti Facility type T1 FAC
18. Ticket 1 Device address system Trouble address system Device name system L Device typet system Network namet Model 6830 Serial Alert type pollpf Alert group Ticket status open Escalation status wait Ticket category auto Ticket severity MORE If Fi Help Fe NextRecd FS PrevRecd Fo PreyvMenu Fo MainMenu Fe PrevForm F8 Cancel Figure 4 6 Display Trouble Tickets Results Form Page 1 This results form contains the following fields Ticket The unique number assigned by the system to the trouble ticket Device address The most recent address assigned to the device to which the trouble ticket refers Trouble address The address of the device when the trouble ticket was first opened Device name The unique name for the device Device type The type of the device Network name The name of the network where the device resides 4 18 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Trouble Tracking Task Commands Model The model number of the device Serial The serial number of the device Alert type The alert type associated with the trouble ticket Alert group The alert group associated with the trouble ticket Ticket status The status that was assigned to the trouble ticket Escalation status Indicates if the trouble ticket has been escalated The values that can appear in this field are wait The escalation date that you set on Page 1 of the Display Trouble Ti
19. multiplexers DCE etc permission can be granted only if the particular package is installed The fields for commands that belong to a package not installed will be pre populated with the value n a for not applicable to indicate they cannot be assigned Commands can be assigned to multiple user groups It is possible for a command to not belong to any user group other than the System Administrator The system is shipped with four user groups already defined Help Desk Data Technician Manager and Administrator These user groups provide command authorizations thought to be appropriate to the job functions named These group definitions may be used to easily create new groups using the FillForm feature The remaining 26 groups will initially use the group number as the name and will restrict access to all commands User group names can be changed or assigned by modifying the value displayed in the User groups field Group names can be up to 20 characters in length Edit User Group Results Form This results form Figure 2 93 displays a message indicating the success or failure of the update Manager RESULTS EDIT USER GROUP RESULTS edug was successful RRERAR AZAR ASS SSS SRRARAAA ASSES END OF RESULTS HRERARAAZ ASS SSSSHRRRKRAA ASRS ERE Start timer Mon Jun 28 13 57 06 Completion time Mon Jun 28 13 57 19 revMenu BMainMenuPrevForm Figure 2 93 Edit User Group Results Form 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 261 COMSPH
20. s System Administrator s Guide for more information Each alert group along with its associated processing filter displays for the specified device type Filter type Identifies the type of filter duration or pass block used for alerts in the alert group The duration value means the filter is dependent on time duration of the alert The pass block value means the alert is either automatically passed pass or it never passes block the filter This information is displayed for each alert group 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 149 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Filter value Specifies the filter value for each filter This value can be either pass or block for pass block filters or pass block or a time for duration filters The duration indicates the length of time an alert must be active before it can pass the filter Adjustable defaults Specifies whether the filter is parameters can be changed by the user Exceptions allowed Specifies whether device exceptions can be created Page 1 Device Exceptions Walka RESULTS DISPLAY PROCESSING FILTER Fage 1 Alert group ddd device Filter type duration Filter value 0000 00 Device Value 1 ccdm 2 01 00 00 2 cc m3 0200 15 3 ecdmd 03330700 4 ecdms 12 00 00 ee END OF RESULTS ee E Start time Tue Jun 16 09 06 57 Completion time Tue Jun 16 09 08 57 es ee MainMenu Figure 2 46 Display Processing Filter Results Form D
21. s System Administrator s Guide for more information The keyword all is allowed OUTPUT CRITERIA Title Specifies the title you want to appear on the report This title appears after the system defined title on the output Sort sequence Required field Enter the sequence in which the report items are to be sorted Multiple entries are allowed The default sort sequence is the order in which the sort listing is presented on the pop up menu The order of the columns across the top of the report is determined by the sort sequence you select followed by the remaining fields that cannot be sorted If you select to sort fewer than the maximum number of fields then these unsorted fields appear on the report in a default order For example if only the vendor name was chosen the column order is Facility Type then Vendor Name A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Press F2 to execute the command 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 3 45 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Facility Report Summary Results Form A sample of the results form is shown in Figure 3 25 IE Trouble Inven RESULTS FACILITY REPORT SUMMARY Fage 1 All Locations Facility Type Wendor Name Humber Ti 8 T1 att paradyne 48 Total 56 brtotrib 1192 Total 1192 ctritobr att paraduyne 175 Tota 175 exists att paradyne 219 Tota 219 Total 1642 Fil Help Fd PreyvMenu FS MainMenu Fe PrevForm MORE F Cancel
22. 4 40 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Trouble Tracking Task Commands Network name The name of the network where the device resides Model The model number of the device Serial The serial number of the device Alert type Specifies the alert alarm status change event at its most detailed level known by NMS Alert group Identifies a specific logical group of alert types Ticket status The status that you assigned to the trouble ticket on Page 1 of the Open Trouble Ticket input form Escalation status Indicates if the trouble ticket has been escalated The values that can appear in this field are wait The escalation date that you set on Page of the Open Trouble Ticket input form has not yet passed or you did not enter an escalation date alarm A mail message has been sent to the ticket assignee or to the user who opened the ticket Ticket category The category that you assigned to the trouble ticket on Page 1 of the Open Trouble Ticket input form Ticket severity The severity that you assigned to the trouble ticket on Page of the Open Trouble Ticket input form 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 4 41
23. Circuit Card and ASPEN application present V 35 232 MCMP CCA ASPEN Multichannel Multipoint Circuit Card and ASPEN application present 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 17 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System TDM CCA CBRIDGE ASPEN MCMP CCA CBRIDGE ASPEN V 35 232 TDM CCA CBRIDGE ASPEN V 35 232 MCMP CCA CBRIDGE ASPEN TDM CCA TDM TDM CCA CBrdg TDM CCA DBrdg TDM CCA EBrdge MCMP CCA TDM MCMP CCA MCMP MCMP CCA CBrdg MCMP CCA DBrdg MCMP CCA EBrdg V 35 232 TDM CCA TDM R V 35 232 TDM CCA CBrdg V 35 232 TDM CCA DBrdg V 35 232 TDM CCA EBrdg V 35 232 TDM CCA TDM V V 35 232 TDM CCA No App V 35 232 MCMP CCA TDM R Time Division Multiplexer Circuit Card Central Site Digital Bridge and ASPEN application present Multichannel Multipoint Circuit Card Central Site Digital Bridge and ASPEN application present V 35 232 Time Division Multiplexer Circuit Card Central Site Digital Bridge and ASPEN application present V 35 232 Multichannel Multipoint Circuit Card Central Site Digital Bridge and ASPEN application present Time Division Multiplexer Circuit Card Assembly Time Division Multiplexer Time Division Multiplexer Circuit Card Assembly Control Bridge Time Division Multiplexer Circuit Card Assembly Dual Bridge Time Division Multiplexer Circuit Card Assembly Extended Bridge Multichannel Multipoint Circuit Card Assembly Time Division Multiplexer
24. Displays the text device network NMS time stamps and alert clear information that is to be sent to the receiving NMS This message can include variable parameters denoted by numbers and enclosed in braces when part of a message that are read in from the network alert message or provided by the 6800 Series NMS The 6800 Series NMS expands the clear text message with the variables numbers replaced with the device network time stamps or alert information before is sends the message on to the receiving NMS See Table 2 1 for the values of the variables used in clear text messages 2 172 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Table 2 1 Variable Number Mapping for UAI Alarm and Clear Text Messages Number Parameter Value 0 NMS Type PARADYNE if alert reporting option basic COM6800 if alert reporting option enhanced 1 NMS Id Serial number of the NMS software 2 Alert Type Alert type e g NR FA reported 3 Device Type Device type e g apl ddd of the reporting device 4 Reserved reserved 5 Reserved reserved 6 Priority MAJOR priority 1 alert MINOR priority 2 alert WARNING priority 3 alert 7 Device Address Device address of the reporting device 8 Device Name Device name of the reporting device 9 Network Name net xxxx where xxxx is the assigned network name 10 Circuit Name cir xxxx where xxxx is the assigned circuit name sent if the alert reporting opti
25. Identifies the name of the location of the device If you leave the Site name field blank the site name defaults to unnamed If you enter a new name one for which no site profile exists you can either edit the name or continue If you continue and execute the command NMS creates a new profile for the site The values all and none are not allowed The site name determines where the device appear on the network map To specify the geographic location of the site use the Edit Site Profile edsp command See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information Vendor name Identifies the company name of the vendor supplying the device If you enter a new name one for which no vendor profile exits you can either edit the name or continue If you continue and execute the command NMS creates a new profile for the vendor The values all and none are not allowed See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information Page 4 Multiplexers This input form contains the following fields Device name This is a display only field based on information provided in a previous input form AUTHORIZATIONS Required fields TT Indicates if Automatic Trouble Tickets are authorized for the device Enter either on or off The default value is off A trouble ticke
26. Required field Specify the facility profile to be edited Facility names begin with the protected prefix fac See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information Click on Go or press F2 to execute the command Edit Facility Profile Results Form A results screen displays a message indicating success or failure of the update 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 227 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Edit NMS Configuration ednmsc Use the ednmsc command to edit the NMS configuration record This record contains software version numbers whether or not a printer banner is printed user information and contact name and information for maintenance Also comments regarding configuration can be included For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is provided For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level System Administrator Abbreviation ednmsc Alternate chsid Restrictions None Routine Yes Schedule Yes Related Commands Display NMS Configuration dsnmsc Edit NMS Configuration Input Form There are two pages to this input form Page 1 enables you to edit
27. Valid address formats include addresses with prefixes of net cir and ser as well as link level and mnemonic addresses This field accepts multiple entries separated by commas The entries in a multiple devices field will not expand into their component parts An entry such as net atm1 will not expand into multiple addresses the wildcard entry however may be used e g net atm which will expand into all occurrences that match the initial string segment The address 1 32 would find all link level addresses below 1 32 but it would not find device 1 32 3 if the command to this device used its mnemonic name Search_val1 Enter any alphanumeric string to be used as a search value This field must match the original input as entered by the user This field accepts as the only wildcard character Search_val2 Enter any alphanumeric string to be used as a search value This field accepts as the only wildcard character Date s included e from date Specifies the beginning date of your search The default value is the date of the earliest entry found in the audit_trail table Valid values are first today mm dd yy Where first specifies the first entry in the audit_trail table today specifies the current date mm dd yy specifies the month day and year e to date Specifies the ending date of your search The default value is the current date Valid values are today today nn mm dd yy Where toda
28. administrator administrator administrator administrator Mainkenu PrevForm Mapfalert access access access ACCESS access access access access access access access access access access ACCESS access access Figure 2 60 Display User Profile Results Form Page 2 This results form contains the following fields Device groups Device groups 0 through 15 are displayed on Page 2 Device groups 16 through 30 are shown on the next page etc User groups Displays the user group levels assigned to each of the 50 device groups Map alert access Enter access or no access depending on whether the new user will have alert and map access to the device group The default is no access 2 178 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Page 4 This results form contains the following field Comments Displays additional information about the user This field only displays for the System Administrator 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 179 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Display Vendor Profile dsvp Use the dsvp command to display profiles for specified vendor s For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is provided For a complete description of these fields
29. cir ch 10 cir ny to la e Serial Number examples ser 1234567 ser 66778888 e Network Name examples net atm net detroit net loans See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information Multiple entries and the wildcard characters are allowed Trouble address Specifies the device address of the device to be used as search criteria when the trouble ticket was first opened If the device has not been moved this address is the same as the current address of the device s The format and values are the same as for a device address Device type s Specifies the type s of device s to be used as the search criteria The wild card character is allowed See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information Alert group s Identifies a specific logical group of alert types Enter one or more alert group names Alert type s Specifies one or more alert types Ticket status Identifies the current status of the trouble ticket to be used as search criteria Enter one of the following valid status codes open default value assigned or closed You can also enter a user defined status code A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Escalation status Identifies the trouble ticket escalation status to be used as
30. fir Facility Report Summary frs 3 12 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Trouble Inventory Reports Task Commands Connectivity Report Input Form A sample of this input form is shown in Figure 3 7 IRA Trouble Inventory Reports CONNECTIVITY REPORT Page 1 SELECTION CRITERIA Source devicefs If Source device type s Site name s OUTPUT CRITERIA Title Destination for results Ms Schedule execution BEM Fil Help F2 Go Fa ClrFld Fa PrewFld FS MainMenu Foe FillForm FY Defaults Fa Cancel Figure 3 7 Connectivity Report Input Form This input form contains the following fields SELECTION CRITERIA Source device s Specifies the device s to be used as the search criteria Device IDs can be any of the following e Device Address examples 1 4 3 4 4 m2 232 e Device Name examples apl 32 ny atm control e Circuit Name examples cir ch 10 cir ny to la e Serial Number examples ser 1234567 ser 66778888 e Network Name examples net atm net detroit net loans See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information Multiple entries and the wildcard characters are allowed 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 3 13 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Source device type s Specifies the type s of device s to be used as the search criteria The wil
31. historical alerts database is comprised of records of alerts that have cleared The set of alert records to be deleted is based on the criteria you specify on the Delete Alert History input form For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is provided For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level Data Technician Manager Administrator Abbreviation dlah Restrictions None Routine Yes Schedule Yes Related Commands Alert Report Summary ars accessed from Trouble Inventory Reports Benne Alert Report dar accessed from Trouble Inventory Reports task Delete Alert History Input Form IR Destination for results fs EE E Schedule execution A sample of this input form is shown in Figure 2 17 Manager DELETE ALERT HISTORY Page 1 Alert typet Alert group Datets included to Time interval 00 00 00 to 23 59 59 FillForm Uefaults Figure 2 17 Delete Alert History Input Form This input form contains the following fields 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 69 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Device s Required field Specifies the device s whose historical alert records are to be deleted Device ID can be any of
32. imi other mosaic 135 20 40 215 usr local bin mo supe toydl Mainhtenu fi PrevFornm Figure 2 40 Display External System Configuration Results Form For a complete description of the results form fields refer to the Edit External System Configuration edesc command 2 136 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Display Facility Profile dsfp Use the dsfp command to display profile s for the specified facility or facilities A facility is defined as the physical connection between two devices with no intervening connections Enter facility names and or device endpoints to display their associated data For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is provided For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level Help Desk Data Technician Manager Administrator Abbreviation dsfp Restrictions None Routine Yes Schedule Yes Related Commands Create Facility Profile crfp Connectivity Report cr accessed from Trouble Inventory Reports task Delete Facility Profile dlfp Edit Facility Profile edfp Facility Inventory Report fir accessed from Trouble Inventory Reports task List Facility Profile sfp Display Facility Profile Input Form
33. in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for valid device types Model number Identifies the appropriate model number for the specified device Serial number Displays the device s unique serial number All serial numbers begin with the protected prefix ser Version number Indicates the hardware or software version of the device Physical address Identifies the cabinet carrier and slot position of the device in the format cee e skf Where ccc Cabinet number 1 999 c Carrier 1 9 sl Slot number 1 99 f Slot position enter f for front r for rear or leave blank Number of ports Displays the number of physical ports configured or available on the device Device position Indicates whether the device is a control device or a tributary device Circuit type Indicates the type of circuit with which the device is associated Date installed Displays the installation date of the device 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 125 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Purchased Leased Indicates if the device is purchased or leased Restoral device Indicates if the device is equipped with or has access to service restoration equipment See the Create Device Profile crdp command for possible values External system Specifies an external system that may manage this device See the Create Device Profile crdp command for more i
34. is a service problem Address Indicates the address of the person responsible for the device when there is a service problem Page 5 Modem Devices This input form contains the following field Comments Enter any additional information needed concerning the device Click on Go or press F2 to execute the command Page 1 Multiplexers Refer to Page 1 All Devices 2 22 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Page 2 Multiplexers When you create or edit a device profile for supported Series 700 nodes except 719 and 735 nodes the NMS sends a command to the network to obtain the node s model number version number and product type The following message is displayed during this process Obtaining information from the network If the model number and version number are valid ones known to NMS the values returned from the network overwrite any current data in the device profile and the model number becomes a protected field If the information is not valid the data currently in the profile remains If a command is sent to a node and there is no version number populated in the profile the NMS updates the device profile with the version number before executing the command if a valid version number can be obtained from the node Otherwise the command cannot be sent to the node until a version number is supplied to the device profile If the node does not respond the following message displ
35. message also displays to indicate the success or failure of the edadrc transaction 2 198 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Edit Alert Driven Routine Filter edadrf Use the edadrf command to edit the alert driven routine ADR filter parameters for a specified device type You can also create or modify device exceptions within a specified alert group The ADR filter determines the time that an alert must be active after passing the processing filter before an alert driven routine can be triggered Access Level Administrator Abbreviation edadrf Restrictions ADR filtering does not apply to alert clears An ADR triggered by an alert clear is executed immediately regardless of the ADR filter values specified for the alert Routine Yes Schedule Yes Related Commands Display Alert Driven Routine Filter dsadrf Edit Alert Driven Routine Filter Input Form Page 1 There are two pages for this input form The fields displayed on Page 2 depend on whether you chose alert group or device exceptions in the Option field on Page 1 Samples of Page 2 for each are shown in Figures 2 69 and 2 70 This input form contains the following fields Device type Required field Enter the device type whose associated filter values or exceptions are to be modified See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information A pop
36. open you must close and reopen the Map task for the changes to be represented on the map In some cases NMS creates device profiles automatically e Migration from a pre Release 4 0 NMS e The Acquire Modem Control Channel Poll List acmccpl command e Automatic configuration uploads by connection to an ANALYSIS NMS The NMS installation program creates the system device profile with the device name of system 1 For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is provided For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level Manager Administrator Abbreviation crdp Restrictions You cannot create a device profile for a device managed by an ANALYSIS NMS connected to a COMSPHERE 6800 Series NMS NMS creates these device profiles automatically Routine Yes Schedule Yes Related Commands Create Network Map crnm Delete Device Profile dldp Device Inventory Report dir accessed from the Trouble Inventory Reports task Display Device Profile dsdp Edit Device Profile eddp List Device Profile Isdp Create Device Profile Input Forms There are multiple pages to this input form Page 1 of the input form provides the fields for specifying the device Depending on the values entered on this
37. parent s name is always displayed upon later retrieval in this field All devices with the same parent appear on the parent s object list on the network map Page 3 Unsupported Devices This input form contains the following fields Circuit name Identifies the name of the circuit with which the device is associated Circuit names begin with the protected prefix cir and are used to group devices by their logical circuits The string after the cir prefix cannot be all or none See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information Network name Identifies the name of the network with which the device is associated Network names begin with the protected prefix net and are used to group related devices into subnetworks The string after the net prefix cannot be all or none See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 37 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Site name Identifies the name of the location of the device If you leave the Site name field blank the site name defaults to unnamed If you enter a new name one for which no site profile exists you can either edit the name or continue If you continue and execute the command NMS creates a new profile for the site The v
38. refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level Help Desk Data Technician Manager Administrator Abbreviation diqr Restrictions None Routine Yes Schedule Yes Related Commands Display Queue Results dsqr List Queue Results Isqr Delete Queue Results Input Form This input form contains the following fields User ID Required field Your User ID automatically displays Only the System Administrator can specify another user s ID Number of results in queue Display only Identifies the number of items in the queue Index number s Required field Identifies the queue results item s to be deleted Enter one or more of the following e A single index number e Several index numbers separated by commas or spaces e A range of index numbers for example 1 15 or 7 last e The keyword all to delete all queue the results e The keyword last to delete the most recent result in the queue Click on Go or press F2 to execute the command 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 79 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Delete Queue Results Results Form This results form shows your deletion request and the actual number of results messages deleted from the queue 2 80 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Delete Routine dlr Use the dir command to delete a routine A Help Desk Data Technician or Manager level user can delete any of his her personal routines An Administrator leve
39. 0 02 eee 2 222 2 78 Edit External System Configuration Input Form 0 2 224 2 79 Edit NMS Configuration Input Form Page 1 00000 0 2 228 2 80 Edit Port Configurations Input Form Page 2 0 000000 2 231 2 81 Edit Processing Filter Input Form Alert Group 00 00 2 236 2 82 Edit Processing Filter Input Form Device Exceptions 2 237 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 v COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Figure Page 2 83 Edit Routine Input Form Page 2 0 0 eee eee eee 2 241 2 84 Edit Row Column Labels Input Form 0 0 0 0 2c eee eee ee 2 243 2 85 Edit Storage Filter Input Form Alert Group 0 000000 2 247 2 86 Edit Storage Filter Input Form Device Exceptions 0 0 2 248 2 87 Edit Uniform Alarm Filter Input Form Alert Group 2 251 2 88 Edit Uniform Alarm Filter Input Form Device Exceptions 2 252 2 89 Edit Uniform Alarm Interface Input Form Pagel 0 2 254 2 90 Edit Uniform Alarm Interface Input Form Page 2 0 0 2 256 2 91 Edit User Group Input Form Page 1 0 0 0 2 eee eee 2 259 2 92 Edit User Group Input Form Page 2 0 00 eee ee eee 2 260 2 93 Edit User Group Results Form 0 0 0 2 eee eee eee 2 261 2 94 Edit User Selection Criteria Inpu
40. 00 2 222 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Device Identifies the device s for which exceptional filter values are to be used Valid entries are a single device name device address or serial number a single circuit name or a single network name See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information Value For duration filters valid values are in the format hh mm ss within the range 00 00 00 to 24 00 00 Seconds must be specified in increments of 15 that is 15 30 45 00 Also the keywords pass and block are valid entries A value of 00 00 00 corresponds to a pass value as indicated by the word pass next to the filter value A value of 24 00 00 corresponds to a block value as indicated by the word block next to the filter value For pass block filters the valid entries are pass or 00 00 00 or block or 24 00 00 Click on Go or press F2 to execute the command Edit Display Filter Results Form This results form consists of a message concerning the success or failure of the edit 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 223 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Edit External System Configuration edesc Use the edesc command to edit the information contained in the external system configuration table These configurations are used to specify systems to which a cut through from NMS is av
41. 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Trouble Inventory Reports Task Commands SELECTION CRITERIA Device s Specifies the device s to be used as the search criteria Device IDs can be any of the following e Device Address examples 1 4 3 4 4 m2 232 e Device Name examples apl 32 ny atm control e Circuit Name examples cir ch 10 cir ny to la e Serial Number examples ser 1234567 ser 66778888 e Network Name examples net atm net detroit net loans See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information Multiple entries and the wildcard characters are allowed Device type s Enter the type s of device s to be used as the search criteria The wildcard character and the keyword all are allowed See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information Site name s Specifies the name of the site s being selected for the report Multiple entries and the wildcard character are allowed Vendor name s Specifies the name of the vendor s being selected for the report Multiple entries and the wildcard character are allowed A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Purchased Leased Specifies whether you want purchased devices leased devices or all devices to be included in the report Valid values are pu
42. 2 1 Variable Number Mapping for UAI Alarm and Clear Text Messages 2 173 2 2 Summary Display Alert Category Mapping 0 00 00 2 eee eee 2 211 2 3 Variable Number Mapping for UAI Alarm and Clear Text Messages 2 258 viii January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Preface Objectives and Reader Assumptions Abstract The COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Core Command Reference Manual provides a description of the core commands that can be used to configure and manage the Paradyne and DATAPHONE II products managed and monitored by the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System NMS Users should have knowledge of modems multiplexers and network management systems Chapter contains an overview of the core commands the 6800 Series NMS Tasks menu input and results forms and the common fields such as Destination for results and Schedule execution Chapter 2 provides the descriptions of the input and results forms for the Manager Map Monitor Summary and Performance Reports tasks Chapter 3 provides the descriptions of the input and results forms for the Trouble Inventory Reports task Chapter 4 provides the descriptions for the input and results forms for the Trouble Tracking task Related Documents Contact your sales representative for additional product documentation 6500 A2 GA21 ANALYSIS 6510 Automated Network Management System Reference Manual 6800 A2 GB21 COMSPHERE
43. 23 59 or standard time 12 00 am through 11 59 pm For standard time entering a time without the am pm designation defaults to the am designation Leaving these fields blank defaults to a 24 hour interval 00 00 through 23 59 Alert duration Required field Enter the minimum amount of time for which the alert had to exist to be included in this report The format for this field is hh mm ss where hh is the number of hours mm is the number of minutes and ss is the number of seconds The default value is 00 00 01 Alert group s Identifies a specific logical group of alert types Enter one or more alert group names Alert type s Specifies one or more alert types 3 4 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Trouble Inventory Reports Task Commands Page 2 IRA Troubles Inventory Reports ALERT REPORT SUMMARY Page 2 OUTPUT CRITERIA Title Sort sequence Destination for results Schedule execution Fi Help Fe Go FS ClrFld Fa PrewFld FS MainMenu Fe FillForm FY Defaults Fe Cancel Figure 3 2 Alert Report Summary Input Form Page 2 This input form contains the following fields OUTPUT CRITERIA Title Specifies the title you want to appear on the report The title you enter appears after the system defined report title on the output Sort sequence Required field Enter the sequence in which the report items are to be sorted The default sort sequence is the order in which the sort listing is presen
44. Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information Click on Go or press F2 to execute the command Delete Facility Profile Results Form This results form confirms the number of facility profile record s that have been deleted 2 78 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Delete Queue Results diqr Use the dlqr command to delete queue results from your Manager results queues The dlqr command is accessible from the Manager Trouble Inventory Reports and Trouble Tracking tasks Depending on which task you are in this command operates on that task s queue The following command description applies to the Manager task The Manager queue holds up to 50 separate queue result records You need to periodically delete obsolete results to accommodate new results If your Manager queue is near capacity NMS sends you a mail message Each item stored in your queue is assigned an index number to identify it The list of items in your queue and their assigned index numbers are available via the List Queue Results sgr command For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is provided For a complete description of these fields
45. Command Input Forms 0 0 0 eee ees 1 5 Requit d Fields peu e tne heey GS Oe eae ak Bad a eee 1 6 Optional Fields 1 0 0 0 cece cece ene ee 1 6 Display only Fields 0 0 e eee eee eens 1 6 Carried over Fields ecreis sees he hb ee ea isle dee Saag ees 1 6 Common Fields on Input Forms Destination for results and Schedule execution 0 0 0 cee cece eee eee 1 7 R sults Forms seine denier cea eae See FES Rae Boeke SEES 1 10 Help eevee Seach as aa 4 Sesh A oboe an is toe ode ogee ea a ye Stee 1 11 Tn MENUS 29 420 desks senna Ghee 4 r E 2 Sop a AE n 1 11 In Forms ra fo wh 4 ecw dee nk be Tere hie Te 1 11 For Screen Input Fields sines cas eka cco oak eh a o eek a tea eae otek 1 12 This manual describes the core commands used in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System NMS Core commands act or report on NMS databases and on the NMS itself as opposed to network commands that act on devices Refer to either the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management Communications Products Support Command Reference Manual or the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Multiplexer Command Reference Manual for information on device specific commands You access core commands from the Manager Map Monitor Trouble Inventory Reports and Trouble Tracking tasks All commands under these tasks except for those under Network Control in the Manager task are core commands Functionally the commands under the P
46. Date s included e from date Specifies the beginning date of your search The default value is the date of the earliest entry found in the audit_trail table Valid values are first today mm dd yy Where first specifies the first entry in the audit_trail table today specifies the current date mm dd yy specifies the month day and year e to date Specifies the ending date of your search The default value is the current date Valid values are today today nn mm dd yy Where today specifies the current date today nn specifies a number of days before today nn specifies an integer number from 1 through 32 mm dd yy specifies the month day and year Time interval e from time Specifies the beginning time of the search The default value is the time of the earliest entry in the audit_trail table The valid format is hh mm Note that 12 00 a m midnight is specified as 00 00 and 11 59 p m is specified as 23 59 e to time Specifies the ending time of the search The valid format is hh mm Exception val A pop up menu displays the values yes and no for this field The default value is no Changing this value to yes has the effect of constraining the search to table entries with permissions error Delete Audit Trail Results Form The Delete Audit Trail results form displays the number of records deleted 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 73 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Delete Device Profile d
47. Default printer Identifies the system printer to be employed for this user s print jobs If the system is not configured with printers this field is not displayed Remote phone number or port Indicates the remote printer to be used when remote is chosen as a destination for command results The keyword port indicates that the dedicated ATR remote printer port is to be used a telephone number indicates the telephone number of the remote printer to be dialed Network summary Indicates whether the user has access to the Network Summary task on the NMS UNIX Indicates whether the user has access to the UNIX utility available from the Utilities task menu 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 177 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Page 2 and Page 3 Informix Indicates whether the user has access to the INFORMIX utility available from the Utilities task menu External system access Specifies the external system s that the user is allowed to access See the Display External System Configuration dsesc command for more information Network access E ee RESULTS DISPLAY USER PROFILE Device groups unsupported cc 1 ec 2 poss eo 4 cco 5 cc 6 Gay co 8 cc 9 ec 10 cc 11 cc 12 ec 13 co ld ec 15 evMenu User groups administrator administrator administrator administrator administrator administrator administrator administrator administrator administrator administrator administrator
48. Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is provided For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level Help Desk Data Technician Manager Administrator Abbreviation dsqr Restrictions None Routine Yes Schedule Yes Related Commands Delete Queue Results dlqr List Queue Results Isqr Display Queue Results Input Form This input form contains the following fields User ID Required field Your User ID is automatically displayed Only the System Administrator can specify another user s ID Number of results in queue Indicates the number of results currently in the queue for the specified User ID Index number s Specifies the index number s of the queue results item s that you want to display Enter one or more of the following e A single index number e Several index numbers e A range of index numbers for example 1 15 or 7 last e The keyword all to display all queue results e The keyword last to display the most recent result in the queue Click on Go or press F2 to execute the command 2 152 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Display Queue Results Results Form This results form displays all the chosen queue results in sequential order for each command Samples of this results form are shown in Figure 2 47 Waka Manager RESULTS DISPLAY QUEUE RESULTS Page 1 User IODO admin In
49. Devices This results form contains the following field Comments Displays any additional user information needed concerning the device Page 1 Multiplexers This results form contains the following fields NMS support Indicates whether the device is supported or unsupported Inventory state Indicates whether or not the device is being used in the network See the Create Device Profile crdp command for definitions of possible values Device address Displays the device s address in the network See the Create Device Profile crdp command and Appendix D Device Addressing in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information on device addressing Device name Displays the unique mnemonic name for the device If you did not specify a device name in the input form the system generated name is displayed Refer to Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information This field and its value are displayed on all subsequent results form pages Device type Indicates the type of device See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for valid device types 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 121 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Model number Identifies the appropr
50. Figure 3 25 Facility Report Summary Results Form view the entire report NOTE You can scroll the screen from left to right using the arrow keys to 3 46 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Trouble Inventory Reports Task Commands List Queue Results Isqr Use the sqgr command to list the items stored in your Trouble Inventory Reports results queue The list queue results output includes the index number command name associated with the index number and the starting date and time of each command execution The sgr command is accessible from each task with an associated queue Refer to the other sections in the manual for information on this command for Manager and Trouble Tracking tasks For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is provided For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level Help Desk Data Technician Manager Administrator Abbreviation Isqr Restrictions Lists only contents of the Trouble Inventory Reports queue You must use the sgr command in the Manager and Trouble Tracking tasks to list results of those queues Routine No Schedule Yes Related Commands Delete Queue Results dlqr Display Queue Results dsqr List Queue Results Input For
51. GB30 20 January 1997 2 191 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Edit Alert Driven Routine Criteria edadrc Use the edadrc command to specify execution and user notification related information for alert driven routines ADRs Prior to specifying this information you must create a routine using the Create Routine crr command verify that the routine executes properly and copy it to the system directory NMS executes an ADR automatically based on the device alert and other execution parameters specified using this command Access Level Administrator Abbreviation edadre Restrictions None Routine Yes Schedule Yes Related Commands Display ADR Criteria dsadrc Edit ADR Filter edadrf Create Routine crr Copy Routine cpr Edit Alert Driven Routine Criteria Input Form There are three pages for this input form Page 1 enables you to specify the device type and alert group to which NMS applies the ADR execution Page 2 shows the ADR criteria for the indicated device type alert group Page 3 allows you to specify or modify ADR criteria information Samples of Pages 2 and 3 are shown in Figures 2 67 and 2 68 Page 1 The input form contains the following fields Device type Required field Enter the device type of the device s whose alerts alert clears can trigger the ADR Valid entries are any managed device type A pop up menu is available listing valid device types Alert group Required field Ente
52. January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands IE Manager DELETE DEVICE PROFILE Page 1 Destination for results fs Schedule execution now O o H EE Goce n eee E Figure 2 19 Delete Device Profile Input Form This input form contains the following field Device Required field Specifies the device whose profile is to be deleted Device IDs can be any of the following e Device Address examples 1 4 3 4 4 m2 232 e Device Name examples apl 32 ny atm control e Serial Number examples ser 1234567 ser 66778888 See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information If there are facility profiles channel groups logical links historical alert records active alerts or trouble tickets associated with this device NMS does not permit you to execute the command You must exit this command then delete any associated profiles data records and trouble tickets before you can delete the device profile Click on Go or press F2 to execute the command Delete Device Profile Results Form This results form confirms that a device profile record has been deleted 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 75 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Delete Export File dlef Use the dlef command to delete an export file created using the Create Export File cref command Export files are use
53. Network Management System Display Trouble Tickets dstt Use the dstt command to display specific trouble tickets A complete listing of all trouble tickets satisfying your search criteria is displayed You determine the records to be included in the display and the order in which they are sorted by specifying information on the input form This display includes all records meeting all the criteria specifying Leaving a selection criteria field blank causes the NMS to ignore that criteria in its search For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is provided For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level Help Desk Data Technician Manager Administrator Abbreviation dstt Restrictions None Routine No Schedule Yes Related Commands ATR Report atrr accessed from Trouble Inventory Reports task Delete Trouble Tickets dltt Detailed Trouble Ticket Report dttr accessed from Trouble Inventory Reports task Edit Trouble Tickets edtt List Trouble Tickets Istt Open Trouble Ticket optt Display Trouble Tickets Input Form There are two pages to this input form Page 1 enables you to specify search criteria for one more devices Page 2 enables you to specify search criteria f
54. Possible entries are 1 major 2 minor and 3 warning or the keyword all Multiple entries are allowed Edit User Selection Criteria Input Form Page 2 This input form contains the following fields This page determines which devices and sites will be displayed on the user s Network Map 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 265 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User ID Displays your User ID This field cannot be edited Device type s Specifies the type s of device s whose alerts are to be displayed Multiple entries and the keyword all are accepted See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information Model s Enter the device model number s whose alerts are to be displayed Multiple entries and the keyword all are allowed See Appendix A Device Model Numbers in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide A sample of this input form is shown in Figure 2 95 Manager EDIT USER SELECTION CRITERIA MAP SUBNETWORK DISPLAY SELECTION admin Device typets ll Modeltsi all Devicets all Sitestsit Help ClrFld PrevFld LETEN 2MM Defaults Figure 2 95 Edit User Selection Criteria Input Form Page 2 2 266 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Device s Specifies the device s whose alerts are to be
55. Profile Results Form Page 1 0 0000 2 181 2 62 Display Workstation Configurations Results Form 00 2 183 2 63 Edit Alert Attribute Input Form 0 0 eee ee eee eee 2 186 2 64 Edit Alert Monitoring State Input Form for Systems with 8 Control Channels 2 189 2 65 Edit Alert Monitoring State Results Form for Systems Configured with 16 Control Channels Page 1 1 1 eee eee 2 189 2 66 Edit Alert Monitoring State Results Form for Systems Configured with 16 Control Channels Page 2 0 ee eee eee 2 190 2 67 Edit Alert Driven Routine Criteria Input Form Page2 2 193 2 68 Edit Alert Driven Routine Criteria Input Form Page3 2 194 2 69 Edit Alert Driven Routine Filter Input Form Alert Group 2 200 2 70 Edit Alert Driven Routine Filter Input Form Device Exceptions 2 201 2 71 Edit ATR Phone Directory Input Form 00 0 0 00000020 2 204 2 72 Edit Automated Action Filter Input Form Alert Group 2 208 2 73 Edit Automated Action Filter Input Form Device Exceptions 2 209 2 74 Edit Category Input Form Page 2 0 0 0 2 eee ee eee 2 212 2 75 Edit Color Code Input Form 00 0 eee eee eee 2 215 2 76 Edit Display Filter Input Form Alert Group 00000 2 221 2 77 Edit Display Filter Input Form Device Exceptions 20
56. Reports ATR REPORT Page 1 SELECTION CRITERIA Device s i Device typetsit Datets included Fee ae to TE Time interval to Alert group s t Alert type sit Call status MORE Fi Help F2 Go F3 ClrFld Fo PrewFld F5sMainenu Fe FillForm F7 Default Fe Cancel Figure 3 4 ATR Report Input Form Page 1 This input form contains the following fields SELECTION CRITERIA Device s Specifies the device s to be used as the search criteria Device IDs can be any of the following e Device Address examples 1 4 3 4 4 m2 232 e Device Name examples apl 32 ny atm control e Circuit Name examples cir ch 10 cir ny to la e Serial Number examples ser 1234567 ser 66778888 e Network Name examples net atm net detroit net loans See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information Multiple entries and the wildcard characters are allowed Device type s Specifies the type s of device s to be used as the search criteria The wildcard character and the keyword all are allowed See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information 3 8 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Trouble Inventory Reports Task Commands Date s included Required field Specifies a date interval restricting
57. Results Input Form This input form contains the following fields Login name Required field Your User ID automatically displays Only the System Administrator can specify the User ID of another user Number of results in queue Identifies the number of items in the queue Index number s Required field Identifies the queue results item s to be deleted Enter one or more of the following e A single index number e Several index numbers separated by commas or spaces e A range of index numbers for example 1 15 or 7 last e The keyword all to delete all queue the results e The keyword last to delete the most recent result in the queue Press F2 to execute the command Delete Queue Results Results Form This results form shows your deletion request and the actual number of results messages deleted from the queue 3 16 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Trouble Inventory Reports Task Commands Delete Scheduled Items dlsi Use the dlsi command to delete commands or routines scheduled for execution You delete scheduled items by specifying the system assigned index number A Help Desk Data Technician Manager or Administrator level user can delete his her own scheduled items The System Administrator can delete his her own scheduled items as well as other user s scheduled items NMS automatically assigns an index number to commands and routines scheduled for execution Use the List Scheduled Items ssi command to displ
58. Routine No Schedule Yes Related Commands Delete Queue Results dlqr Display Queue Results dsqr List Queue Results Input Form This input form contains the following fields Login name Required field Your User ID is automatically displayed Only the System Administrator can specify a User ID other than his her own Number of results in queue Identifies the number of items in the queue Renumber list Required field Requests a consecutive renumbering of the queue results list Previously queued results could have been deleted using the dlgr command from any position within the consecutively numbered list By entering yes you consecutively renumber the list to fill in those gaps If you enter no then the list is not renumbered A pop up menu lists the valid selections Press F2 to execute the command 4 28 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Trouble Tracking Task Commands List Queue Results Results Form A sample of this results form is shown in Figure 4 10 pI Index Command Name Date Time 1 OPEN TROUBLE TICKET Fri Dec 20 15 01 SESE ERASER RHR ERE ERS ER eeee END OF RESULTS 88 xR ERASE RRA R ERE EREEEE Start Time 12 20 91 15 14 3d Completion Time 12 20 91 15 14 34 Fi HELP Fd PrevMenu FS MainMenu Fe PreyvForm Fa Cancel Figure 4 10 List Queue Results Results Form Trouble Tracking Task This results form contains the following fields Index Lists the index number s autom
59. Routine Yes Schedule Yes Related Commands Manage Automatic Restore mar Manage Automatic Backup Input Form The input form consists of three identical pages each allowing the specification of a particular backup You cannot specify more than one backup per machine as origination or destination A single host system can be configured to back up on one two or three backup systems The input forms contain the following fields Automatic Backup Enter YES or NO to specify whether the automatic backup feature should be turned on and performed This field has an initial value of NO By changing the field to YES the remaining fields on the page become required fields with the exception of the origination and destination UIP fields A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Frequency Enter now daily weekly monthly to specify at what intervals you want the backup to occur The value entered on Page 1 for this field excepting the value now is propagated to the Frequency fields on all subsequent pages of the input form where the field is display only A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Day Date Enter either the day of the week Monday Sunday or the date of the month on which you want the backup to occur This field appears only if weekly or monthly is specified in the Frequency field 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 287 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Time Specify the t
60. Schedule execution fields an additional page is provided For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level Data Technician Manager Administrator Abbreviation edaaf Restrictions None Routine Yes Schedule Yes Related Commands Display Automated Action Filter dsaaf Edit Automated Action Filter Input Form Page 1 There are two pages for this input form The fields displayed in Page 2 depend on whether you chose alert group or device exceptions in the Option field on Page 1 Samples of Page 2 for each are shown in Figures 2 72 and 2 73 This input form contains the following fields Device type Required field Specifies the type of device whose automated action filter you want to edit See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Option Required field Specifies either the alert group or device exceptions to the automated action filter The alert group value causes the subsequent input form to display automated action filter values associated with all alert groups for the specified device type The device exceptions value causes the subsequent input form to display the automated action device exceptions and filter values defined for a particular alert group You can modify these exceptions or add new exceptions values as n
61. See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 3 3 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Date s included Required field Specifies a date interval restricting the report only to those alerts received by NMS within that interval The selections are used in pairs to choose intervals or individually to choose specific dates Valid entries are e today The current date This is the default option for the to field e today nn The current date minus nn number of days e first The first date for the current month e mm dd yy The month day and year e blank The earliest date for which the system stores data This is the default for the from field Time interval Required field Specifies a time interval for those alerts received by NMS within the date interval entered in the Date s included field Enter times in pairs to specify an interval or individually to choose a range that begins or ends with the minimum or maximum entry For example if you enter a time in the first field but not in the second the report is generated using the time entered in the first field until midnight 23 59 Entering a time in the second field only indicates that the report is to be generated from 00 00 until the time entered in the second field You can enter either military time 00 00 through
62. System Man nent EDIT DISPLAY FILTER Device type apl Filter type Filter value duration EO 00 00 pasza duration pass duration passt duration duration pass duration i pass duration pass ClrFld PrevFld 9 MainMenu Adjustable defaults yes yes yes yes yes yes yes Exceptions allowed yes yes yes yes yes yes yes Figure 2 76 Edit Display Filter Input Form Alert Group This input form contains the following fields Alert group Displays the alert group Each alert group along with its associated display filter displays for the specified device type Filter type Displays the type of filter duration or pass block The duration value means the filter is dependent on time The pass block value means the alert is either passed automatically pass or it never passes block the filter Filter value Required field Specifies the filter value to be used for alerts from the associated device device group specified For duration filters valid values are in the format hh mm ss within the range 00 00 00 to 24 00 00 Seconds must be specified in increments of 15 that is 15 30 45 00 Also the keywords pass and block are valid entries A value of 00 00 00 corresponds to a pass value as indicated by the word pass next to the filter value A value of 24 00 00 corresponds to a block value as indicated by the word block next to the filter value For pass blo
63. This results form displays a message stating that the row column labels have been updated 2 244 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Edit Site Profile edsp Use the edsp command to edit an existing site profile A site name change will be reflected in all associated device profile records You must execute the Create Network Map crnm command and close reopen the Map task before your changes are reflected on the network map Access Level Abbreviation Restrictions Routine Schedule Related Commands Edit Site Profile Input Form Data Technician Manager Administrator edsp Only one site profile can be edited at a time The unnamed site profile can be edited but its name cannot be changed from unnamed Yes Yes Create Device Profile crdp Create Network Map crnm Create Site Profile crsp Delete Site Profile disp Display Site Profile dssp Edit Device Profile eddp This input form contains the following field Site name Required field Identifies the name of the site Enter an existing site name whose profile is to be modified Press Enter to display the requested site profile Refer to the Create Site Profile crsp command to view screens pertaining to the requested site Edit Site Profile Results Form This results form displays a message indicating the success or failure of the edit 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 245 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Man
64. Trouble Tracking tasks 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 1 9 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System monthly The command executes on a monthly basis When you enter monthly into the Schedule execution field the following additional fields are displayed Day s of the month Enter the day s of the month when this command is to execute Valid entries are e One or more days The numbers must be separated by commas or spaces e g 1 4 7 10 e A range of days e g 8 15 e The word last to execute the command on the last day of the current month e The word all to execute the command each day of the current month Time s Enter the time s the command is to execute for each day specified For time s format refer to the Time s field explanation for delayed command execution Last date Enter the stop date for execution of the command If you leave this field blank the command will execute on a monthly basis indefinitely If the last date occurs before the first scheduled date the user is not allowed to enter that date For date entry parameters refer to the Date s field explanation for delayed command execution The today value is not valid for the Trouble Inventory Reports and Trouble Tracking tasks Results Forms Each command is associated with one or more results forms Depending on the command issued the results form s can display a success or failure message for command execution reflect th
65. Uniform Alarm Interface UAT Access Level Help Desk Data Technician Manager Administrator Abbreviation dsuai Restrictions None Routine Yes Schedule Yes Related Commands Edit Uniform Alarm Interface eduai Display Uniform Alarm Interface Input Form This input form contains the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Click on Go or press F2 to execute the command Display Uniform Alarm Interface Results Form There are two results form pages as shown in Figures 2 55 and 2 56 Page 1 m Managemert rae RESULTS DISPLAY UNIFORM ALARM INTERFACE Page 1 IR Login name Xport Password wxporti Send alert clear messages no Send active alerts on restart yes Timeout interval alive message sec 90 Alert reporting option basic MainMenu fi PrevForm es ee Figure 2 55 Display Uniform Alarm Interface Results Form Page 1 2 170 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands This results form contains the following fields Login name Specifies the Login name that the receiving NMS is required to use when logging in to the 6800 Series NMS to receive alert information Password Displays the password that the receiving NMS is required to use when logging in to the 6800 Series NMS Send alert clear messages Specifies whether you want to transfer alert clear information
66. User Group Input Form 2 174 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands This input form contains the following field User groups Required field Enter from one and up to four user groups to be displayed Groups to be displayed may be selected by either their group number or assigned name A pop up menu is available listing the valid group names and group numbers Display User Group Results Form Page 1 This results form Figure 2 58 displays the current user group assignments for the up to four user groups selected by the user on the first page for all commands in the system All commands are listed by their abbreviation Multiple pages are provided listing each command on the system sorted by task and organized as the commands appear in the menu hierarchy Manager RESULTS DISPLAY USER GROUP User groups administrator System Management Alert Management Alert Data dlah yes dsaas yes Alert Display Customization edaa yes edc yes edec yes edrcl yes edusc yes Automated Actian Filters dsadrf yes dsaaf yes edadrf yes Figure 2 58 Display User Group Results Form 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 175 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Display User Profile dsup Use the dsup command to display user profiles For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accom
67. a number from 001 through 255 Refer to Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information Device type Displays the parameter entered on Page 1 You can edit this field Product type NMS automatically populates this field with SNMP Brouter device Model number Identifies the appropriate device model number for the given device type System polling Indicates if NMS is receiving alerts from the device A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Enter off to block the display of alerts Enter asynch reporting to allow the alerts of the device to be displayed 2 32 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Version number Indicates the hardware or software version of the device Enter the alphanumeric string of the version number Serial number Identifies the device s unique serial number Serial numbers start with the protected prefix ser followed by the actual number Refer to Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information Page 3 SNMP and Brouter Devices This input form contains the following fields IP address Displays the parameter entered on Page 1 You cannot edit this field Date installed Indicates the installation date of the device Enter the date of installation using the format mm
68. a cut through session to it whenever the Network Control item is selected from the device s menu Parent device Indicates the device s parent the network object that may contain or manage the device Enter either the parent s device address or device name A device profile for the parent device must already exist Even though you can enter either the parent s name or address the parent s name is always displayed upon later retrieval in this field All devices with the same parent appear on the parent s object list on the network map 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 25 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Circuit name Identifies the name of the circuit with which the device is associated Circuit names begin with the protected prefix cir and are used to group devices by their logical circuits The string after the cir prefix cannot be all or none See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information Network name Identifies the name of the network with which the device is associated Network names begin with the protected prefix net and are used to group related devices into subnetworks The string after the net prefix cannot be all or none See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information Site name
69. a time interval for those trouble tickets created within the date interval entered in the Date s included field Enter times in pairs to specify an interval or individually to choose a range that begins or ends with the minimum or maximum entry For example if you enter a time in the first field but not in the second the report is generated using the time entered in the first field until midnight 23 59 Entering a time in the second field only indicates that the report is to be generated from 00 00 until the time entered in the second field You can enter either military time 00 00 through 23 59 or standard time 12 00 am through 11 59 pm For standard time entering a time without the am pm designation defaults to the am designation Leaving these fields blank defaults to 24 hours 00 00 through 23 59 OUTPUT CRITERIA Title Specifies the title you want to appear on the report The title you enter appears after the system defined report title on the output Sort sequence Required field Enter the sequence in which the report items are to be sorted Each sort entry must be separated by a comma The default sort sequence is the order in which the sort listing is presented on the pop up menu Valid entries are ticket status ticket category ticket severity and assigned to A pop up menu is available listing valid selections The order of the columns across the top of the report is determined by the sort sequence you select followe
70. accessed from Manager task Detailed Alert Report Input Form There are two pages for this input form Page 1 enables you to specify selection criteria Page 2 enables you to specify the output criteria Samples of Pages and 2 are shown in Figures 3 9 and 3 10 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 3 19 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Page 1 IRA Trouble Inventory Reports DETAILED ALERT REPORT Page 1 SELECTION CRITERIA Device s i Device type s Datets included fice to a Time interval to Alert duration Alert group sit Alert type s MORE Fi Help F2 Go F3 ClrFld Fa PrewFld FS MainMenu Fe FillForm FY Defaults Fe Cancel Figure 3 9 Detailed Alert Report Input Form Page 1 This input form contains the following fields SELECTION CRITERIA Device s Specifies the device s to be used as the search criteria Device IDs can be any of the following e Device Address examples 1 4 3 4 4 m2 232 e Device Name examples apl 32 ny atm control e Circuit Name examples cir ch 10 cir ny to la e Serial Number examples ser 1234567 ser 66778888 e Network Name examples net atm net detroit net loans See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information Multiple entries and the wildcard characters are allowed 3 20 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 T
71. applies to ACCULINK multiplexers with the single line redundancy feature If the multiplexers have the dual link redundancy feature create two facility profiles one for each link NOTE The combination of Slot and Id identification must be unique for each facility interface to a device because this identification represents a physical connection of the device to the facility Also the REDUNDANT INTERFACE Slot and Id must be different from the PRIMARY INTERFACE Slot and Id 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 47 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Id Required field Enter the Id port number of the redundant communications interface for the device on endpoint 1 For ACCULINK multiplexers Id means the link number T1 facility or channel numbers subrates You must enter the link number as the interface Id for T1 facility connections Slot This field is required for ACCULINK device types not required for non ACCULINK device types Identifies the Slot for the communications interface circuit card for the device on endpoint 1 This field may not apply to your device endpoint For ACCULINK multiplexers Slot means the circuit card s slot position Data entered into this field displays on the connectivity map For ACCULINK Series 700 multiplexers identify the slot and link numbers for multiplexers that are configured for single link redundancy single link dual interfaces For ACCULINK Series 700 multi
72. are in this command operates on that task s scheduled items The following command description applies to the Trouble Tracking task You display scheduled items either by specifying the system assigned index number or by specifying an item name A Help Desk Data Technician or Manager level user can display his her own scheduled items The System Administrator can display his her own scheduled items as well as other users scheduled items NMS automatically assigns an index number to commands and routines scheduled for delayed weekly or monthly execution If you display items by index number NMS displays only the item that corresponds to the index number If you display items by name NMS displays all scheduled occurrences of that name under your User ID or the User ID of the specified user if you are the System Administrator Use the List Scheduled Items lssi to display a list of your scheduled commands or routines and their assigned index numbers For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is provided For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level Help Desk Data Technician Manager Administrator Abbreviation dssi Restrictions None Routine No Schedule Yes Related Commands De
73. cece eee 2 79 Delete Rowtine Ir 3 cos cles sen n wd Byles see oe Ate akc gery cob Stee eee 2 81 Delete Scheduled Items dlsi 0 0 0 0 cece cc eee nen teens 2 83 Delete Site Profile disp c snein a cece eect eens 2 85 Delete User Profile dlup 12 2 0 0 ce cece eet 2 86 Delete Vendor Profile dlvp 0 cece cece ene 2 87 Display Active Alert Snapshot dsaas 0 00 00 e eee eee eee 2 88 Display Alert Driven Routine Criteria dsadrc 0000 2 92 Display Alert Driven Routine Filter dsadrf 0000 2 96 Display Alert Monitoring State dsams 0 00 00 00 eee eee 2 99 Display ATR Phone Directory dsatrpd 0 0 0 0 00 eee eee 2 103 Display ATR States dsatrs 0 eee eee eee 2 106 Display Audit Trail dsat 2 2 ee eee eee 2 108 Display Automated Action Filter dsaaf 00 0 0 cece eee ee eee 2 111 Display Device Group dsdg 00 eect eee 2 114 Display Device Profile dsdp 0 00 c cece eee eee eee 2 116 Display Display Filter dsdf 0 0 00 eee eee eee 2 133 Display External System Configuration dsesc 0 000005 2 136 Display Facility Profile dsfp 0 0 ccc eee eee cee eee 2 137 Display NMS Configuration dsnmsc 0 00 c ee eee eee eee 2 142 Display Port Configurations dspc 0 cece eee eee eee 2 144 Display Processing Filter dspf 0 0c eee cece ee
74. configuration changes in the network or modify the routine used for the ADR Valid entries are enabled or disabled A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Import object info Required field Specify whether or not object identification information obtained from the triggering alert message is used as input to the ADR Valid entries are yes or no A pop up selection lists the valid values If you select yes any applicable device identification information received from the triggering alert message is used as input to the command in the ADR If you select no device information from the triggering alert message is not used as input Instead the values you specified during the creation of the routine are used to execute the commands in the routine Commands This display only field lists the commands contained in the routine NOTE Because of space limitations the complete list of commands may be truncated When this is done NMS appends the indicator to the end of the command list Device s Required field Specify the devices whose alert reports cause the specified routine to execute automatically Valid entries are individual device addresses device names or serial numbers circuit names subnetwork names multiple entries wildcard characters and the keywords all or none If you enter all the ADR applies to all devices of the specified device type 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 195
75. criteria record which matches the specified search criteria A sample of the Display ADR Criteria Results Form is shown in Figures 2 24 Refer to the Edit ADR Criteria edadrc command for detailed descriptions of the form fields IR Device typet Routines Commands Device s Alert typets Dayts t Manager RESULTS DISPLAY ADR CRITERIA apl Alert group apl facility Criteria 1 Sys cqE ADR state disabled Import object info yes ceq det ser 26530460 all Alert clearts all Time s Destination for AUR results Notify users with network permission FY PrevMenu MainMenu Other users to be notified all all queue yes PreyvForm Figure 2 24 Display ADR Criteria Results Form 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 95 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Display Alert Driven Routine Filter dsadrf Use the dsadrf command to display the alert driven routine ADR filter parameters for a specified device type or to display device exceptions within a specified alert group The ADR filter determines the time that an alert must be active after passing the processing filter before an alert driven routine can be triggered Access Level Help Desk Data Technician Manager Administrator Abbreviation dsadrf Restrictions None Routine Yes Schedule Yes Related Commands Edit Alert Driven Routine Filter edadrf Display Alert Driven Routine Filter Input Form
76. current window until execution of the current command has completed Certain commands e g tests that take several minutes to execute or reports that include large volumes of data can take several minutes to complete In these instances it is recommended that you send the results of the command to a queue or to a printer in which case the command will execute in the background allowing you to access and execute other commands NOTE remote Ip printer queue Sends the results of the command to a remotely located printer If you specify remote a telephone number prompt displays on the screen to enable you to specify the telephone number of the remote printer or the ATR remote printer port If a phone number has been included in your user profile an optional field in the user profile this printer destination becomes the default number If a hardwired remote printer port is available the keyword port can be entered instead of the phone number The remote field does not apply to Reports and Trouble Tracking commands The output of those commands cannot be sent to a remote printer Sends results to a remote line printer You are prompted for the name of the remote printer in a field that appears below the destination field Sends the results of the command to the local system printer assigned in your user profile Sends the results of the command to one of your own results queues Command results may go to one of three r
77. date of the device Enter the date of installation using the format mm dd yy month day year Purchased Leased Indicates if the device is purchased or leased The default value is purchased A pop up menu is available listing valid selections 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 15 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Restoral device Indicates if the device is equipped with or has access to service restoration equipment Enter any character string up to eight characters for unsupported devices The valid values will depend on the previously specified Device type and Product type Possible values for COMSPHERE modems are as follows ab Analog bridge acaa Auto Call auto answer dial backup unit for 3400 4400 Series modems apl Analog private line dbu Dial backup unit dcaa Dual Call Auto Answer dial backup unit for 3400 4400 Series modems dbm i 2 wire ISDN Dial Backup Module for 3400 4400 Series modems This childboard may not be available for your modems dbm v 2 wire Dial Backup Module for 3400 4400 Series modems 839a Multimount dial backup unit for 3400 4400 Series modems and DATAPHONE II devices 839b Standalone dial backup unit for 3400 4400 Series modems and DATAPHONE IT devices srcu Service Restoration Control Unit none No restoral device configured Possible values for DATAPHONE II devices are as follows 839a Multimount dial backup unit for 340
78. dd yy month day year Purchased Leased Indicates whether the device is purchased or leased The default value is purchased A pop up menu is available listing valid selections External system Indicates an external system that may manage this device and for which NMS can establish a cut through session A pop up menu is available listing valid selections which is obtained from the external systems configuration table in the database If an external system name is specified here NMS attempts a cut through session to the specified external system whenever the Network Control item is selected from the device s menu Circuit name Identifies the name of the circuit associated with the device Circuit names begin with the protected prefix cir and are used to group devices by their logical circuits The string after the cir prefix cannot be all or none Refer to Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information Network name Identifies the name of the network associated with the device Network names begin with the protected prefix net and are used to group devices by their logical circuits The string after the net prefix cannot be all or none Refer to Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997
79. device Indicates the device s parent the network object that may contain or manage the device Enter either the parent s device address or device name A device profile for the parent device must already exist Although you can enter either the parent s name or address the parent s name always displays whenever you retrieve this form All devices with the same parent appear on the parent s object list on the network map Access module id Identifies the COMSPHERE DCE access module or circuit cards For COMSPHERE devices NMS may pre populate this field For 3800 and 3900 Series modems the possible value is 1 Port a 1 port device Possible values for access modules used by 3400 Series modems and 4400 Series modems are as follows 1 Port 4 Port TDM MSD A l port Device A 4 port Time Division Multiplexer Modem Sharing Device A 4 port Multiple Virtual Modem A l port V 35 Device A 4 port Time Division Multiplexer Modem Sharing Device Multiple Virtual Modem 4 Port MVM 1 Port V 35 4 Port TDM MSD MVM Possible values for circuit cards access module id s field used by 3600 Series DSUs in a 3000 Series Carrier are as follows ASPEN ASPEN application present TDM CCA ASPEN Time Division Multiplexer Circuit Card and ASPEN application present MCMP CCA ASPEN Multichannel Multipoint Circuit Card and ASPEN application present V 35 232 TDM CCA ASPEN V 35 232 Time Division Multiplexer
80. devices operating in DATAPHONE II protocol mode or advanced for devices operating in Advanced Diagnostic protocol mode If NMS can communicate with the device the device itself may have reported this information A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Product type Required field Identifies the product name Enter comsphere for 3400 4400 Series modems 3600 Series DSUs and DDD modems and 3800 Series DDD modems dataphone for DATAPHONE II modems and DSUs or 3500 dsu for 3500 Series DSUs and DDD modems If NMS can communicate with the device the device itself may have already reported this information A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Model number Required field Identifies the appropriate device model number for the given device type If NMS can communicate with the device the device itself may have reported this information Appendix A Device Model Numbers in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide lists the valid model numbers for modem devices A pop up menu is available listing valid selections System polling Required field Indicates if NMS is directly polling the device The system polling value depends on the device s inventory state product type and whether or not the device is on the control channel determined by the value in the Device address field A pop up menu is available listing valid selections On specifying the Sys
81. field ensure that only the devices at the specified site s are listed in the report Multiple entries and the wildcard character are allowed The default value is blank Ticket number s Enter the starting and ending trouble ticket numbers in the from and to fields to select all tickets within the specified range If either field is left blank then all tickets starting with the number entered in the from field or all tickets up to the number entered in the to field are selected If you enter the same number in both fields the Edit Trouble Tickets Selection list does not display Instead the Edit Trouble Tickets Input Selection form displays immediately upon pressing F2 The default range is all trouble tickets 4 26 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Trouble Tracking Task Commands Opened date s included Required field Enter the starting and ending dates in the from and to fields to select all tickets within the specified range If either field is left blank then all tickets starting with the date entered in the from field or all tickets up to the date entered in the to field are selected If these fields are left blank then the trouble tickets are chosen based only upon entered trouble ticket numbers The default range is all trouble tickets Valid entries are e today The current date This is the default option for the to field e today nn The current date minus nn number of days e first The first date for the cur
82. field is blank records will be deleted to the latest date for which a historical alert record exists 2 70 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Time interval Specifies a time interval restricting the alert record deletion to only those alerts received by NMS within the specified interval Enter times in pairs starting time and ending time to specify an interval or individually to choose a range that begins or ends with the minimum or maximum entry For example if you enter a time in the first field but not in the second only the records for alerts which occurred between the specified time and 11 59 59 pm 23 59 59 are deleted If you enter a time in the second field but not in the first only records for alerts which occurred between 12 00 00 am 00 00 00 and the specified time are deleted Enter military time 00 00 00 through 23 59 59 If these fields are left blank interval is assumed to be 00 00 00 to 23 59 59 default Click on Go or press F2 to execute the command Delete Alert History Results Form This results form shows the number of records deleted 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 71 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Delete Audit Trail dlat Use the dlat command to delete records in the Audit Trail table This command allows you to specify the criteria on which you want to base your search The command then searches the Audit Trail table and deletes those records A
83. filter value For pass block filters the valid entries are pass or 00 00 00 or block or 24 00 00 Click on Go or press F2 to execute the command Edit Uniform Alarm Filter Results Form This results form consists of a message concerning the success or failure of the edit 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 253 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Edit Uniform Alarm Interface eduai Use the eduai command to change the operational parameters that have been defined for the UAI interface For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is provided For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level Manager Administrator Abbreviation eduai Restrictions None Routine Yes Schedule Yes Related Commands Display Uniform Alarm Interface dsuai Edit Uniform Alarm Interface Input Form There are multiple pages for this input form Page 1 enables you to specify connection parameters for the uniform alarm interface Page 2 enables you to specify the text for the messages sent to the NMS Samples of Pages and 2 are shown in Figures 2 89 and 2 90 Page 1 Waa System Management EDIT UNIFORM ALARM INTERFACE Fage 1 Login name Password Send alert clear message
84. foreign networks This field is required when connecting the facility on a supported Series 700 multiplexer nodes to any non Series 700 device It shows what network for example DACS the node is connecting to The ID is used in path searching algorithms channel group traces etc to identify when a Series 700 node is connected to such foreign networks The entry is a pop up menu with the 250 identifiers NID1 to NID250 The user must determine the appropriate identifier for the foreign network connection This replaces the pre release 3 0 use of DACS ID for such applications and represents an extension to foreign networks other than DACS Date installed Enter the installation date of the facility using the format mm dd yy Diagnostics Indicates if the facility is carrying diagnostic data Valid values are enabled disabled and not applicable A pop up menu is available listing valid selections 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 49 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Bandwidth Specifies the bandwidth for the facility up to 10 integers The units for the bandwidth listed in this field are identified in the following field Bandwidth units Enter the units for the bandwidth defined in the previous field valid values are bps kbps mbps gbps hz khz mhz and ghz A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Monthly cost Specifies the monthly cost of the facility using the format ddddddd cc dollars a
85. from a basic feature workstation to display information found on the connectivity map of a full feature workstation The information generated is a list of all requested source devices residing within each selected site the facilities that are connected to the source devices and the destination devices that are connected to the source devices via the associated facilities A destination device can reside at the same site as a source device and destination devices can appear as source devices on different records on the report The device or facility type is also listed as appropriate You determine the records to be included in the report and the order in which they are sorted by specifying information on the input form This report includes all records meeting all the criteria specified Leaving a selection criteria field blank causes NMS to ignore that criteria in its search For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is provided For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level Help Desk Data Technician Manager Administrator Abbreviation cr Restrictions None Routine No Schedule Yes Related Commands Device Inventory Report dir Device Report Summary drs Facility Inventory Report
86. horizontally scroll to the right MORE Fil Help Fd4 PreyvMenu FS MainMenu Fe PrevForm Fa Cancelll Figure 3 11 Detailed Alert Report Results Form NOTE You can scroll the screen from left to right using the arrow keys to view the entire report 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 3 23 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Detailed Trouble Ticket Report dttr Use the dttr command to produce a detailed list of selected trouble tickets You determine the records to be included in the report and the order in which they are sorted by specifying information on the input form This report includes all trouble tickets meeting all the criteria specified Leaving a selection criteria field blank causes NMS to ignore that criteria in its search For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is provided For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level Help Desk Data Technician Manager Administrator Abbreviation dttr Restrictions None Routine No Schedule Yes Related Commands Delete Trouble Tickets ditt Display Trouble Tickets dstt Edit Trouble Tickets edtt List Trouble Tickets Istt Open Trouble Ticket optt Detailed Trouble Ticket Report Inp
87. in case of a problem Function Specifies the vendor contact s job function Phone number Lists the phone number of the vendor contact Address Lists the vendor contact s address 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 181 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Page 2 This results form contains the following field Comments Displays any additional information entered about this vendor 2 182 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Display Workstation Configurations dswc Use the dswc command to display the workstation configuration data stored in NMS When this command is entered NMS displays the table of workstation configuration records Access Level Help Desk Data Technician Manager Administrator Abbreviation dswe Restrictions None Routine Yes Schedule Yes Related Commands Edit Workstation Configurations edwc Display Workstation Configurations Input Form This input form contains the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Click on Go or press F2 to execute the command Display Workstation Configurations Results Form A sample of this results form is shown in Figure 2 62 Waka System Management RESULTS DISPLAY WORKSTATION CONFIGURATIONS Page 1 Workstation name Type Status Mario 8O 98709 998 active Edgar 80 87698 099 equipped Bart 6 6543435 980 sus
88. its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is provided For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level Manager Administrator Abbreviation dlfp Restrictions None Routine Yes Schedule Yes Related Commands Create Facility Profile crfp Display Facility Profile dsfp Edit Facility Profile edfp List Facility Profile lsfp Delete Facility Profile Input Form This input form contains the following fields Facility name Required field Identifies the name of the communications facility that you are deleting Note that the facility name begins with the protected prefix fac Enter the name of an existing facility that you want to delete If you are deleting all facilities connected to a specified device leave this field blank See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 77 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Device Specifies a device for which you want to delete all associated facility profiles endpoint 1 or endpoint 2 Device IDs can be any of the following e Device Address examples 1 4 3 4 4 m2 232 e Device Name examples apl 32 ny atm control e Serial Number examples ser 1234567 ser 66778888 See
89. none ne a none none nea none none nea none none nea none none nea none none ne a none Processor mario revMenu CONFIGURATIONS MainMenu State none nea na available in use in use none none none none none none none none Speed nea 4800 2400 9600 9600 9600 oOcococ coo Figure 2 44 Display Port Configurations Results Form This results form contains the following fields Processor The name of the processor associated with the physical port Board Port The port number which is populated automatically by the system at installation Possible values are Ipt com a com b gpsc Xx yy an yy Parallel port Communications Port A Communications Port B 3270 SNA port where xx yy where yy Board number of IPC card Slot number of port on IPC card Slot number of ANALYSIS interface circuit card 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 145 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Type The type of port Possible values are e ddd Identifies the port as a DDD port e dedic Identifies the port as a hard wired port dedicated e sna Identifies a port dedicated to an SNA Systems Network Architecture access device e none Not assigned e direct Identifies the port as a dedicated port used for the file export feature Application Identifies the application to be used from the port Possible values are e system printer n wh
90. one number can be entered within a range of 1 32 To modify an existing ADR criteria record enter the criteria number associated with that record To create anew ADR record enter an unused criteria number NOTE If no records were previously specified for this ADR no record information is displayed Page 3 Waka m Management EDIT AUF CRITERIA Page a Device type apl Alert group apl device Criteria Routine a ADR state ERAG S Import object info Commands Device s fea Alert typets gt fail Alert clearts gt EPEN DTayts gt fail Timets gt ERR Destination for AUR results Notify users with network permission DES Other users to be notified H EE Goce oes eee eee Figure 2 68 Edit Alert Driven Routine Criteria Input Form Page 3 The Page 3 input form displays input fields for the criteria record specified on Page 2 2 194 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands The input form contains the following fields Device type Carried over field from Page 1 Alert group Carried over field from Page 1 Criteria Carried over field from Page 2 Routine Required field Specify the system routine to be used as an ADR A pop up menu is available listing the valid system routines ADR state Required field Specifies whether the ADR is executable enabled or non executable disabled You may want to temporarily disable an ADR to make
91. only allowable value is no system poll because NMS cannot poll a device that is not active in the network The ntwk devices default to no system poll since they do not support polling A pop up menu is available listing valid selections NOTE The System polling field does not control asynchronous event reporting from the multiplexer nodes This is separately controlled at the node through the Change Node Configuration Parameters chncp command this command is described in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Multiplexer Command Reference Manual Also polling must be active for the m2 control channel refer to the Edit Alert Monitoring State edams command described in this manual Version number Required field for device types mux swtch 56mux ntwk Indicates the hardware or software version feature package of the device Enter the alphanumeric string of the version number of the device This field automatically populates for the device types mux swtch 56mux if NMS can obtain this information from the multiplexer Serial number Identifies the device s unique serial number Serial numbers start with the protected prefix ser followed by the actual serial number Refer to Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information 2 24 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Number of
92. page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is provided For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level Help Desk Data Technician Manager Administrator Abbreviation dspe Restrictions None Routine Yes Schedule Yes Related Commands Edit Port Configurations edpc Display Port Configurations Input Form This input form contains the following field Processor Required field Identifies the name of the processor associated with the physical ports Processor names are set at installation A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Click on Go or press F2 to execute the command Display Port Configurations Results Form The results form displays every port configured on the NMS for the processor you selected A sample this results form for the User Interface Processor is shown in Figure 2 44 2 144 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands IR Board Port Type let 01 1 01 02 01 03 o1 o4 01 05 01 06 o1 a 7 01 08 01 09 01 10 01 11 l 12 01 13 E E E i dedic dedic dedic dedic dedic dedic none Aone none none none none none none RESULTS DISPLAY PORT Application Group Device type none n a none remote terminal ne a nea remote terminal na na external system 1 na mux command nea none mux event nea none none nea none none nea none
93. physical address a form validation message displays indicating the carrier and slot information reported by the device The physical address field is particularly useful for dial backup units and analog bridges whose parent device is a Service Restoration Control Unit SRCU Enter an address using format cee e sl f Where ccc Cabinet number 1 999 c Carrier 1 9 sl Slot number 1 99 f Slot position enter f for front r for rear or leave blank 2 14 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Device position Indicates whether the device is a control device or a tributary device Valid values are control tributary and other A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Circuit type Indicates the type of circuit associated with the device Enter multipoint point point or other A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Page 3 Modem Devices The Create Device Profile input form for modem devices Page 3 is shown in Figure 2 3 Kalka Map lt Nanager CREATE DEVICE PROFILE Page a Device name Date installed H Purchased Leased Restoral device External system Parent devicet Access module idt Circuit name cir Network name net Site name Vendor name H Ea Goce oes Pere Poe Figure 2 3 Create Device Profile Input Form Modem Devices Page 3 This input form contains the following fields Date installed Indicates the installation
94. records which reference it The following list describes valid entries for an individual device e Device Address examples 1 4 3 4 4 m2 232 e Device Name examples apl 32 ny atm control e Serial Number examples ser 1234567 ser 66778888 See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information Multiple entries and the wildcard characters are not allowed Device type Required field Specify a device type to display its associated ADR criteria Valid entries are any managed device types However if the user enters a device type for which no ADR criteria records exist an error message will be displayed A pop up menu is available listing device types for which ADR criteria records exists If device type is specified as the selection criteria the Alert group field is displayed Alert group Required field Specify an alert group to display its associated ADR criteria Valid entries are any alert group associated with the specified device type However if a user enters an alert group for which no ADR criteria records exist an error message will be displayed A pop up menu is available listing alert groups for which ADR criteria records exist Page 2 Device Type Only For device type selection criteria a second page displays showing a short summary of ADR criteria records for the device type alert group selected An input f
95. search criteria The values that can you can enter in this field are 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 4 25 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Page 2 wait The escalation date has not yet passed or an escalation date has not been entered alarm A mail message has been sent to the ticket assignee or to the user who opened the ticket A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Ticket category s Identifies the category to which the trouble ticket has been assigned this information is to be used as search criteria Only tickets from the selected category appears in the report Enter one of the user defined codes or auto to select the automatically generated trouble tickets The keyword all selects all trouble tickets You may enter multiple categories Ticket severity s Specifies the ticket s severity code to be used as search criteria Ticket severity code is specified when a trouble ticket is manually opened or edited Multiple entries are allowed This input form contains the following fields Opened by Identifies who opened the trouble ticket this information is used as search criteria Multiple entries are allowed Assigned to s Identifies who the trouble ticket is assigned to this information is used as search criteria The default value is blank Multiple entries and the wildcard character are allowed Site name Specifies the site s to be included in the display Entries in this
96. selected If you try to enter that group name you get an error message Edit User Group Input Form Page 2 Page 2 of the Edit User Group input form Figure 2 92 displays the current user group assignment for the up to four user groups selected by the user on the first page for all commands in the system All commands are listed by the command abbreviation Full command names are listed in the field help and are obtained by entering a in any field Manager EDIT USER GROUP ser groups manager ew names for ser groupst System Management Alert Management Alert Data dlah dsaaz __ Alert Display Customization edaa edc edcc edrel edusc Automated Action Filters es os Gee Figure 2 92 Edit User Group Input Form Page 2 2 260 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Multiple pages are provided listing each command on the system This includes all commands available from the Manager Reports and Trouble Tracking tasks this also applies to the subset of these commands directly accessible using the Monitor or Map tasks The commands are grouped by task and arranged as they appear on the menu hierarchy with submenu names included to provided context To place an individual command in a user group the value yes must be entered in the appropriate column A blank means no user permission for the command Blank is the default For commands that apply to a specific device type package e g
97. the appropriate device model number for the given device type System polling Specifies the type of polling the device is receiving directly from the NMS See the Create Device Profile crdp command for possible values Version number Indicates the hardware or software version of the device Serial number Displays the device s unique serial number All serial numbers begin with the protected prefix ser Number of ports Displays the number of physical ports configured or available on the device Physical address Identifies the cabinet carrier and slot position of the device The physical address format is cce c sl f Where ccc Cabinet number 1 999 c Carrier 1 9 Slot number 1 99 Slot position enter f for front r for rear or leave blank sl f See the Create Device Profile crdp command for more information Device position Indicates whether the device is a control device or a tributary device Circuit type Indicates the type of circuit with which the device is associated 2 118 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Page 2 Modem Devices This results form contains the following fields Date installed Indicates the installation date of the device in the format mm dd yy month day year Purchased Leased Specifies if the device is purchased or leased Restoral device Indicates if the device is equipped with or has access to service restoration equipment S
98. the directory whose contents you want to display There are four phone directories available for each device type alert group combination in your system Valid values are 1 2 3 and 4 Device type Required field Specifies the device type whose phone directory is to be displayed See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Click on Go or press F2 to execute the command 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 103 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Display ATR Phone Directory Results Form A sample Display ATR Phone Directory results form is shown in Figure 2 31 Manager RESULTS DISPLAY ATR PHONE DIRECTORY Phone directory 1 Device type mux Alert group ATR destination Number of retries Retry interval minzrsec gt Comments mux alarmd 3 myx alarm2 3 mux alarms 3 ae PY PrevMenu hMaintenu PrevForm Figure 2 31 Display ATR Phone Directory Results Form This results form contains the following fields Phone directory Displays the number of the phone directory entered in the Display ATR Phone Directory input form Device type Displays the device type entered in the Display ATR Phone Directory input form Alert group Lists each alert group associated with the specified device type The following information displays f
99. the following e Device Address examples 1 4 3 4 4 m2 232 e Device Name examples apl 32 ny atm control e Circuit Name examples cir ch 10 cir ny to la e Serial Number examples ser 1234567 ser 66778888 e Network Name examples net atm net detroit net loans See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information Multiple entries the wildcard characters and all are allowed Alert type Enter a valid alert type See the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information Alert group Enter a valid alert group name See the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information Date s included Specifies a date interval restricting the historical alert historical record deletion to only those alerts received by NMS within the specified interval The selections are used in pairs starting date and ending date to choose intervals with the same values to choose specific dates Valid entries are e mm dd yy The month day and year e blank The earliest date for which the system stores historical alert data This is the default for the starting date field e If starting date field is blank records will be deleted from the earliest date for which a historical alert record exists e If ending date
100. the person responsible for the facility when there is a service problem Page 3 This results form contains the following field Comments Displays any additional information concerning the device 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 141 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Display NMS Configuration dsnmsc Use the dsnmsc command to display the NMS configuration data Access Level Help Desk Data Technician Manager Administrator Abbreviation dsnmsc Alternate dssid Restrictions None Routine Yes Schedule Yes Related Commands Edit NMS Configuration ednmsc Display NMS Configuration Input Form This input form contains the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Click on Go or press F2 to execute the command Display NMS Configuration Results Form There are two pages to this results form A sample of Page is shown in Figure 2 43 Page 2 displays any comments specified by the user Page 1 Waka Manager RESULTS DISPLAY NMS CONFIGURATION Page 1 NMS ID Software version ATs7 Paradyne MMS 3 0 Printer banners on User namet Address Contact name Contact phone Maintenance phone Sa PrevMenu MainMenu Figure 2 43 Display NMS Configuration Results Form Page 1 2 142 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands This results form contains the followi
101. the time of modifications are logged for Problem Description and Comments For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is provided For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level Data Technician Manager Administrator Abbreviation edtt Restrictions You can change any field on the ticket except Ticket Routine No Schedule No Related Commands Delete Trouble Tickets ditt Detailed Trouble Ticket Report dttr accessed from Trouble Inventory Reports task List Trouble Tickets Istt Open Trouble Ticket optt Edit Trouble Tickets Input Form There are two pages for this input form Page 1 enables you to specify the device for the search criteria Page 2 enables you to specify the trouble ticket information to be included in the search Refer to the Display Trouble Tickets dstt command for samples of the screens 4 24 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Trouble Tracking Task Commands Page 1 This input form contains the following fields Device s Specifies the device s to be used as the search criteria Device IDs can be any of the following e Device Address examples 1 4 3 4 4 m2 232 e Device Name examples apl 32 ny atm control e Circuit Name examples
102. this information is used as search criteria Enter one of the following status codes open default value assigned or closed You can also enter a user defined status code A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Escalation status Indicates if the trouble ticket has been escalated this information is used as search criteria The values that you can enter in this field are wait The escalation date has not yet passed or an escalation date has not been entered alarm A mail message has been sent to the ticket assignee or to the user who opened the ticket blank No escalation A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Identifies the category to which the trouble ticket has been assigned Only tickets from the selected category will appear in the report Enter one of the user defined codes auto to select the automatically generated trouble tickets or all to select all trouble tickets You may enter multiple categories 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 4 33 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Ticket severity s Specifies the ticket s severity code to be used as search criteria Multiple entries are allowed Ticket severity code is specified when a trouble ticket is manually opened or edited Page 2 This input form contains the following fields Opened by Identifies who opened the trouble ticket Only the trouble tickets opened by this user will appear The default value is blan
103. this publication may be copied or distributed transmitted transcribed stored in a retrieval system or translated into any human or computer language in any form or by any means electronic mechanical magnetic manual or otherwise or disclosed to third parties without the express written permission of Paradyne Corporation 8545 126th Avenue North P O Box 2826 Largo Florida 33779 2826 Paradyne Corporation makes no representation or warranties with respect to the contents hereof and specifically disclaims any implied warranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose Further Paradyne Corporation reserves the right to revise this publication and to make changes from time to time in the contents hereof without obligation of Paradyne Corporation to notify any person of such revision or changes A January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Safety Instructions IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS 1 Read and follow all warning notices and instructions marked on the product or included in the manual This product is intended to be used with a three wire grounding type plug a plug which has a grounding pin This is a safety feature Equipment grounding is vital to ensure safe operation Do not defeat the purpose of the grounding type plug by modifying the plug or using an adaptor Prior to installation use an outlet tester or a voltmeter to check the ac receptacle for the presence of earth ground If the receptacle is not properly grou
104. tickets to those opened within that range for all times selected Enter the starting and ending times in the from and to fields to select all tickets within the specified range If the to field is left blank the range is the time entered in the from field until midnight 23 59 If the from field is left blank the range is 00 00 until the time entered in the to field If both of these fields are left blank then the time defaults to 24 hours 00 00 through 23 59 Enter time in the format hh mm using the 24 hour clock or use the 12 hour clock with the am or pm designation Sort sequence Required field Enter the sequence in which the trouble ticket items are to be sorted Each sort entry must be separated by a comma The default sort sequence is the order in which the sort listing is presented on the pop up menu A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Press F2 to execute the command List Trouble Tickets Results Form This results form contains the following fields Ticket The unique number assigned by the system to the trouble ticket Open date time The date and time that the trouble ticket was opened Status The status of the trouble ticket Usual values are open assigned and closed Category The category assigned to the trouble ticket Severity The severity level assigned to the trouble ticket Assigned Specifies the User ID of the person assigned to the trouble ticket Device name The nam
105. time that the trouble ticket was opened 4 20 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Trouble Tracking Task Commands Assigned to The name of the person to whom the trouble ticket was assigned Site name The location of the device for which the trouble ticket was opened Device contact The name of the person responsible for the device Device phone The phone number of the device contact Vendor name The vendor name associated with the device for which the trouble ticket was opened Vendor contact The name of the vendor s service representative Vendor phone The phone number of the vendor s service representative ATR destination The telephone number for the ATR printer or the keyword port for the dedicated printer if an ATR was generated along with that trouble ticket ATR status The status of the ATR either in progress success or failure if an ATR was generated along with the trouble ticket ATR sent date The date that an ATR was sent to the service organization if an ATR was generated along with the trouble ticket 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 4 21 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Page 3 FaR Trouble Tracking RESULTS DISPLAY TROUBLE TICKETS Page 3 Ticket 1 Problem description Multiplexer polling port is down MORE ff Fi Help Fe NextRecd FS PrevRecd Fo PrevMenu Fo MainMenu Fe PrevForm F8 Cancel Figure 4 8 Display Trouble Tickets Results
106. to Identifies who the trouble ticket is assigned to Only the trouble tickets assigned to the specified user appears in the report Multiple entries and the wildcard character are allowed Site name s Specifies the site s to be included in the report Only the device s at the specified site s appear in the report Multiple entries and the wildcard character are allowed Ticket number s Enter the starting and ending trouble ticket numbers in the from and to fields to select all tickets within the specified range If either field is left blank then all tickets starting with the number entered in the from field or all tickets up to the number entered in the to field are selected The default range is all trouble tickets 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 3 27 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Date s included Required field Specifies a date interval restricting the report only to those alerts received by NMS within that interval The selections are used in pairs to choose intervals or individually to choose specific dates Valid entries are e today The current date This is the default option for the to field e today nn The current date minus nn number of days e first The first date for the current month e mm dd yy The month day and year e blank The earliest date for which the system stores data This is the default for the from field Time interval Required field Specifies
107. to execute the command 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 89 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Display Active Alert Snapshot Results Form The results form displayed is not a real time display All current active alerts that satisfy the search criteria are displayed For each alert the results content and format is the same as the Network Monitor The list of alerts is ordered by time of occurrence with the most recent alert at the top of the list the alert text is displayed in a color determined by the alert s priority A sample of this results form is shown in Figure 2 21 JE Manager RESULTS DISPLAY ACTIVE ALERT SNAPSHOT Device Model Network inet Date Time node24d8 740 nodez48 12717 1401 m2248 Channel Group j19 disconnect audit node2ds 740 nodez48 127 17 14 01 m2 24d8 Channel Group j19 disconnect audit node2d8 740 node2d48 12 1 14 o01 m2248 Channel Group mjbliz248 disconnect audit node2d8 740 node d8 1217 14 01 m2 2d8 Channel Group cs222d6 disconnect es ee audit MainMenu PreyvFoarm Page 190 Alert type 48 22 UNACKNOWLEDGED 48 22 UNACKNOWLEDGED 48 22 UNACKNOWLEDGED 48 22 UNACKNOWLEDGED Figure 2 21 Display Active Alert Snapshot Results Form This results form contains the following fields Device Specifies the name and address of the device for which the alert has occurred Model Identifies the device s model num
108. up menu is available listing valid selections Option Required field Specifies either the alert group or device exceptions to the alert driven routine filter The alert group value causes the subsequent input form to display ADR filter values associated with all alert groups for the specified device type The device exceptions value causes the subsequent input form to display the ADR device exceptions and filter values defined for a particular alert group You can modify these exceptions or add new exceptions values as needed A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Alert group Specifies the alert group for which the device exceptions and their ADR filter parameters are to be edited This field is displayed only when you enter device exceptions in the Option field A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Press Enter to display subsequent input forms 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 199 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Page 2 Alert Group IR Alert group apl backup apl cnnd msg apl device apl facility apl message apl service apl terminal Filter type duration duration duration duration duration duration duration Destination for results Schedule execution rs m Management EDIT ALERT URIVWEN ROUTINE FILTER Device type Filter value Bd is ClrFld PrevFld 9 iMainMenu apl block pass block block Adjustable defau
109. with automatically generated trouble tickets Since the NMS only stores records of ATRs associated with automatically generated trouble tickets the ATR report does not include counts of ATRs not associated with an automatically generated trouble ticket You determine the records to be included in the report and the order in which they are sorted by specifying information on the input form This report will include all ATR reports meeting all the criteria specified Leaving a selection criteria field blank causes NMS to ignore that criteria in its search For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is provided For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level Help Desk Data Technician Manager Administrator Abbreviation atrr Restrictions None Routine No Schedule Yes Related Commands Alert Report Summary ars Detailed Alert Report dar ATR Report Input Form There are two pages for this input form Page 1 enables you to specify selection criteria Page 2 enables you to specify the output criteria Samples of Pages and 2 are shown in Figures 3 4 and 3 5 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 3 7 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Page 1 IRA Troubles Inventory
110. 0 4400 Series modems and DATAPHONE II devices 839b Standalone dial backup unit for 3400 4400 Series modems and DATAPHONE IT devices none No restoral device configured Possible values for DDS devices are as follows v 12 0 3600 Series 12 000 bps dial backup module for COMSPHERE DSUs v14 4 3600 Series 14 400 bps dial backup module for COMSPHERE DSUs v 19 2 3600 Series 19 200 bps dial backup module for COMSPHERE DSUs s 56 0 3600 Series Switched 56 000 bps dial backup module for COMSPHERE DSUS none No restoral device configured Possible values for other devices is as follows v12 0p 3600 Series 12 000 bps primary core dial backup module for COMSPHERE DSUs v14 4p 3600 Series 14 400 bps primary core dial backup module for COMSPHERE DSUs s56 0p 3600 Series Switched 56 000 bps primary core dial backup module for COMSPHERE DSUs n a Not applicable 2 16 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands A pop up menu is available listing valid selections External system Indicates an external system that may manage this device and for which NMS can establish a cut through session The list of external systems is obtained from the external systems configuration table in the database A pop up menu is available listing valid selections If a system is specified here NMS attempts a cut through session to it whenever the Network Control item is selected from the device s menu Parent
111. 0 Series Network Management System Page 2 Alert Group IR Alert group apl backup apl cnnd msg apl device apl facility apl message apl service apl terminal Filter type duration duration duration duration duration duration duration Destination for results Schedule execution rs ClrFld Device type apl Filter value E q pass pass pass pass pass pass pass PrevFld 9 MainMenu FillForm Adjustable defaults yes yes yes yes yes yes yes Exceptions allowed yes yes yes yes yes yes yes Figure 2 81 Edit Processing Filter Input Form Alert Group This input form contains the following fields Alert group Displays the alert group Each alert group along with its associated processing filter displays for the specified device type Filter type Displays the type of filter duration or pass block The duration value means the filter is dependent on time The pass block value means the alert is either passed automatically pass or it never passes block the filter Filter value Required field Specifies the filter value to be used for alerts from the associated device device group specified For duration filters valid values are in the format hh mm ss within the range 00 00 00 to 24 00 00 Seconds must be specified in increments of 15 that is 15 30 45 00 Also the keywords pass and block are valid entries A value of 00
112. 00 00 corresponds to a pass value as indicated by the word pass next to the filter value A value of 24 00 00 corresponds to a block value as indicated by the word block next to the filter value For pass block filters the valid entries are pass or 00 00 00 or block or 24 00 00 Adjustable defaults Displays whether the filter is adjustable Possible values are yes and no 2 236 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Exceptions allowed Displays whether or not exceptions are allowed Possible values are yes and no Page 2 Device Exceptions AR System Management EDIT PROCESSING FILTER Page 2 Alert group apl terminal Filter type duration Filter value 0000 00 Device Value Wow Bo he H EE Goce oes Peer Pee Figure 2 82 Edit Processing Filter Input Form Device Exceptions This input form contains the following fields Alert group Displays the alert group Filter type Displays the type of filter duration or pass block The duration value means the filter is dependent on time The pass block value means the alert is either passed automatically pass or it never passes block the filter Filter value Displays the filter value to be used for alerts from the associated device device group specified For duration filters valid values are in the format hh mm ss within the range 00 00 00 to 24 00 00 pass and block A value of 00 00 00 correspon
113. 1 3 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Format for Documenting Commands in This Manual Each command documented in this manual begins on a new page The format for documenting each command is the same The command is briefly summarized as to its function followed by the following information Access Level Identifies the user group access level required to access the command NMS commands are associated with at least one of four default user groups or access levels These levels are in order of increasing command permission e Help Desk e Data Technician e Manager e Administrator NOTE In addition to the four default user groups the NMS System Administrator can create up to 26 other user groups for each command in this manual It is the responsibility of the NMS System Administrator to establish the user groups and inform all the users about the configuration of their system Users must have the appropriate functional access level set in their user profile to execute a command Any command associated with a particular user group can be executed by any user that has equal or greater command permission Therefore the System Administrator Administrator level has access to all commands If a user does not have permission to a command that command is not displayed in the user s menus If the user attempts to request the command in the enter selection field a message will indicate that permission is d
114. 2 284 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands List Scheduled Items Issi Use the lssi command to list the commands and routines scheduled under your User ID The list includes the index number name and execution schedule for each item items list in the order of increasing index number NMS schedules items separately for the Manager Trouble Inventory Reports and Trouble Tracking tasks The input and results form a slightly different for each task For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is provided For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level Help Desk Data Technician Manager Administrator Abbreviation Issi Restrictions None Routine Yes Schedule Yes Related Commands Delete Scheduled Items dlsi Display Scheduled Items dssi List Scheduled Items Input Form This input form contains the following field User ID NMS automatically displays your User ID Only the System Administrator can change this entry to another User ID For the System Administrator a pop up menu is available listing other User IDs on the system Click on Go or press F2 to execute the command 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 285 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Man
115. 2 33 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Site name Identifies the name of the location of the device If the Site name field is blank the site name defaults to unnamed If you enter a new name not associated with a site profile NMS gives you the option to either edit the name or continue If you continue NMS creates a new profile for the site when the crdp command is executed The values all and none are not allowed The site name determines the label of the site on the network map To specify the geographic location of the site use the Edit Site Profile edsp command Refer to Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information Vendor name Identifies the company name of the vendor supplying the device If you enter a new name not associated with a vendor profile NMS gives you the option to either edit the name or continue If you continue NMS creates a new profile for the vendor when the crdp command is executed The values all and none are not allowed The site name determines the label of the site on the network map Refer to Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information Page 4 SNMP and Brouter Devices This input form contains the following fields IP address Displays the parameter entered on Page 1 You can edit t
116. 59 Entering a time in the second field only indicates that the report is to be generated from 00 00 until the time entered in the second field You can enter either military time 00 00 through 23 59 or standard time 12 00 am through 11 59 pm For standard time entering a time without the am pm designation defaults to the am designation Leaving these fields blank defaults to 24 hours 00 00 through 23 59 Alert duration Required field Enter the minimum amount of time for which the alert had to exist to be included in this report The format for this field is hh mm ss where hh is the number of hours mm is the number of minutes and ss is the number of seconds The default value is 00 00 01 Alert group s Identifies a specific logical group of alert types Enter one or more alert group names Alert type s Specifies one or more alert types 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 3 21 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Page 2 IRA Trouble Inventory Reports DETAILED ALERT REPORT Page 2 OUTPUT CRITERIA Title Sort sequence e name i lt name Display device address DEE Destination for results iia Schedule execution M Fi Help Fe Go FS ClrFld Fa PrewFld FS MainMenu Fe FillForm FY Defaults Fe Cancel Figure 3 10 Detailed Alert Report Input Form Page 2 This input form contains the following fields OUTPUT CRITERIA Title Specifies the title you want to appear on the re
117. 6800 Series Network Management System Multiplexer Management and Configuration Guide 6800 A2 GB31 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Communications Products Support Command Reference Manual 6800 A2 GB32 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Multiplexer Command Reference Manual 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 ix COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System 6800 A2 GE26 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide 999 100 23 LIS DATAPHONE II Series 700 STAT MUX User s Manual 999 100 2341S DATAPHONE II Series 700 NETWORKER User s Manual 999 100 2371S DATAPHONE II Series 700 724 735 T MUX User s Manual 999 100 289IS DATAPHONE II 740 741 ACCULINK Multiplexer User s Manual 999 100 227 DATAPHONE II 745 ACCULINK Multiplexer User s Manual January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Overview Introduction OVEIVIEW 2 sieht eed oie oaad eed wld Bee ee eles ee eee ee 1 1 6800 Series NMS Supported Devices 0 00000 e ee eee 1 2 Naming Conventions 0 0 c cece cece eee ee 1 2 Device Addressing fcc tee ati POTN bee aa CONG chek eae 1 2 Command Access 0 0 eee eee eee eee 1 2 Shortcut for Command Access 0 0 0 cee eee ee eee 1 3 Wildcard Characters 2 48 eq ve shan eed ee pa thle eee oes gees 1 3 Multiple Entries 0 2 0 eee eee eee eee ee eee 1 3 Format for Documenting Commands in this Manual 1 4
118. 800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 3 25 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Trouble address Specifies the device address of the device at the time the trouble ticket was initially opened If the device address has been changed the Trouble address will be identical to the current address of the device In this case you do not need to use this field However if you want to retrieve a ticket opened on a device using the device s former address you must use this field The format and values are the same as for a device address Device type s Specifies the type s of device s to be used as the search criteria The wildcard character and the keyword all are allowed See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Alert type s Specifies one or more alert types Alert group s Identifies a specific logical group of alert types Enter one or more alert group names Ticket status Identifies the status of the ticket to be used in the search criteria Enter one of the following valid status codes open assigned closed You can also enter a user defined status code The wildcard character and keyword all are allowed A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Escalation status Specifies the escalation status to be used in the search criteria Ent
119. Administrator s Guide for more information on entering a device address The Device address field will not be displayed if NMS support unsupported Once the values for the fields on Page have been entered the NMS will attempt to send an ID to the specified device If the device can respond certain input fields in the device profile will be automatically populated with the information returned by the device Page 2 Modem Devices All modem type devices use the following input form Figure 2 2 NOTE Telephone no field is displayed when ddd is entered as Device type or 3910 or 3911 is entered in the Model number field 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 11 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Walka Map Manager CREATE DEVICE PROFILE Page 2 NMS support supported Inventory state Xi Device address Device name Device type x Protocol mode xg Product tupe EI Model number M System polling M Yersion number Serial number ser Humber of ports Physical address Device position Circuit type HHH Cu Goce Oe Pe E Figure 2 2 Create Device Profile Input Form Modem Devices Page 2 This input form contains the following fields NMS support This field is carried over from Page 1 This field cannot be edited on this page Inventory state Displays the parameter entered on the Create Device Profile You can edit this field on this form A pop up menu is available listi
120. COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Alert type s Required field Specify the alert type s which cause the specified routine to execute automatically The ADR is triggered by the alert types specified in this field when they are received from the devices specified in the previous field Valid entries are one or more alert types or the keywords all or none If you enter all the ADR is triggered by all alert types associated with the specified alert group Alert clear s Required field Specify the alert clear s which cause the specified routine to execute automatically The ADR is triggered by the alert clears specified in this field when they are received from the devices specified in the Device s field Valid entries are one or more alert types or the keywords all or none If you enter all the ADR is triggered by clears of all alert types associated with the specified alert group Day s Required field Indicate the days of the week when the ADR can execute Valid entries are one or more days of the week for example mon tue wed thu fri sat sun a range of days for example mon wed or the keyword all The default is all Time s Required field Indicate the times of the day when the ADR can execute Valid entries are ranges of time in the following formats e hh mm hh mm Starting hour must be less than or equal to ending hour e hh mm mm Starting minute must be less than or equal to ending minut
121. Displays the model number of the device NMS populates this field from the existing device profile record Site name Displays the site name of the device NMS populates this field from the existing device profile record If a site name was not specified in the device profile the field is auto populated with unnamed PRIMARY INTERFACE The PRIMARY INTERFACE is the physical interface for the facility on Facility endpoint 1 The primary interface is specified in terms of Type Slot and Id Type Required field Enter either port usually low speed channel on incoming side of the device or line usually high speed link on outgoing side of the device to specify which side the connection is on This information is used by the Map to determine on which side of a device icon the facility connection will be shown Refer to the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information about icons 2 46 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Id Required field Enter the ID number of the communications interface for the device on endpoint 1 This ID is used for alert processing For multipoint circuits the ID number must be different for each connection For ACCULINK multiplexers ID means the link number T1 facility or channel numbers subrates This information is included on connectivity maps which display the facility For ACCULINK Series 700 multiplexers line
122. ERE 6800 Series Network Management System Edit User Profile edup Use the edup command to edit an existing user profile record A user profile defines a user s login and password to the NMS assigns system printer access command access and modem and multiplexer access Access Level Help Desk Data Technician Manager Administrator Abbreviation edup Alternate chup Restrictions If the edup command is included in a routine you should not change the password when the routine is executed Routine Yes Schedule Yes Related Commands Create User Profile crup Delete User Profile dlup Display User Profile dsup Edit User Profile Input Form Page 1 There a two pages for this input form Page enables you to enter a User ID Page 2 enables you to enter your password The System Administrator can modify all fields other users can modify only their password and remote printer assignment Refer to the Create User Profile crup command for more information This input form contains the following fields User ID Required field This field is displayed only to the System Administrator The System Administrator must enter the User ID whose profile is to be modified The System Administrator can enter any existing User ID The NMS automatically displays the User IDs Only the System Administrator can change this entry to another User ID Password Required field This field is displayed to users other than the Syst
123. F THIS EQUIPMENT IN A RESIDENTIAL AREA IS LIKELY TO CAUSE HARMFUL INTERFERENCE IN WHICH CASE THE USER WILL BE REQUIRED TO CORRECT THE INTERFERENCE AT HIS OWN EXPENSE THE AUTHORITY TO OPERATE THIS EQUIPMENT IS CONDITIONED BY THE REQUIREMENTS THAT NO MODIFICATIONS WILL BE MADE TO THE EQUIPMENT UNLESS THE CHANGES OR MODIFICATIONS ARE EXPRESSLY APPROVED BY PARADYNE WARNING TO USERS OF DIGITAL APPARATUS IN CANADA THE DIGITAL APPARATUS DOES NOT EXCEED THE CLASS A LIMITS FOR RADIO NOISE EMISSIONS FROM DIGITAL APPARATUS SET OUT IN THE RADIO INTERFERENCE REGULATIONS OF THE CANADIAN DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNICATIONS LE PRESENT APPAREIL NUMERIQUE N EMET PAS DE BRUITS RADIOELECTRIQUES DEPASSANT LES LIMITES APPLICABLES AUX APPAREILS NUMERIQUES DE LA CLASSE A PRESCRITES DANS LE REGLEMENT SUR LE BROUILLAGE RADIOELECTRIQUE EDICTE PAR LE MINISTERE DES COMMUNICATIONS DU CANADA Cc January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Table of Contents Objectives and Reader Assumptions 0 00 ix ABSAGE iena id Sheet GAS a Ooch Biba ien been iiai ix Related Documents 0 0 cece eee eee eee ix 1 Introduction OVEINVIEW sninn na ea EEA EARR othe Saabs E R 1 1 Format for Documenting Commands in This Manual 1 4 Command Input Forms 0 0 0 eee eee eee 1 5 Helps ooo Sat ene Bee ie bh Aa AE WT REE 1 11 2 Manager Task Commands OVELVIEW sc40 8 nie hud Lhe Pee ee a tei S 2 2 Acquire Modem Control Channel Poll Li
124. Figure 3 20 pI Fi Help Trouble Inventory R RESULTS DISPLAY QUEUE RES Index numbers 1 OOK CR OK OK E OE O Fd PreyMenu FS Maintenu Fe PreyvForm ULTS ee x MORE Fa Cancelll Trouble Inventory Repor RESULTS ALERT REPORT SUMMARY Total Duration Mean Duration ama mia ama mia ams no ams arl ame aorl ame tn ame tn at 1d e ato dal ato dal ato mia Fi Help Alert Alert Type Count nr 6 nr 8 fa 5 ne 6 fa z ne af ne a Fa 9g nr 23 fa 2 nr 7 nr 2 fa 483 ma 47d fa A Fd PreyMenu FS Maintenu Fe PreyvForm 02 55 23 00 17 39 0006 11 02 57 15 000431 13 13 13 023 56 55 O0714 05 08 10 41 00 02 52 0020 21 0052731 19 20 39 14 55 58 oor01 21 0029 13 003 023 122 0001 14 00 29 32 00 01 30 00 21 26 00 58 58 0001 27 00 21 20 00 01 26 00702 54 00 26 15 00 01 54 00 01 53 0070121 MORE Fa Cancelll Figure 3 20 Samples of a Display Queue Results Form 3 38 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Trouble Inventory Reports Task Commands Display Scheduled Items dssi Use the dssi command to display commands or routines scheduled for execution The dssi command is accessible from the Manager Trouble Inventory Reports and Trouble Tracking tasks Depending on which task you are in this command operates on that task s scheduled items The following command description applies to the Trouble I
125. Form Page 3 The field on this results form is described as follows Problem description Displays a description of the problem 4 22 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Trouble Tracking Task Commands Page 4 IRA Trouble Tracking RESULTS DISPLAY TROUBLE TICKETS Page 4 Ticket 1 Comments Fi Help Fe NextRecd FS PrevRecd Fo PreyvMenu Fo MainMenu Fe PrevForm F8 Cancel Figure 4 9 Display Trouble Tickets Results Form Page 4 This results form contains the following field Comments Displays any comments about the problem 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 4 23 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Edit Trouble Tickets edtt Use the edtt command to change information on an existing trouble ticket that has been created either manually or automatically You determine the records to edit by specifying the information on the input selection form Records meeting all criteria specified are displayed for edit Leaving a selection field blank causes NMS to ignore that criteria in its search If the Opened by field displays auto and an escalation date was entered manually during an edit the Assigned to field will be populated with the current user s login ID so that an escalation mail message can be properly delivered If any of the fields are modified the previous value of that field and the latest value entered in that field are logged and displayed in the Trouble Ticket Audit trailer page Only
126. ILITY ENDPOINT 1 Device name nodelSo Device type mux Address m2 150 Model number 740 Site name novascotia PRIMARY INTERFACE Tupe line Id Slot 5 REDUNDANT INTERFACE Id Slot FACILITY ENDPOINT 2 Device name nodezo2 Device type swtch Address me 202 Model number 745 Site name okla city PRIMARY INTERFACE Type line Id 1 Slot 10 REDUNDANT INTERFACE Id Slot Ss Ooo PrevMenufiMainMenu PrevForm Figure 2 41 Display Facility Profile Results Form Page 1 This results form contains the following fields Facility type Categorizes the facility Examples of facility types are apl dds and T1 FACILITY ENDPOINT 1 See the Create Facility Profile crfp command to obtain valid values for these fields Device name Displays the name of the device on one end of the communications facility If the endpoint is a brouter or an SNMP device the IP address is displayed 2 138 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Device type Specifies the type of device on one end of the communications facility Address Identifies the address of the device Model number Identifies the model number of the device Site name Specifies the site name of the device PRIMARY INTERFACE Primary interface is the physical interface for the facility on endpoint 1 See the Create Facility Profile crfp command for valid values for these fields Type Displays either port or line to spec
127. LEHRER S ELAS RSS LA RHEE LE RES REESE END OF RESULTS ee E Start time Fri Dec 20 13 41 30 Completion time Fri Dec 20 13 41 30 PrevMenufiMainMenu PrevForm s Figure 2 103 List Queue Results Form Manager Task This results form contains the following fields INDEX NO Lists the index number s automatically assigned to each queue results record COMMAND OR ROUTINE NAME Lists the specific queue results items by command or routine name START TIME Lists the start time of each command routine execution 2 282 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands List Routines Isr Use the sr command to list personal and or system routines A Help Desk Data Technician Manager or Administrator level user can list his her own personal or system routines The System Administrator can list his her own personal or system routines as well as those of other users on the system For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is provided For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level Help Desk Data Technician Manager Administrator Abbreviation Isr Restrictions None Routine Yes Schedule Yes Related Commands Create Routine crr Copy Rout
128. MONITORING STATE Page 1 Control Channel Alert Monitoring State me a 1 5 2 5 3 5 d 1 5 5 5 6 5 7 8 el sh reporting Destination for results ig Schedule execution ERI ere EE Gee Cee eerie Figure 2 64 Edit Alert Monitoring State Input Form for Systems with 8 Control Channels Sample input forms for Altos 5000 systems with the 16 Control Channel Option and for Altos 15000 systems are shown in Figures 2 65 and 2 66 Manager EDIT ALERT MONITORING STATE Page Control Channel Alert Monitoring State Timeout Interval Sec me olling asynch repor y D 0 w a on e Ww e PrevFld HEUG Figure 2 65 Edit Alert Monitoring State Results Form for Systems Configured with 16 Control Channels Page 1 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 189 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Manager EDIT ALERT MONITORING STATE Page 2 Control Channel Alert Monitoring State eaout Interval Sec 16 el b1 Destination for results Schedule execution EMEN DEDEN ETEN 2MM Defaults Figure 2 66 Edit Alert Monitoring State Results Form for Systems Configured with 16 Control Channels Page 2 These input forms contain the following fields Control Channel Required field Specifies the control channel s 1 8 for Altos 5000 systems with 8 Control Channels and 1 16 for Altos 15000 systems and Altos 5000 systems with 16 Control Channels The m2 field represents the ACCULINK multiplexer network The el field repr
129. Management System Host name or IP address Identify the host for SNMP Manager or Telnet Hosts The external systems application uses this field to cut through to the SNMP Manager or Telnet Hosts For the SNMP Manager the Host name or IP address must be defined in the etc hosts file For Telnet Hosts the Host name must be defined in the etc hosts file while an IP address need only be in a format that the telnet command recognizes Task name or Terminal type Specify Task name or Terminal type depending on the value in the Type field If Type is sm this field identifies the Task name that will invoke the SNMP Manager The external systems application uses this field to cut through to the SNMP Manager If Type is other or telnet this field identifies the type of terminal to emulate when cutting through to any vt100 ansi compatible system from a full feature workstation The Terminal type field is optional If defined it must exist in the terminfo database Parameter For a dial up connection specifies the telephone number to be used to connect to the external system For a dedicated connection specifies any necessary parameter for login connection to the external system The following characters are valid Also the following special dialing characters are valid e P Pulse dialing service e T Touch Tone dialing service e Two second pause A space also represents a two second pause e A 30 second pause wait for secondary
130. Multiplexer V 35 V 35 232 MCMP CCA MCMP V V 35 RS232 Multichannel Multipoint Circuit Card Assembly Multichannel Multipoint V 35 V 35 232 MCMP CCA No App V 35 RS232 Multichannel Multipoint Circuit Card Assembly No Application Alternate mode address This field displays only if you entered comsphere in the Product type field Specifies the device s alternate address Use this address when changing the protocol mode of a COMSPHERE device If the field remains blank the value from the Device address field is used See Appendix D Device Addressing in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for information about device addressing and changing the protocol mode Circuit name Identifies the name of the circuit associated with the device Circuit names begin with the protected prefix cir and are used to group devices by their logical circuits The string after the cir prefix cannot be all or none See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information on naming conventions Network name Identifies the name of the network associated with the device Network names begin with the protected prefix net and are used to group related devices into subnetworks The string after the net prefix cannot be all or none See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800
131. NMS ID and contact information Page 2 enables you to provide comments regarding this information if necessary A sample of Page 1 is shown in Figure 2 79 Page 1 Manager EDIT NMS COMFIGURATION NMS ID ERE Software version ATaT Paradyne HMS 4 2 Printer banner Ey User name AT amp T Bell Labs Address ATs Bell Labs Office 1B 235 200 Laurel Avenue Middletown NJ o774d6 Contact namet Travis Morgan Contact phone 9068 957 5752 Maintenance phone 906 957 2565 EHEN DETE MaintenuffFillForm Figure 2 79 Edit NMS Configuration Input Form Page 1 2 228 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Page 2 This input form contains the following fields NMS ID Required field Identifies a serial number or identifying name for the NMS Valid entries are from 1 13 alphanumeric characters and special characters and Software version Specifies the version number of the NMS software currently installed on the system This field is populated automatically at installation and cannot be edited Printer banner Required field Indicates whether a single page identifying header is printed before each print job Possible values are on and off User name Identifies the name of the organization managing the NMS Address Identifies the location of the organization managing the NMS Contact name Specifies the name of the data communications manager Contact phone Specifies the phone
132. Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for an alert mapping table NOTE The 5 51 value should be used if the receiving NMS is either Release 2 or later of the ACCUMASTER Integrator AMI or Release 3 or later of the StarKeeper NMS The A value should be used for backward compatibility with older versions of the AMI and StarKeeper 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 171 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Page 2 IR Alarm text message received alert f23 time 113 device 73 circuit 103 Clear text message cleared alert 23 time 123 device if 3 circuit 103 E e Ee E PrevMenuf MainMenu PrevForm z Figure 2 56 Display Uniform Alarm Interface Results Form Page 2 This results form contains the following fields Alarm text message Displays text device network NMS time stamp and alert information that is to be sent to the receiving NMS This message can include variable parameters denoted by numbers and enclosed in braces when part of a message that are read in from the network alert message or provided by the 6800 Series NMS The 6800 Series NMS expands the alarm text message with the variables numbers replaced with the device network time stamps or alert information before it sends the message on to the receiving NMS See Table 2 1 for the values of the variables used in alarm text messages Clear text message
133. Page 2 This results form contains the following fields LEC contact Name Identifies the Local Exchange Carrier LEC contact for the site Phone number Identifies the phone number of the LEC contact for the site Address Identifies the address of the LEC contact for the site Other contact Name Identifies an additional contact for the site Function Identifies the job function of that contact Phone number Identifies the phone number of the additional contact for the site Address Displays the address of the additional contact for the site 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 159 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Page 3 This results form contains the following fields City code Lists the telephone number code used to place the site on the Geographic Map Country code Lists the 3 digit code used to place the site on the Geographic Map Longitude Identifies the longitude for the site location Degrees Minutes Direction Latitude Identifies the latitude for the site location Degrees Minutes Direction Comments Displays any additional information entered about any of the contacts or about the site itself 2 160 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Display Storage Filter dssf Use the dssf command to display the storage filter value for each alert group of the specified device type The storage filter specifies whether an alert is to be
134. Reports Al RESULTS ATR REPORT Destination Call Call Ticket Device Device Date Time Status Number Name Type 9578600 671692 16 30 25 ATR FAIL 4 moooo r j2ed apl 9578600 671692 16 30 35 ATR FAIL 5 moooo r j2ed apl 9578600 6716792 16 30 45 ATR FAIL 6 mooog r j2ed apl 9578600 6 16 92 16 30 55 ATR FAIL FY mogog r j2ed apl 9578600 6716 92 16 41 05 ATR FAIL 6 dogr 1 apl 9578600 6716 92 16 51 15 ATR FAIL 9 d097 1 apl 9578600 6716 92 16 31 25 ATR FAIL 10 d097 1 apl 9578600 6716 92 16 31 45 ATR FAIL 11 dogr 1t apl 9578600 6716 92 16 31 45 ATR FAIL 12 tusa 013 apl 9578600 61692 16 31 55 ATR FAT 13 tusa 013 apl 9578600 6 16 92 16 32 05 ATR FATL i4 tusa 013 apl 9578600 6 16 92 16 32 15 ATR FAL 15 tusa 013 apl 9578600 6716792 16 32 25 ATR FAIL 16 tusa O1d apl 9578600 6716 92 16 32 35 ATR FAIL 1 tusa Old apl 9578600 6716 92 16 32 45 ATR FAIL 18 tusa Old apl Press the right arrow key to horizontally scroll to the right MORE Fil Help Fd4 PreyvMenu FS MainMenu Fe PrevForm Fa Cancelll Figure 3 6 ATR Report Results Form NOTE You can scroll the screen from left to right using the arrow keys to view the entire report 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 3 11 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Connectivity Report cr Use the cr command to generate a tabular report of the connectivity information of all devices and their interconnecting facilities based on your selection criteria This report can be generated
135. Scheduled Items Issi 00 ns 3 49 Overview This chapter provides command descriptions for the Trouble Inventory Reports task 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 3 1 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Alert Report Summary ars Use the ars command to display or print a summary of all or specific historical alerts The report displays the network name alert type counts of alerts aggregate alert duration and mean alert duration You determine the records to be included in the report and the order in which they are sorted by specifying the information on the input form This report will include all historical alerts meeting all the criteria specified Leaving a selection criteria field blank causes NMS to ignore that criteria in its search For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is provided For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level Help Desk Data Technician Manager Administrator Abbreviation ars Restrictions None Routine No Schedule Yes Related Commands ATR Report atrr Delete Alert History dlah accessed from the Manager task Detailed Alert Report dar Alert Report Summary Input Form There are two pages for this input form Page 1 enables y
136. See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information Value For duration filters valid values are in the format hh mm ss within the range 00 00 00 to 24 00 00 Seconds must be specified in increments of 15 that is 15 30 45 00 Also the keywords pass and block are valid entries A value of 00 00 00 corresponds to a pass value as indicated by the word pass next to the filter value A value of 24 00 00 corresponds to a block value as indicated by the word block next to the filter value For pass block filters the valid entries are pass or 00 00 00 or block or 24 00 00 Click on Go or press F2 to execute the command Edit Alert Driven Routine Filter Results Form This results form displays a message indicating whether or not the command was successfully completed 2 202 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Edit ATR Phone Directory edatrpd Use the edatrp command to specify entries in the Automatic Trouble Report ATR phone directories The NMS automatically attempts to send an ATR to one or more destinations when an alert for a device passes the automated action filter and automatic trouble reporting is authorized in that device s profile The ATR state must also be set to on for that device s control channel Refer to the Create Device Profile crdp command for information on authorizing automatic trou
137. Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information on naming conventions 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 19 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Site name Identifies the name of the location of the device If the Site name field is blank the site name defaults to unnamed If you enter a new name not associated with a site profile NMS gives you the options to either edit the name or continue If you continue NMS creates a new profile for the site when the command is executed The values all and none are not allowed The site name determines the label of the site on the network map To specify the geographic location of the site use the Edit Site Profile edsp command See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information on naming conventions Vendor name Identifies the company name of the vendor supplying the device If you enter a new name not associated with a vendor profile NMS gives you the option to either edit the name or continue If you continue NMS creates a new profile for the vendor when the command is executed The values all and none are not allowed See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information on naming conventions Page 4 Modem Devices The Create Device Prof
138. This is used to place the site on the Geographic Map The default is the United States 001 Only numeric values are permitted An invalid city country code one that cannot be mapped to a geographic location is assigned to the default site The default site location is south of the North Pole and centered over North America See the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide Chapter 6 of the user s manual provides a description of the default site and unnamed site Appendix F of the user s manual has a list of country codes NOTE You may override the site placement determined by the city and country code by specifying the longitude and latitude of the site Longitude Identifies the longitude for the site location The longitude must be specified in the format Degrees 0 to 180 Minutes 0 to 59 and Direction W E Latitude Identifies the latitude for the site location The latitude must be specified in the format Degrees 0 to 90 Minutes 0 to 59 and Direction N S Comments Enter any additional information about the site See Appendix F in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for a list of latitudes and longitudes for major cities around the world Click on Go or press F2 to execute the command Create Site Profile Results Form This results form confirms that a site profile record has been created
139. a corresponding entry in the external systems configuration table refer to the Display External System Configuration dsesc command 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 63 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Page 2 Manager CREATE USER PROFILE Network access Device groups User groups Mapfalert access unsupported cc 1 cc 2 ec 3 ec 4 cc 5 cc 6 co 7 co 8 oc 9 ec 10 cc 11 ec 12 ec 13 cco 14 ec 15 ClrFld Figure 2 13 Create User Profile Input Form Page 2 This input form contains the following fields Device groups Device groups 0 through 15 are displayed on Page 2 of the crup command Device groups 16 through 30 are shown on the next page etc User groups Enter the user group levels assigned to each of the 50 device groups Enter no access to assign the device group to a user group that has no commands authorized The user groups are listed in a pop up menu The default is no access Map alert access Enter access or no access depending on whether the new user will have alert and map access to the device group The default is no access 2 64 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Page 4 Manager CREATE USER PROFILE Comments Destination For results Schedule executiant ClrFld PrevFld Mainkenuf FillForm Defaults Figure 2 14 Create User Profile Input Form Page 4 This input form contains the following field Comments Enter an
140. ablished yes If you want the 6800 Series NMS to send alert information for alerts that are active at the time the UAI link is established no If you want the 6800 Series NMS to only send alert information for new alerts that occur after the UAI link has been established A pop up menu is available listing valid selections 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 255 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Timeout interval alive message sec Required field Indicates the maximum number of seconds that the receiving NMS should wait for an I am alive message from the 6800 Series NMS before logging off the UAI link If the receiving network management system does not receive an alarm or I am alive message from the 6800 Series NMS within the defined interval the receiving network management system assumes a problem exists drops the connection and attempts to log in to the 6800 Series NMS again The default is 90 Alert reporting option Required field Indicates whether the 6800 Series NMS alert types are to be mapped into a smaller number of alert types for transport to the receiving NMS The enhanced value means that the 6800 Series NMS will send all of its defined alert types The basic value means that NMS will map its alert types into 25 fault types See Appendix G Uniform Alarm Interface in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for the alert mappin
141. accessed Refer to the discussion on Schedule execution under the section Common Fields on Input Forms Destination for results and Schedule execution in this chapter for additional information on scheduling parameters Related Commands Lists other core commands that relate to the function executed by this command Command Input Forms Every core command uses one or more input form pages The appropriate input form pages display when you request a command enabling you to enter input parameters required for execution of the command On most of the input forms that list valid entry options for a field in a pop up menu you are able to abbreviate your entry of the option by typing the first or first few characters of the word to uniquely identify that word to the system For example in the Destination for results field the valid entry options are crt remote printer queue You only need to enter the first letter of each word c T p q respectively to uniquely identify that option word from the other listed options Figure 1 2 is an example of an input form 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 1 5 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Waka Manager CREATE ROUTINE Page 1 Routine name ay D n Comments H EE Goce eos eer Pore Figure 1 2 Example of an Input Form Required Fields Certain fields on the input form require that you input the data requested before NMS allows you t
142. age 4 System Devices This input form contains the following field Comments Enter any additional information needed concerning the device Click on Go or press F2 to execute the command 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 41 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Create Device Profile Results Form The results form shows the device name and indicates that the device profile for that device was created 2 42 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Create Export File cref Use the cref command to create an export file from the 6800 Series device facility and site profile information Export files are used to supply the ACCUMASTER Integrator AMI with configuration information from the 6800 Series NMS You create either a base file or an update file with the cref command The base file is created and sent when the initial profile data is to be supplied to the AMI Normally it should not be created or sent a second time because it will contain the data that the AMI already has in its database The update file contains only that profile information which changed since the last export file either base or update was created The update file should be created and sent when updates to the AMI s configuration data are needed due to incremental changes made in the 6800 Series device facility and or site profiles For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s r
143. agement System Edit Storage Filter edsf Use the edsf command to edit the storage filter value for each alert group of the device type specified or to edit device exceptions within a specified alert group The storage filter determines whether or not an alert is to be stored in the historical alert database after the alert clears For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is provided For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level System Administrator Abbreviation edsf Restrictions None Routine Yes Schedule Yes Related Commands Display Storage Filter dssf Edit Storage Filter Form Page 1 There are two pages for this input form The fields displayed in Page 2 depend on whether you chose alert group or device exceptions in the Option field on Page 1 Samples of Page 2 for each are shown in Figures 2 85 and 2 86 This input form contains the following fields Device type Required field Specifies the type of device whose storage filter you want to edit See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Option Requir
144. agement System List Scheduled Items Results Form A sample of this results form is shown in Figure 2 105 This form displays the index number name schedule type and execution schedule for the routine test or command The last scheduled date of execution appears if it has been specified by the user Waka User ID admin Index Command or Routine Schedule Next Last Number Name Execution Execution Date 1 det delayed 12 20 20700 2 det delayed 12 20 20 00 3 dit monthly 12731 23 00 12 31 4 det weekly 12 23 01 00 12 31 ee ee END OF RESULTS LELEEELLLK ESSER KLEE ELLE REE ERE Start time Fri Dec 20 13 50 58 Completion timet Fri Dec 20 13 50 56 eyMenu MMai nM LE PrevForm Figure 2 105 List Scheduled Items Results Form Manager Task 2 286 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Manage Automatic Backup mab Use the mab command to specify the scheduling and execution criteria for automatic backup Automatic backup feature can be turned on or off This command provides a sophisticated backup system which populates a hot spare for an immediate backup in case of disaster Using this command requires having a duplicate system hardware and software with three hard drives installed Therefore this command should not be used for any other purpose except as described in this command description Access Level Administrator Abbreviation mab Restrictions Accessible only to the System Administrator
145. agement System Page 2 IR EDIT ALERT ATTRIBUTE Fage 2 Device type apl Acknowledgement Event clear timeout ihr mma timeout hrimm Group name Priority apl facility apl devwice apl terminal apl backup apl service apl message apl cnnd msg Destination for results IMs Schedule execution BEN H Stace Goce oes Pee Poe Figure 2 63 Edit Alert Attribute Input Form This input form contains the following fields Group name Required field Lists the alert groups associated with the selected device type Priority Required field Specifies the priority value assigned to alerts in each alert group Possible values are 1 major 2 minor and 3 warning A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Audible Required field Specifies the state of the audible indicator associated with each alert group Possible values are enable and disable The enable value means that any alert in that group causes the NMS workstations to beep intermittently until the alert clears or is acknowledged A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Visual Required field Specifies the state of the visual indicator associated with each alert group Possible values are enable and disable The enable value means that an alert in that group displays a visual indicator on the NMS workstations until the alert clears or is acknowledged A pop up menu is available listing valid selections
146. ager RESULTS DISPLAY ALERT MONITORING STATE Page Control Channel Alert Monitoring State Timeout Interval Sec 16 on 0 5 el asynch reporting nea bi asyunch reporting na euMenufMainhenu fi PreyForm 16 Control Channels Page 2 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 101 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System These results forms contain the following fields Control Channel Lists the control channel s 1 through 8 or 1 through 16 depending on system configuration and the multiplexer control channel m2 The m2 control channel represents the ACCULINK multiplexer network The e1 control channel represents the Bytex switch network Control channels a1 through a6 represent the six possible ANALYSIS control channels Alert Monitoring State Indicates whether or not alert monitoring is active for each control channel Valid values for Communications Products devices are on and off Valid values for multiplexers are e polling NMS is polling multiplexers on its poll list asynchronous alert reporting is turned off e asynch reporting NMS is receiving asynchronous event reports from the multiplexers on its poll list polling is turned off e polling amp asynch reporting NMS is both polling multiplexers for alarms and receiving asynchronous alert reports from them e off Both polling and asynchronous alert reporting functions are disabled Timeout Interval Sec Identifies the time out value for no resp
147. ailable For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is provided For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level System Administrator Abbreviation edesc Restrictions None Routine Yes Schedule Yes Related Commands Display External System Configuration dsesc Display Port Configurations dspc Edit Port Configurations edpc Edit External System Configuration Input Form A sample of this input form is shown in Figure 2 78 Manager EDIT EXTERNAL SYSTEM CONFIGURATION Page 1 Name Type Port group Host name or IP address Task name or Terminal type Parameter HE Clr Fld QPrevFld Q Maintenu fFillForm 9 Defaults Figure 2 78 Edit External System Configuration Input Form 2 224 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands This input form contains the following fields Name Required field Specifies the name assigned to each external system The default is ext sys n The name s appears on the external systems menu which displays when the External Systems task is selected when specifying user access permissions to the system in the User Profile and when specifying MAP access through the Device Profile external System field All default names for e
148. ains the following field Control channel s Required field Specifies the control channel s for which the poll list is to be acquired Multiple entries and the keyword all for all control channels are permitted Click on Go or press F2 to execute the command 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 3 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Acquire Modem Control Channel Poll List Results Form This results form contains the following fields Control channel The control channels specified on the Acquire Modem Control Channel Poll List input form display each with a status indication of success or failure A success indication means all devices on the control channel were successfully polled A failure indication means at least one device on the control channel was not successfully polled Command Execution Results When the acmccp command executes one of four possible results listed below occurs for each device that NMS attempts to poll on the control channel 1 The device responds and has an existing device profile The following fields in the device profile are updated with information from the polled device or with system default values All other device profile fields are unaffected e Device type e Version number e Model number e Serial number returned by ADp mode devices only e NMS support set to supported e Inventory state set to active e Product type e Protocol mode e System polling set t
149. alue means the port is taken out of service and the print job is queued For UAI applications possible values are enabled and disabled The disabled value means that the UAI messages are queued as long as the port is disabled For external systems possible values are in use and available The in use value means the port is currently in use The available value means the port is not currently being used A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Speed Required field Provides the configured speed of the data transmission Valid values are 0 300 1200 2400 4800 7200 and 9600 bits per second The speed cannot be changed for a parallel port Ipt and n a is displayed The speed cannot be changed to 0 for any assigned port A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Click on Go or press F2 to execute the command Edit Port Configurations Results Form This results form displays a message indicating the success or failure of the edit 2 234 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Edit Processing Filter edpf Use the edpf command to edit the processing filter value for each alert group of the device type specified or to edit device exceptions within a specified alert group Access Level System Administrator Abbreviation edpf Restrictions None Routine Yes Schedule Yes Related Commands Display Processing Filter dspf Edit Processing Filter Input Form There are two pages for t
150. alues all and none are not allowed The site name determines where the device appears on the network map To specify the geographic location of the site use the Edit Site Profile edsp command See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information Vendor name Identifies the company name of the vendor supplying the device If you enter a new name one for which no vendor profile exits you can either edit the name or continue If you continue and execute the command NMS creates a new profile for the vendor The values all and none are not allowed See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information USER CONTACT Name Indicates the name of the person responsible for the device when there is a service problem Phone number Indicates the phone number of the person responsible for the device when there is a service problem Address Indicates the address of the person responsible for the device when there is a service problem Page 4 Unsupported Devices This input form contains the following field Comments Enter any additional information needed concerning the device Click on Go or press F2 to execute the command Page 1 System Device Refer to Page 1 All Devices 2 38 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Command
151. ame Identifies the name of the location of the device If you leave the Site name field blank the site name defaults to unnamed If you enter a new name one for which no site profile exists you can either edit the name or continue If you continue and execute the command NMS creates a new profile for the site The values all and none are not allowed The site name determines where the device appear on the network map To specify the geographic location of the site use the Edit Site Profile edsp command See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information Vendor name Identifies the company name of the vendor supplying the device If you enter a new name one for which no vendor profile exits you can either edit the name or continue If you continue and execute the command NMS creates a new profile for the vendor The values all and none are not allowed See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information USER CONTACT Name Indicates the name of the person responsible for the device when there is a service problem Phone number Indicates the phone number of the person responsible for the device when there is a service problem Address Indicates the address of the person responsible for the device when there is a service problem P
152. ame A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Display device address Required field Specifies whether or not you want the device address to appear on the output form Enter yes or no If yes the device address appears below the device name on the report A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Press F2 to execute the command 3 32 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Trouble Inventory Reports Task Commands Device Inventory Report Results Form A sample of this results form is shown in Figure 3 17 IRA Trouble Inventory Reports RESULTS DEVICE INVENTORY REPORT APL Devices Device Vendor Name Type Site Name Device Name att paradyne apl odod kennedy OO21 ogdd spain xOO22 0010 newyork x026 0011i mandan xO02 0041 5 carringtan MOOS O019 austin x0OdS O026 seattle xo0d6 Press the right arrow key to horizontally scroll to the right MORE Fil Help Fd4 PreyvMenu FS MainMenu Fe PrevForm Fa Cancelll Figure 3 17 Device Inventory Report Results Form NOTE You can scroll the screen from left to right using the arrow keys to view the entire report 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 3 33 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Device Report Summary drs Use the drs command to produce a report totaling the number of devices by type on the network You can optionally constrain the report to list devices at specific sites by vendors device types and invent
153. ample of Page 2 is shown in Figure 2 83 This input form contains the following fields User ID Can be used by System Administrator only NMS displays your User ID Only the System Administrator can change this entry to any User ID on the system For the System Administrator only a pop up menu is available listing valid User IDs 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 239 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Routine name Required field Enter the name of your personal routine The System Administrator can also enter a system routine name System routines must be prefixed with sys A pop up selection list shows the available routines After you specify the routine name on the input form a warning message displays if one or more ADR criteria records exist for the routine This message reads as follows One or more alert driven routine ADR criteria records exist for this routine editing the routine may affect ADR execution Check ADR criteria to ensure proper operation Click on OK to return to the command input form If the routine was previously scheduled for a later execution a warning message is displayed This message reads as follows This routine has been scheduled for later execution If you edit the routine all previously scheduled executions of this routine will use the modified routine Click on OK to return to the command input form NOTE If the routine is scheduled for a later execution an
154. anagement System User s System Administrator s Guide Naming Conventions NMS naming conventions enable you to assign a name to a device and to assign a network or circuit name to a group of logically related devices such as those devices sharing a common customer location or application You can then reference or test a group of devices a network or a circuit by entering a single name Refer to Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for a description of the device naming methods accepted by NMS Device Addressing Device addressing allows the 6800 Series NMS to communicate with the devices in the network Refer to Appendix D of the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for a description of the device addressing methods accepted by NMS Command Access When you log on to the 6800 Series NMS the 6800 Series NMS Tasks menu displays Figure 1 1 To request a core command select the Manager task Then select an option The submenu either displays commands available for that option or another submenu For trouble and inventory reports select the Trouble Inventory Reports task For trouble tracking options select the Trouble Tracking task You can request a command at the task menu level or at any of the task s submenu levels by entering the command s abbreviation in the enter selection field In th
155. arm duration 00 01 00 Wes Yez mux cgevnt passeblock 24 00 00 block yes yes mux chmod duration 000100 Yes yes mux clock duration 0001 00 yes yes mux comm duration 00 01 00 Wes Wes mux config passeblack 24 00 00 block Wes Yes mux desich duration 00 01 00 yes Yes mux his duration o0 01 00 yes yes mux 1ll pass block 24 00700 block yes yes eai e al PrevMenufMainMenu PrevForm Figure 2 34 Display Automated Action Filter Results Form Alert Group This results form contains the following fields Alert group Lists each alert group associated with the specified device type Each alert group along with its associated automated action filter displays for the specified device type Filter type Identifies the type of filter duration or pass block used for alerts in each alert group The duration value means the filter is dependent on the duration of the alert The pass block value means the alert is either passed automatically pass or it never passes block the filter Filter value Specifies the filter value for each filter This value can be either pass or block for pass block filters This value can be pass block or a time for duration filters The duration indicates the length of time an alert must be active before it can pass the filter 2 112 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Adjustable defaults Specifies whether the filter parameters can be changed by the user Exceptions allo
156. as not been moved this address is the same as the current address of the device The format and values are the same as for a device address 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 4 13 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Device type s Specifies the type s of device s to be used as the search criteria The wildcard character is allowed See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information Multiple entries are allowed A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Alert type s Specifies one or more alert types Alert group s Identifies a specific logical group of alert types Enter one or more alert group names Ticket status Identifies the current status of the trouble ticket to be displayed Enter one of the following valid status codes open default value assigned and closed You can also enter a user defined status code A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Escalation status Identifies the trouble ticket escalation status to be used as search criteria The values that can you can enter in this field are wait The escalation date has not yet passed or an escalation date has not been entered alarm A mail message has been sent to the ticket assignee or to the user who opened the ticket A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Ticket category s Identifies the cat
157. ass or it never passes block the filter Filter value Required field Specifies the filter value to be used for alerts from the associated device device group specified For duration filters valid values are in the format hh mm ss within the range 00 00 00 to 24 00 00 Seconds must be specified in increments of 15 that is 15 30 45 00 Also the keywords pass and block are valid entries A value of 00 00 00 corresponds to a pass value as indicated by the word pass next to the filter value A value of 24 00 00 corresponds to a block value as indicated by the word block next to the filter value For pass block filters the valid entries are pass or 00 00 00 or block or 24 00 00 Adjustable defaults Displays whether the filter is adjustable Possible values are yes and no 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 251 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Exceptions allowed Displays whether or not exceptions are allowed Possible values are yes and no Page 2 Device Exceptions Waka System Management EDIT UNIFORM ALARM FILTER Page 2 Alert group apl message Filter typet duration Filter value 24 00 00 Device Value Wow Bo he H EE Goce oes Peer Pee Figure 2 88 Edit Uniform Alarm Filter Input Form Device Exceptions This input form contains the following fields Alert group Displays the alert group Filter type Displays the type of filter du
158. assigned to each queue results record Command Name Lists the specific queue results items by command name Date Time Lists the date and time that each command results were sent to the queue 3 48 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Trouble Inventory Reports Task Commands List Scheduled Items Issi Use the ssi command to list the commands and routines scheduled under your User ID The list includes the index number name and execution schedule for each item items list in the order of increasing index number NMS schedules items separately for the Manager Trouble Inventory Reports and Trouble Tracking tasks The input and results forms are slightly different for each task For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is provided For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level Help Desk Data Technician Manager Administrator Abbreviation Issi Restrictions None Routine No Schedule Yes Related Commands Delete Scheduled Items dlsi Display Scheduled Items dssi List Scheduled Items Input Form This input form contains the following fields Login name NMS automatically displays your User ID Only the System Administrator can change this entry to another User ID
159. atically assigned to each queue results record Command Name Lists the specific queue results items by command name Date Time Lists the date and time that each command results were sent to the queue 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 4 29 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System List Scheduled Items Issi Use the ssi command to list the commands and routines scheduled under your User ID The list includes the index number name and execution schedule for each item items list in the order of increasing index number NMS schedules items separately for the Manager Trouble Inventory Reports and Trouble Tracking tasks The input and results form a slightly different for each task For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is provided For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level Help Desk Data Technician Manager Administrator Abbreviation Issi Restrictions None Routine No Schedule Yes Related Commands Delete Scheduled Items dlsi Display Scheduled Items dssi List Scheduled Items Input Form This input form contains the following fields Login name NMS automatically displays your User ID Only the System Administrator can change this entry to an
160. ay a list of your scheduled commands or routines and their assigned index numbers NMS schedules items separately for the Manager Trouble Inventory Reports and Trouble Tracking tasks The input and results forms differ slightly for each task For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is provided For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level Help Desk Data Technician Manager Administrator Abbreviation dlsi Restrictions None Routine No Schedule No Related Commands Display Scheduled Items dssi List Scheduled Items lssi Delete Scheduled Items Input Form This input form contains the following fields Login name User ID automatically displays Only the System Administrator can specify the user ID of another user Number of items in queue Shows the number of items scheduled in the Trouble Inventory Reports task Index number s Required field Specify the index number s of the scheduled item s you want deleted Valid entries are as follows e One index number e Several index numbers separated by commas or spaces e Arange of index numbers for example 1 15 e The keyword all to specify all index numbers All indices must belong to the specified User ID
161. ays No response received from node unless it is a ntwk device then no message displays A ntwk device does not support a command language The NMS attempts to obtain the information in case the device is a different device e g swtch or mux The input form contains the following fields Inventory state Displays the parameter entered on the Create Device Profile input form Page 1 Figure 2 1 You can edit this field on this form A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Device address Displays the parameter entered on the Create Device Profile input form Page 1 Figure 2 1 You can edit this field on this form Device name Enter a unique mnemonic name for the device The device name cannot be all none default or begin with any of the following prefixes net cir grp ser fac and cg Refer to Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information This field is optional If the user does not specify a device name NMS generates a unique device name when the command is executed The format of the automatically created device name is device type followed by a hyphen and a positive integer for example ntwk 23 This field is carried over from the input selection form Device type Required field Specifies the type of device to use and determines the icon representation for connectivity maps Although you ma
162. ays to other network management activities Access Level Manager Administrator Abbreviation crnm Alternate crgm Restrictions None Routine Yes Schedule Yes Related Commands None Create Network Map Input Form This input form contains the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Click on Go or press F2 to execute the command Create Network Map Results Form This results form displays an indication that the command was successfully executed To display the newly created network map close all map related task windows Then select the Map task from the 6800 Series NMS Tasks menu 2 52 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Create Routine crr Use the crr command to create a personal routine A routine consists of up to 25 commands that execute sequentially You can include all Manager task commands in a routine except the following Call Fault Criteria cfc Change Address cha Change Protocol Mode chpm Change Node Passwords chnp Create Routine crr Create User Profile crup and Edit Routine edr Once created only the owner can execute the personal routine Each User ID can have a maximum of 30 personal routines You request a routine by entering its name in the Enter selection field of Manager task menus Refer to the Copy Routine cpr command for information on creating system rout
163. bels edrcl 00 eee eee 2 243 Edit Site Profile edsp 0 ccc cece eee eee eee eens 2 245 Edit Storage Filter edsf 02 2 cece eee eee ee 2 246 Edit Uniform Alarm Filter eduaf 0 0 00 000 00a 2 250 Edit Uniform Alarm Interface eduai 000005 2 254 Edit User Group edug 00 0 ee eee eee 2 259 Edit User Profile edup 0 00 c cee eee eee 2 262 Edit User Selection Criteria edusc 0 0 0 c cee eee 2 264 Edit Vendor Profile edvp 0c cee eee eee 2 268 Edit Workstation Configurations edwc 02 eee eee ee 2 269 Export File Configuration efc 0 00 00 eee 2 271 List Device Group Isdg 0 20 cece eee eee eee 2 273 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Table of Contents List Device Profile Isdp 0 0 cece cee eee eee 2 275 List Facility Profile Isfp 0 0 0 0 eee eee ee eee 2 278 List Queue Results Isqr 2 cece eee eee eee eee 2 281 List Routines St 2244 e Rae 3 lots aka Rs Ae TS 2 283 List Scheduled Items lssi 0 0 0000 c eee eee eee 2 285 Manage Automatic Backup mab 0000 2 287 Manage Automatic Restore mar 0 0 cece eee eee 2 289 Send Export File snef 0 0 cece cece ee eee 2 291 Set Date Time sdt 2 0 0 cece nes 2 293 3 Trouble Inventory Reports Task Commands OVELVIEW arreen aie A S488 4 celin
164. ber Network net Specifies the network name with which the device is associated Date Time Specifies the date and time that the alert occurred 2 90 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Alert type Specifies the type of alert For modems DSUs etc the alert type is usually a mnemonic code for example NR For multiplexers the alert type is the major minor code defined by the multiplexers Refer to the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information Any additional text describing the alert is also displayed on this form Also the following conditions if present are indicated on this form e Automated Action Indicates the status of any automatic action taken by the system Possible values are ATR automatic trouble report ADR alert driven routines UAI uniform alarm interface and TT trouble ticket e Visual Enable Specifies if the visual indicator is enabled but an alert has not been acknowledged If this is the case the message UNACKNOWLEDGED appears 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 91 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Display Alert Driven Routine Criteria dsadrc Use the dsadrc command to display the execution and user notification related information associated with an Alert Driven Routine ADR You can display ADR criteria for one of the following items e A particular device type an
165. ble reporting for a specific device In addition to a phone number you can also use a dedicated printer port for ATRs Refer to the Edit Port Configurations edpc command for information on port configuration Access Level Data Technician Manager Administrator Abbreviation edatrpd Alternate chatrp Restrictions None Routine Yes Schedule Yes Related Commands Display ATR Phone Directory dsatrpd Display ATR States dsatrs Edit ATR States edatrs Edit Device Profile eddp Edit ATR Phone Directory Input Form Page 1 There are two pages to this input form Page 1 enables you to select the device type and phone directory Page 2 is used to edit ATR phone directory information A sample of Page 2 is shown in Figure 2 71 This input form contains the following fields Phone directory Required field Identifies the number of the directory whose entries you want to edit There are four phone directories available for each device type alert group combination Valid values are 1 2 3 and 4 A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Device type Required field Specifies the device type for which you want to edit ATR phone listings See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information A pop up menu is available listing valid selections 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 203 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Manag
166. cated by the word block next to the filter value For pass block filters the valid entries are pass or 00 00 00 or block or 24 00 00 Click on Go or press F2 to execute the command Edit Automated Action Filter Results Form This results form consists of a message concerning the success or failure of the edit 2 210 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Edit Category edc Use the edc command to edit Network Summary categories Each Network Summary category represents a subset of active alerts summarized as a tally in the corresponding Network Summary cell The set of alerts tallied is determined by your entries in the Edit Category input form Table 2 2 shows how the category numbers correspond to cell placement in the Summary task The system default row and column labels are also listed in this table Table 2 2 Summary Display Alert Category Mapping MUX SYS SWTCH NTWK APL DDD DDS UND RSTRL 6510 Major 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Minor 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 Warning 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is provided For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level S
167. ccess Level Administrator Abbreviation dlat Restrictions Accessible only to the System Administrator Routine Yes Schedule Yes Related Commands Display Audit Trail dsat Delete Audit Trail Input Form A sample Delete Audit Trail input form is shown in Figure 2 18 Manager DELETE AUDIT TRAIL User IDs Command t Search wali Search wal Dateie included Time interval Exception valz H Clr Fld PrevFld Q Maintenu fFillForm 9 Defaults Figure 2 18 Delete Audit Trail Input Form This input form contains the following fields User ID Enter the ID of the user you want to search for in the Audit Trail table This field accepts as the only wildcard character to expand the search For example if you enter chi in this field all users at a particular site with user IDs that begin with chi will be selected e g chioperl chioper2 chip1 chip2 2 72 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Command Specifies a system acronym system routine name or user routine name This field accepts as the only wildcard character Search_val1 Enter any alphanumeric string to be used as a search value This field must match the original input as entered by the user This field accepts as the only wildcard character Search_val2 Enter any alphanumeric string to be used as a search value This field accepts as the only wildcard character
168. ce The value n a not applicable is displayed for multiplexer devices External system Identifies the external system that manages this device See the Create Device Profile crdp command for more information Parent device Indicates the device s parent All devices with the same parent will appear on the parent s object list on the network map Circuit name Identifies the name of the circuit to which the device is attached Circuit names begin with the protected prefix cir and are used to group devices by their logical circuits Network name Identifies the name of the network to which the device is attached Network names begin with the protected prefix net and are used to group related devices into subnetworks Site name Indicates the name of the geographical location of the device Vendor name Identifies the company name of the vendor supplying the device Page 3 Multiplexers This results form contains the following fields Device name This is a display only field based on information entered on a previous input form AUTHORIZATIONS TT Indicates if Automatic Trouble Tickets are authorized for the device on or off 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 123 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System ATR Indicates if Automatic Trouble Reports are authorized for the device by specifying the appropriate ATR phone directory numbers 1 2 3 or 4 to be used for the ATR on or off UAI Indicates if the Un
169. ced 1 NMS Id Serial number of the NMS software 2 Alert Type Alert type e g NR FA reported 3 Device Type Device type e g apl ddd of the reporting device 4 Reserved reserved 5 Reserved reserved 6 Priority MAJOR priority 1 alert MINOR priority 2 alert WARNING priority 3 alert Device Address Device address of the reporting device Device Name Device name of the reporting device Network Name net xxxx where xxxx is the assigned network name 10 Circuit Name cir xxxx where xxxx is the assigned circuit name sent if the alert reporting option is basic Facility Name fac xxxx where xxxx is the assigned facility name sent if the alert reporting option is enhanced If facility name cannot be determined unambiguously Device Name 8 will be sent 11 Start Time Date and time mm dd yyyy hh mm ss that the alert was reported to the 6800 Series NMS 12 Clear Time Date and time mm dd yyyy hh mm ss that the alert was cleared 13 Alert Text The 6800 Series NMS text description of the alert type 2 258 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Edit User Group edug Use the edug command to create and edit user groups A user group consists of a list of commands that users assigned to that user group will be permitted to execute Up to 30 user groups are available on the system the first four groups are the default groups shipped with the system Since each command in the system can belong to one or more user groups this c
170. ceptions is chosen for the Option field A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Click on Go or press F2 to execute the command 2 148 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Display Processing Filter Results Form The results form depends on whether you chose alert group Figure 2 45 or device exceptions Figure 2 46 in the Option field Page 1 Alert Group Walka Manager RESULTS DISPLAY PROCESSING FILTER Page 1 Device type mux Alert Filter Adjustable Exceptions group type Filter value defaults allowed mux admin passblock a0 002 00 pass Yes Yes mux al duration 00 00 00 passi yes yes mux calls passr block 00 0037 00 pass Wes yez mux cgalarm duration 00 0000 pass Wes Yez mux cgevnt pass black 00 00 00 pass yes yes mux chmod duration a0 002 00 pass Yes yes mux clock duration o0 00 00 pass yes yes mux comm duration 10 00 00 pass Wes Wes mux config passeblack 00 00 00 pass Wes Yes mux desich duration 00 00 00 pass yes Yes mux his duration 00700700 pass yes yes mux 1ll passblock 00 0000 pass Yes yes eai e al PrevMenuf MainMenu PrevForm Figure 2 45 Display Processing Filter Results Form Alert Group This results form contains the following fields Alert group Lists each alert group associated with the specified device type This is a system defined NMS grouping of alert types Refer to the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User
171. cian Manager Administrator Abbreviation dlsi Restrictions None Routine No Schedule No Related Commands Display Scheduled Items dssi List Scheduled Items lssi Delete Scheduled Items Input Form This input form contains the following fields Login name Your User ID automatically displays Only the System Administrator can specify the user ID of another user Number of items in queue Shows the number of items scheduled in the Trouble Tracking task 4 4 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Trouble Tracking Task Commands Index number s Required field Specify the index number s of the scheduled item s you want deleted Valid entries are as follows e One index number e Several index numbers separated by commas or spaces e A range of index numbers for example 1 15 e The keyword all to specify all index numbers All indices must belong to the specified User ID Press F2 to execute the command Delete Scheduled Items Results Form This results form displays a message indicating the completion of the deletion 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 4 5 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Delete Trouble Tickets dltt Use the ditt command to delete one or more trouble tickets when they are no longer needed their status has been marked closed The trouble ticket database stores up to 4000 trouble records You can delete single or multiple trouble tickets when you specify one or
172. ck filters the valid entries are pass or 00 00 00 or block or 24 00 00 Adjustable defaults Displays whether the filter is adjustable Possible values are yes and no 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 221 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Exceptions allowed Displays whether or not exceptions are allowed Possible values are yes and no Page 2 Device Exceptions Waka System Management EDIT DISPLAY FILTER Fage 2 Alert group apl message Filter type duration Filter value 0000 00 Device Value 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 q 10 11 12 13 H EE Goce n Pere ME Figure 2 77 Edit Display Filter Input Form Device Exceptions This input form contains the following fields Alert group Displays the alert group Filter type Displays the type of filter duration or pass block The duration value means the filter is dependent on time The pass block value means the alert is either passed automatically pass or it never passes block the filter Filter value Required field Displays the filter value to be used for alerts from the associated device device group specified For duration filters valid values are in the format hh mm ss within the range 00 00 00 to 24 00 00 pass and block A value of 00 00 00 corresponds to a pass value A value of 24 00 00 corresponds to a block value For pass block filters the valid values are pass or 00 00 00 or block or 24 00
173. ckets input form Figure 4 3 has not yet passed or you did not enter an escalation date alarm A mail message has been sent to the ticket assignee or to the user who opened the ticket blank No escalation Ticket category The category that was assigned to the trouble ticket Ticket severity The severity that was assigned to the trouble ticket 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 4 19 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Page 2 IRA Trouble Tracking RESULTS DISPLAY TROUBLE TICKETS Page 2 Ticket 3 1 Occurred date 12 18 91 11 24 41 Escalation date Reported buy auto Reporter phone Opened byt auto Opened date 12 18 91 11 25 53 Assigned tot Site name unnamed Device contact Device phone Vendor names Vendor contact Vendor phone ATR destination ATR status MORE ff Fi Help Fe NextRecd FS PrevRecd Fo PreyvMenu Fo MainMenu Fe PrevForm F8 Cancel Figure 4 7 Display Trouble Tickets Results Form Page 2 This results form contains the following fields Occurred date The date and time that the trouble ticket was opened Escalation date The date and time specified to escalate the trouble ticket if still unresolved This field is blank if no escalation has been requested Reported by The name of the person who reported the problem Reporter phone The phone number of the person who reported the problem Opened by The User ID of the person who opened the trouble ticket Opened date The date
174. command to produce a report listing the facility name facility type vendor name installation date bandwidth and usage You determine the records to be included in the report and the order in which they are sorted by specifying information on the input form This report includes all records meeting all the criteria specified Leaving a selection criteria field blank causes NMS to ignore that criteria in its search For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is provided For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level Help Desk Data Technician Manager Administrator Abbreviation fir Restrictions None Routine No Schedule Yes Related Commands Connectivity Report cr Facility Report Summary frs Facility Inventory Report Input Form A sample of this input form is shown in Figure 3 22 IRA Trouble Inventory Reports FACILITY INWENTORY REPORT Page 1 SELECTION CRITERIA Source devicefs If Facility typetsi Vendor namets OUTPUT CRITERIA Title Sort sequence i Se vendor name Destination for results iia Schedule execution DEM Fi Help Fe Go FS ClrFld Fo PrewFld FS MainMenu Fe FillForm Fr Default Fe Cancel Figure 3 22 Facility Invento
175. cution fields an additional page is provided For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level System Administrator Abbreviation edrel Restrictions Changes made via the edrcl command are not reflected in open network summary windows The Network Summary window must be closed then reopened for row and column label changes to be reflected Routine Yes Schedule Yes Related Commands Edit Category edc Edit Row Column Labels Input Form A sample of this input form is shown in Figure 2 84 Waka f m Managemerrt EDIT ROW COLUMN LABELS Page 1 SYS MUs SWTCH NTUK AFL Doo pus UND RSTRL l ajor l l Minor l I Warning I Destination for results crt Schedule execution now O o O E E FillForm Defaults Figure 2 84 Edit Row Column Labels Input Form 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 243 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System When the form is initially displayed the row and column labels appear as they exist in the Network Summary To change a label move the cursor to the appropriate field and type over the existing label See Table 2 2 Summary Display Alert Category Mapping in the Edit Category edc command for the default row and column labels Click on Go or press F2 to execute the command Edit Row Column Labels Results Form
176. d Site name Specifies the name of the site to be used as search criteria Vendor name Specifies the name of the vendor to be used as search criteria Purchased Leased Identifies whether the results are to list purchased or leased devices A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Click on Go or press F2 to execute the command 2 276 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands List Device Profile Results Form The results form lists the device profiles matching your specifications shown in Figure 2 100 IHR Device address Device name Device type Serial number Date installed Site name Vendor name Device address Device name Device type Serial number Date installed Site name Vendor name p OoOo PrevMenufMainMenu PrevForm a Management RESULTS LIST DEVICE PROFILE 4 671 x4o50 apl Model number zer Purchased Leased jackpot att paradyne 4712 2 wo2bd apl Model number ser Purchased Leased sykeston att paradyne 3440 22 Figure 2 100 List Device Profile Results Form Refer to the Create Device Profile crdp command for a description of the form fields A sample of this form is 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 277 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System List Facility Profile Isfp Use the sfp command to obtain a list of facility profiles NMS lists all facility profiles matching the cr
177. d For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level Manager Administrator Abbreviation dsdg Restrictions None Routine Yes Schedule Yes Related Commands Edit Device Group eddg List Device Group Isdg Display Device Group Input Form A sample of this input form is shown in Figure 2 36 Manager DISPLAY DEVICE GROUP Device grouct EE ay Destination for results iia Schedule execution Go O PrevFld M a ME Figure 2 36 Display Device Group Input Form Device group Required field Input the name or number of a device group on the system The device group name can be up to 15 characters in length Valid device group numbers are from 1 through 50 A pop up menu lists the valid device group names and numbers 2 114 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Display Device Group Results Form The results form Figure 2 37 displays the current device group definitions for the device group specified on the input form Manager RESULTS DISPLAY DEVICE GROUP Device group cc 1 Group number 1 Device s 17 Device tyupetsit Modeltsd Sites si revMenu PrevForm Figure 2 37 Display Device Group Results Form 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 115 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Display Device Profile dsdp Use the dsdp command to display the profile s of the specified device s The results form tha
178. d Usage Wendor name OoOo PrevMenuf MainMenu PrevForm Figure 2 102 List Facility Profile Results Form Refer to the Create Facility Profile crfp command for a description of the form fields 2 280 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands List Queue Results Isqr Use the sgr command to list the items stored in your Manager results queue The list queue results output includes the index number command or routine name associated with the index number and the starting date and time of each command routine execution The sgr command is accessible from each task with an associated queue Refer to the other sections in the manual for information on this command for Trouble Inventory Reports and Trouble Tracking tasks For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is provided For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level Help Desk Data Technician Manager Administrator Abbreviation Isqr Restrictions Lists only the contents of the Manager queue Must use the sgr command in the Trouble Inventory Reports and Trouble Tracking tasks to list the results of those queues Routine Yes Schedule Yes Related Commands Delete Queue Results dlqr Display Q
179. d schedule its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is provided For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level Data Technician Manager Administrator Abbreviation edvp Restrictions Only one vendor profile can be edited at a time Routine Yes Schedule Yes Related Commands Create Vendor Profile crvp Delete Vendor Profile dlvp Display Vendor Profile dsvp Edit Vendor Profile Input Form This input form contains the following field Vendor name Required field Specifies the name of the vendor Enter an existing vendor name whose profile is to be modified Refer to the Create Vendor Profile crvp command for a description of the fields in the vendor profile Click on Go or press F2 to execute the command 2 268 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Edit Workstation Configurations edwc Use the edwc command to edit the workstation configuration data stored in NMS When this command is entered NMS displays the table of workstation configuration records For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is provided For a complete description of
180. d 2 77 This input form contains the following fields Device type Required field Specifies the type of device whose display filter you want to edit See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Option Required field Specifies either the alert group or device exceptions to the display filter The alert group value causes the subsequent input form to display display filter values associated with all alert groups for the specified device type The device exceptions value causes the subsequent input form to display the device exceptions and filter values defined for a particular alert group You can modify these exceptions or add new exceptions values as needed A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Alert group Specifies the alert group for which the device exceptions and their display filter parameters are to be edited This field is displayed only when you enter device exceptions in the Option field A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Press Enter to display subsequent input forms 2 220 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Page 2 Alert Group IR Alert group apl backup apl cnnd msg apl device apl facility apl message apl service apl terminal Destination for results Schedule execution rs
181. d alert group e A particular device e A particular routine Access Level Help Desk Data Technician Manager Administrator Abbreviation dsadre Restrictions None Routine Yes Schedule Yes Related Commands Edit ADR Criteria edadrc Display Routine dsr Display Alert Driven Routine Criteria Input Form There is one page in this input form for routines and devices and an additional page for device types Samples of the pages for device type are shown in Figures 2 22 and 2 23 Page 1 Walka Map Manager DISPLAY AUR CRITERIA Page 1 Selection criteria Device typet Alert group Go ClrFld Q PrevFld QiMainMenufFillForm Defaults Figure 2 22 Display Alert Driven Routine Criteria Input Form Device Type Page 1 2 92 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Initially this input form contains the following field Selection criteria Required field Specifies the selection criteria Valid entries are routine device or device type A pop up menu is available listing the valid selections Depending on the selection criteria specified NMS displays one of the following fields Routine Required field Specify a system routine in the Routine field to display its associated ADR criteria record s System routines must prefixed with sys A pop up menu is available listing the existing system routines Device Required field Specify the device to display ADR criteria
182. d all mm Where hh mm hh mmam or hh mmpm hh hh mm all mm Execute at the 24 hour time specified Execute at the 12 hour time specified with an am or pm designation Execute every hour within the time range specified at the specified minute Execute every hour at the specified minute 1 8 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Introduction weekly Causes the command to execute on a weekly basis When you enter weekly in the Schedule execution field the following additional fields are displayed Day s of the week Enter the day s of the week when the command is to execute Valid entries are e The days of the week in abbreviated form e g sun mon tue wed thu fri sat Multiple entries are allowed separated by commas or spaces e A range of days separated by a dash e g sun thu e The keyword all for all days of the week Time s Enter the time s the command is to execute for each day specified For time s entry parameters refer to the Time s field explanation for delayed command execution Last date Enter the stop date for command execution If you leave this field blank the command will execute indefinitely on a weekly basis If the last date occurs before the first scheduled date the user is not allowed to enter that date For data format refer to the Date s field explanation for delayed command execution The today value is not valid for the Trouble Inventory Reports and
183. d automatically pass or it never passes block the filter Filter value Required field Specifies the filter value to be used for alerts from the associated device device group specified For duration filters valid values are in the format hh mm ss within the range 00 00 00 to 24 00 00 Seconds must be specified in increments of 15 that is 15 30 45 00 Also the keywords pass and block are valid entries A value of 00 00 00 corresponds to a pass value as indicated by the word pass next to the filter value A value of 24 00 00 corresponds to a block value as indicated by the word block next to the filter value For pass block filters the valid entries are pass or 00 00 00 or block or 24 00 00 Adjustable defaults Displays whether the filter is adjustable Possible values are yes and no 2 208 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Exceptions allowed Displays whether exceptions are allowed Possible values are yes and no Page 2 Device Exceptions Waka System Management EDIT AUTOMATED ACTION FILTER Page 2 Alert group apl message Filter typet duration Filter value 24 00 00 Device Value 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 q 10 11 12 13 H EE Goce n Pere ME Figure 2 73 Edit Automated Action Filter Input Form Device Exceptions This input form contains the following fields Alert group Displays the alert group Filter type Displays the type of f
184. d by the remaining fields that cannot be sorted If you select to sort less than the maximum number of fields then these unsorted fields appear on the report in a default order For example if only ticket status was chosen the column order is ticket status ticket category ticket severity and assigned to Press F2 to execute the command 3 28 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Trouble Inventory Reports Task Commands Detailed Trouble Ticket Report Results Form A sample of this results form is shown in Figure 3 14 FaR Trouble Inventory Reports Al RESULTS DETAILED TROUBLE TICKET REPORT rj Site Ticket Ticket Ticket Assigned Ticket Open Date Status Category Severity to Number and Time open 1 616 92 10 21 4 open 3 2 6716 92 10 31 12 Press the right arrow key to horizontally scroll to the right MORE Fil Help Fd4 PreyvMenu FS MainMenu Fe PrevForm Fa Cancelll Figure 3 14 Detailed Trouble Ticket Report Results Form NOTE You can scroll the screen from left to right using the arrow keys to view the entire report 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 3 29 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Device Inventory Report dir Use the dir command to produce an inventory report consisting of detailed information for devices You determine the records to be included in the report and the order in which they are sorted by specifying information on the input form This report will include al
185. d characters are allowed Refer to the Create Device Profile crdp command for descriptions of the fields for modem MUX unsupported device or system profile device profiles Click on Go or press F2 to execute the command Edit Device Profile Results Form A results screen displays a message indicating success or failure of the update 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 219 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Edit Display Filter eddf Use the eddf command to edit the display filter value for each alert group of the device type specified or to edit device exceptions within a specified alert group This filter eliminates alerts from displaying on your workstation For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is provided For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level Manager Administrator Abbreviation eddf Restrictions None Routine Yes Schedule Yes Related Commands Display Display Filter dsdf Edit Display Filter Input Form Page 1 There are two pages for this input form The fields displayed in Page 2 depend on whether you chose alert group or device exceptions in the Option field on Page 1 Samples of Page 2 for each are shown in Figures 2 76 an
186. d has associated ADR criteria records NMS displays a single warning message combining the two warning messages previously described 2 240 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Page 2 KAR System Man nent EDIT ROUTINE Page 2 User ID admin Routine nameg diag 03 H Ea Goce oes Pee E Figure 2 83 Edit Routine Input Form Page 2 This input form contains the following fields User ID Carried over field from Page 1 Routine name Carried over field from Page 1 This input form shows the commands currently contained in the routine You can move from field to field in this input form by pressing Enter To move to the next page select Go or press F2 You can change a routine in any of the following four ways 1 To delete a command a Move the cursor to the field containing the command abbreviation b Select ClrFld or press F3 to clear the field 2 To insert a command a Position the cursor on the blank field which corresponds to the location at which the new command is to be inserted b Enter the command abbreviation 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 241 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System 3 To replace a command a Move the cursor to the field containing the command to be replaced b Overwrite the existing command abbreviation with the new one 4 To edit an existing command a Delete the command entry as
187. d to supply the ACCUMASTER Integrator AMI with configuration information from the 6800 Series NMS Using this command you can delete either the existing base or update file It is recommended that you delete export files once the data is sent via the Send Export file snef command and received by the target system the AMI If an export file is not deleted when a second create or update is requested the file is overwritten with the new data NOTE Though deleting existing export files is not required you may notice a slight performance improvement on a fully loaded system if the files are deleted after they are sent For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is provided For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level Data Technician Manager Administrator Abbreviation dlef Restrictions None Routine Yes Schedule Yes Related Commands Create Export File cref Send Export File snef Export File Configuration efc Delete Export File Input Form This input form contains the following field File type Required field Specifies the type of export file to be deleted Valid entries are base and update A pop up menu is available listing the valid selections D
188. dcard character and the keyword all are allowed Multiple entries are also allowed See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Site name s Specifies that only the source device s located at the requested site s are included in the report Multiple entries and the wildcard character are allowed OUTPUT CRITERIA Title Specifies the title you want to appear on the report The title that you enter appears after the system defined report title on the output Press F2 to execute the command Connectivity Report Results Form A sample of this results form is shown in Figure 3 8 Trouble Inventory Reports El RESULTS CONNECTIVITY REPORT Site Source Device Destination Device Hame Type Hame Type Hame casselberry apl bebcea apl dt38 zaoay apl x25346 zbOeze apl xl1o7 zhO0e2es bridge bridge 89 zbO26 apl 1055 apl lors 2d055 bridge bridge 53 Press the right arrow key to horizontally scroll to the right MORE Fil Help F4 PreyvMenu FS MainMenu Fe PrevForm Fa Cancelll Figure 3 8 Connectivity Report Results Form NOTE You can scroll the screen from left to right using the arrow keys to view the entire report 3 14 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Trouble Inventory Reports Task Commands Delete Queue Results diqr
189. described above b Enter the same command name in the field immediately preceding or following the field in which the command was originally placed In adding commands to the routine you can only specify the commands for which you have functional access After completing the input form NMS begins to display the individual command input forms for each command added to the routine You can specify or modify inputs for each command by paging through the command input forms Click on Go or press F2 after the input forms for each added command are complete Page 3 This input form contains the following field Comments Enter any additional information about the routine Click on Go or press F2 to execute the command Edit Routine Results Form This results form displays the routine name the list of commands contained in the routine and any comments It also indicates the success or failure of the edit 2 242 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Edit Row Column Labels edrcl Use the edrcl command to redefine the Network Summary row and column labels This command changes only the labels To change the subsets of alerts counted in the Summary categories use the Edit Category edc command For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule exe
190. dex number 1 E OK CR Ok OK GR Ok eR CK Ok GK GE Gk PreyvForm revMenuf MainMenu gt I anager ril RESULTS DISPLAY ALERT DRIVEN ROUTINE FILTER Page 2 Alert group ddd device Filter type duration Filter value oori0 00 Device Value 1 ccdm2 01 00 00 2 cc m3 00130215 3 ecdmd 02300730 4 cecdmSs 12 00 00 ee END OF RESULTS ee E Start time Tue Jun 16 08 53 01 Completion time Tue Jun 16 08 53 01 es ee MainMenu Figure 2 47 Samples of a Display Queue Results Form 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 153 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Display Routine dsr Use the dsr command to display system or personal routines NMS displays a routine in its entirety including the input forms for all the commands contained in the routine A Help Desk Data Technician Manager or Administrator level user can display his her own personal routines or system routines The System Administrator can display his her own personal routines system routines or any other user s routines For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is provided For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level Help Desk Data Technician Manager Administrator Abbr
191. dial tone e Special character in PBX dialing o Special character in PBX dialing e Parentheses readability only Click on Go or press F2 to execute the command Edit External System Configuration Results Form This results form displays a message indicating the success or failure of the update 2 226 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Edit Facility Profile edfp Use the edfp command to edit an existing facility profile record For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is provided For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level Manager Administrator Abbreviation edfp Restrictions Only one facility profile can be edited at a time Routine Yes Schedule Yes Related Commands Create Facility Profile crfp Delete Facility Profile dlfp Display Facility Profile dsfp List Facility Profile sfp Edit Facility Profile Input Form There are multiple pages for this input form depending on the type of device selected Once a facility name is selected refer to the Create Facility Profile crfp command for a description of the form fields and samples of form screens This input form contains the following field Facility name
192. directed to this port This port is connected to a multiplexer node to transmit events from the multiplexer network to the NMS It cannot be changed using the edpc command NMS commands are transmitted from the NMS to the MUX network and network results are received by the NMS via this port The port is connected to a multiplexer node to send commands and to receive command results to from the multiplexer network It cannot be changed using the edpc command The port is used to cut through via terminal emulation to an external system The port is used to connect to the ANALYSIS NMS It cannot be changed using the edpc command The port is used for transfer of alerts via the Uniform Alarm Interface The port is used for the file export feature This is a display only field It cannot be changed using the edpc command Use the Export File Configuration efc command to change the port s configuration The port is used to connect to the Bytex Unity Management System to transmit alerts to the NMS The port is configurable only on the NMS host and is always dedicated at a speed of 1200 bps The port is not assigned 2 232 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands To change a port s application you must first select none then execute the edpc command After results have been returned change the application to the desired value then execute the edpc command again A pop up menu is available listing valid sel
193. displayed Device s can be any of the following e Device Address examples 1 4 3 4 4 m2 232 e Device Name examples apl 32 ny atm control e Circuit Name examples cir ch 10 cir ny to la e Serial Number examples ser 1234567 ser 66778888 e Network Name examples net atm net detroit net loans See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information Multiple entries and the wildcard characters are allowed Site s Enter the site name s whose alerts to be displayed Multiple entries and the keyword all default value are allowed Click on Go or press F2 to execute the command Edit User Selection Criteria Results Form This results form displays a message indicating the success or failure of the update 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 267 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Edit Vendor Profile edvp Use the edvp command to edit an existing vendor profile Vendor profiles are created either manually via the Create Vendor Profile crvp command or automatically by NMS whenever a new vendor name is added to a device or facility profile If the Vendor name field in the vendor profile is edited all device and facility profiles that reference the old vendor name are updated to reflect the new name For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results an
194. ds an additional page is provided For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level Manager Administrator Abbreviation Isdg Restrictions None Routine Yes Schedule Yes Related Commands Edit Device Group eddg Display Device Group dsdg List Device Group Input Form Page 1 A sample of this input form is shown in Figure 2 97 Manager LIST DEVICE GROUP Device group Destination for results Schedule execution MainMenuf FillForm Uefaults Figure 2 97 List Device Group Input Form Page 1 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 273 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System List Device Group Results Form This input form contains the following field Device group Required field Input the name or number of a device group on the system The device group name can be up to 15 characters in length Valid device group numbers are from 1 through 50 A pop up menu is available listing the valid device group names and numbers The results can be sent to a system printer A printed example is shown in Figure 2 98 RESULTS LIST DEVICE GROUP Device group cc 3 Name apl 22066 ts8cc3clp app1l 22773 tslcc3clp tslcc3tlp ts4cc3c2p ts4cc3t2p ts5cc3clp tsScc3tlp ts7cc3clm ts7cec3tlm ts7cc3t2m tsxcc3clp ts8cc3tlp Start time Tue Aug 10 17 19 40 Type apl apl apl apl apl apl apl apl apl apl apl apl apl apl Figure 2 98 List Device G
195. ds to a pass value A value of 24 00 00 corresponds to a block value For pass block filters the valid values are pass or 00 00 00 or block or 24 00 00 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 237 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Device Identifies the device s for which exceptional filter values are to be used Valid entries are a single device name device address or serial number a single circuit name or a single network name See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information Value For duration filters valid values are in the format hh mm ss within the range 00 00 00 to 24 00 00 Seconds must be specified in increments of 15 that is 15 30 45 00 Also the keywords pass and block are valid entries A value of 00 00 00 corresponds to a pass value as indicated by the word pass next to the filter value A value of 24 00 00 corresponds to a block value as indicated by the word block next to the filter value For pass block filters the valid entries are pass or 00 00 00 or block or 24 00 00 Click on Go or press F2 to execute the command Edit Processing Filter Results Form This results form consists of a message concerning the success or failure of the edit 2 238 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Edit Routine edr Use the edr command to change the input parameters or s
196. duled occurrences of that name under your User ID or the User ID of the specified user if you are the System Administrator Use the List Scheduled Items lssi command to display a list of your scheduled commands or routines and their assigned index numbers For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is provided For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level Help Desk Data Technician Manager Administrator Abbreviation dssi Restrictions You can enter one or more index numbers or one or more command or routine names but not both If you attempt to enter items in both fields you receive an error message To continue you must clear one of the fields Routine Yes Schedule Yes Related Commands Delete Scheduled Items dlsi List Scheduled Items lssi Display Scheduled Items Input Form This input form contains the following fields User ID NMS automatically displays your User ID Only the System Administrator can change this entry to another User ID For the System Administrator a pop up menu is available listing the other User IDs on the system 2 156 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Index number s Required field if command routine name fie
197. e Indicates the type of circuit with which the device is associated Date installed Displays the installation date of the device Purchased Leased Indicates if the device is purchased or leased Restoral device Indicates if the device is equipped with or has access to service restoration equipment See the Create Device Profile crdp command for possible values External system Specifies an external system that may manage this device See the crdp command for more information Parent device Indicates the device s parent All devices with the same parent will appear on the parent s object list on the network map Page 2 System Profile This results form contains the following fields Circuit name Identifies the name of the circuit to which the device is attached Circuit names begin with the protected prefix cir and are used to group devices by their logical circuits 2 128 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Network name Identifies the name of the network to which the device is attached Network names begin with the protected prefix net and are used to group related devices into subnetworks Site name Specifies the name of the location of the device Vendor name Identifies the company name of the vendor supplying the device USER CONTACT Name Indicates the name of the person responsible for the device when there is a service problem Phone number Indicates the phone numb
198. e e all mm mm Starting minute must be less than or equal to ending minute e all Times can be either military or am pm format hh 00 23 00 12 for am pm format mm 00 59 The keyword all is valid to indicate an entire 24 hour period The starting time must be less than or equal to the ending time The default is all 2 196 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Destination for ADR results Specify where the results of the ADR command executions should be sent Valid entries are one or more of the following destinations e queue Sends ADR results to the Manager results queues of the specified users e printer Sends ADR results to a specified system printer Causes the display of a required field where you specify the system printer NMS directs ADR results to that printer A pop up menu is available listing configured system printers e remote Sends ADR results to a specified remote printer or to the ATR remote printer Causes the display of a required field where you specify the remote printer NMS directs ADR results to that printer You can enter a remote printer phone number or the keyword port to indicate the dedicated ATR remote printer If no destination is specified the ADR executes but the results are not sent to any user queues or printers System printer Required field Specify the system printer 1 3 This field is displayed only if printer is specified in the previous field R
199. e changes made as a result of the command execution or display detailed information A results form trailer message indicates start and stop times for command execution Figure 1 3 shows an example of a results form 1 10 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Introduction IR E E suste T KA RESULTS LIST FACILITY PROFILE Page 1 Facility name 004 Facility type T1 Endpoint 1 device nameg node 20 Endpoint 2 device namet O0308 Bandwidth Bandwidth units Date installed Usage Wendor name Facility name 22 Facility type T1 Endpoint 1 device name node 18 Endpoint 2 device name pea 60 Bandwidth Bandwidth units Date installed Usage Wendor name MainMenu Help In Menus In Forms Figure 1 3 Example of a Results Form NMS provides several help features to assist you in command input and execution Help is available on all screens by selecting Help F1 This function key displays a pop up Help screen explaining the function keys and how to invoke the Help feature In the 6800 Series NMS Command Button window the Help button defines the 6800 Series NMS Tasks menu screen functions The Help button on the individual task menus describes the button s uses and how to access the Help feature on your workstation Help features within the tasks can be accessed as follows General help for a task can be obtained from within any menu by selecting the Help button in the logoff window from the full fea
200. e dsuai 0 2 170 Display User Group dsug 00 0 0 2 eee eee ee eee 2 174 Display User Profile dsup 0 2 cece eee eee eee 2 176 Display Vendor Profile dsvp 0 000 e eee eee 2 180 Display Workstation Configurations dswc 2 183 Edit Alert Attribute edaa 20 0 0 0 cee ee 2 185 Edit Alert Monitoring State edams 0 02000 e eee 2 188 Edit Alert Driven Routine Criteria edadrc 004 2 192 Edit Alert Driven Routine Filter edadrf 04 2 199 Edit ATR Phone Directory edatrpd 00 2 203 Edit ATR States edatrs 0 0 0 cece eee 2 206 Edit Automated Action Filter edaaf 0 00005 2 207 Edit Category ede cio 5 eit tik AA BER AAS ce 2 211 Edit Color Code edee 0 cece eee 2 214 Edit Device Group eddg 0 0 0 eee eee eee 2 216 Edit Device Profile eddp 0 0 ee eee eee eee ee 2 218 Edit Display Filter eddf 0 00 0 00 00000 2 220 Edit External System Configuration edesc 2 224 Edit Facility Profile edfp 0 0 00 0 00 02 02 2 227 Edit NMS Configuration ednmsc 0 e eee eee eee 2 228 Edit Port Configurations edpc 00 0002 2 230 Edit Processing Filter edpf 0 000 000 0005 2 235 Edit Routine edr 2 0 0 cent nene 2 239 Edit Row Column La
201. e 1 Vendor Device Site Humber of Devices Name Type Name Furch Leased Total att paradyne apl pol kennedy 1 oddd spain 001 0 newyork 0011 mandan O01 5 carrington O019 austin od21 bridgeway o023 safehaven od2d singalong 0025 2o0ingan o026 brodertown 0O026 seattle 002 cathay oo 30 howell ooS0 hurtsField PREEBPERPEPERRBPBEEEFE a a ee MORE Fil Help Fd4 PreyvMenu FS MainMenu Fe PrevForm Fa Cancelll Figure 3 19 Device Report Summary Results Form NOTE You can scroll the screen from left to right using the arrow keys to view the entire report 3 36 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Trouble Inventory Reports Task Commands Display Queue Results dsqr Use the dsgr command to display command results sent to the Trouble Inventory Reports results queue When you send command results to a queue those results are assigned an index number Use the List Queue Results sgr command to determine the index number that has been assigned to each command result stored in a queue The dsgr command accesses the results queue assigned to that task Thus the Manager Trouble Tracking and Trouble Inventory Reports tasks each have their own results queues Refer to the appropriate sections of this manual for an explanation of this command as it pertains to Manager and Trouble Tracking tasks For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule its execution If the
202. e Pee eee ND Cad 3 1 Alert Report Summary ars 2 0 eee eee eee 3 2 ATR Report atrr 2 6 eee een eens 3 7 Connectivity Report cr 0 ee eee eee 3 12 Delete Queue Results dlqr 0 0 0 eee eee eee ee 3 15 Delete Scheduled Items dlsi 0 0 0 cee eee 3 17 Detailed Alert Report dar 0 eee eee eee eee 3 19 Detailed Trouble Ticket Report dttr 0 0405 3 24 Device Inventory Report dir 0 000 000 rn 3 30 Device Report Summary drs 00 02 3 34 Display Queue Results dsqr 0 0 0 eee eee ee eee ee 3 37 Display Scheduled Items dssi 0 00 0 0000 3 39 Facility Inventory Report fir 0 00 00 00000 3 41 Facility Report Summary ffs 00 0 0 00 0002 3 44 List Queue Results Isqr 0 ce eee eee eee eee 3 47 List Scheduled Items lssi 0 000 cece eee eee eee 3 49 4 Trouble Tracking Task Commands OVERVIEW sion shanti aioe se tle oo ee E Od hy 4 1 Delete Queue Results dlqr 02 0 eee eee eee ee 42 Delete Scheduled Items dlsi 0 0 cece eee eee 4 4 Delete Trouble Tickets dltt 2 0 0 0 2 eee 4 6 Display Queue Results dsqr 00 0 4 8 Display Scheduled Items dssi 00 00000 4 10 Display Trouble Tickets dstt 0 0 0 0 eee eee eee eee 4 12 Edit Trouble Tickets edtt 0 0 eens 4 24 List Queue Resul
203. e Tracking Task Commands Page 2 Opened date s included Enter the starting and ending dates in the from and to fields to select all tickets within the specified range If either field is left blank then all tickets starting with the date entered in the from field or all tickets up to the date entered in the to field are selected If these fields are left blank then the trouble ticket is chosen based only upon entered trouble ticket numbers If no dates are entered the default range is all trouble tickets Valid entries are e today The current date e today nn The current date minus nn number of days e first The first date for the current month e mm dd yy The month day and year e blank The earliest date for which the system stores data This is the default for the from field This input form provides a confirmation message to verify that the trouble tickets selected are to be deleted The message reads Do you still want to delete them Yes No Enter yes to delete the ticket s or no to cancel the deletion Delete Trouble Tickets Results Form This results form confirms trouble ticket deletion 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 4 7 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Display Queue Results dsqr Use the dsgr command to display command results sent to the Trouble Tracking results queue When you send command results to a queue those results are assigned an index number Use the List Q
204. e User Profile Input Form Page 1 This input form contains the following fields User ID Required field Identifies a unique login name for the user Enter a 3 character to 8 character name chosen from the character set a through z and 0 through 9 The User ID must begin with an alphabetic character Password Required field Specifies a password that must be entered when a user logs on to NMS Enter a password from 3 to 8 alphanumeric characters chosen from the 64 character set A through Z a through z 0 through 9 forward slash and period The password must be different from the corresponding User ID and any reverse or circular shift of that ID and must contain at least two alphabetic characters and at least one number or special character For example if the User ID is user123 the password cannot be a circular shift 123user 3user12 etc or a reverse shift 321resu u321res etc Upper and lowercase are considered to be equivalent when comparing the User ID with the password construction The password is not displayed on the screen Re enter password Required field This field verifies the password that you have just entered in the Password field Retype the same characters for the password 2 62 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Default printer Required field Identifies the system printer to be employed for this user s print jobs If the system is not configured with print
205. e destination for the command s results and schedule its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is provided For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level Help Desk Data Technician Administrator Abbreviation dssp Restrictions None Routine Yes Schedule Yes Related Commands Create Site Profile crsp Delete Site Profile disp Edit Site Profile edsp Display Site Profile Input Form This input form contains the following field Site name Required field Specifies the name of the site Multiple entries and the wildcard character are allowed Click on Go or press F2 to execute the command Display Site Profile Results Form There are multiple pages to this results form This results form displays the site profile matching your specified site name Page 1 This results form contains the following fields Site contact Name Identifies who to contact at the site Phone number Lists the phone number of the site contact Address Lists the address of the site contact 2 158 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Security contact Name Identifies the security manager to contact at the site Phone number Identifies the phone number of the site security contact Address Identifies the address of the site security contact
206. e edit 2 270 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Export File Configuration efc Use the efc command to configure the uucp port and the uucp files for the UUCP connection from the 6800 Series NMS to the ACCUMASTER Integrator AMI This connection is used for the transfer of export files containing 6800 site facility and device profile information Access Level System Administrator Abbreviation efc Restrictions None Routine No Schedule No Related Commands Create Export File cref Delete Export File dlef Edit Port Configurations edpc Send Export File snef Export File Configuration Input Form This input form contains the following fields Board Port Enter the port number of the port to be configured You may only select a port that has not been configured via the Edit Port Configurations edpc command Type Specify the type of port connection to be configured Select ddd for a dial port or direct for a local connection to the AMI Modem type Specify the modem type if ddd was selected for the Port type If direct was selected this field is automatically populated with n a A pop up menu is available listing valid selections State Indicate whether the port is being added enabled or deleted none Speed Enter the speed in bps of the port or modem Destination name Enter the node name of the destination AMI Destination password Enter the password for the uucp login
207. e ee 2 148 Display Queue Results dsqr 6 0 0 eee eee eee 2 152 Display Routine dsr 2 2 eects 2 154 Display Scheduled Items dssi 0 0 0 eee eee cee eee 2 156 Display Site Profile dssp 0 0 eee cece cece eee 2 158 Display Storage Filter dssf 0 0 eee eee eee 2 161 Display System Poll List dsspl 0 0 00 eee eee eee eee 2 164 Display Uniform Alarm Filter dsuaf 0 0 00 00 0 0 eee 2 167 Display Uniform Alarm Interface dsuai 00000000 e eee 2 170 Display User Group dsug 00 ccc eee eee 2 174 Display User Profile dsup 0 cece 2 176 Display Vendor Profile dsvp 0 cee eee eee eee eee 2 180 Display Workstation Configurations dswc 00 c eee eee 2 183 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 1 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Edit Alert Attribute edaa 2 0 cence eens 2 185 Edit Alert Monitoring State edams 0 e eee eee eee eee 2 188 Edit Alert Driven Routine Criteria edadrc 0 0 cece eee 2 192 Edit Alert Driven Routine Filter edadrf 0 00 0 cece eee eee 2 199 Edit ATR Phone Directory edatrpd 0 00 c eee eee eee 2 203 Edit ATR States edatrs 2 0 ec eee ene n ene 2 206 Edit Automated Action Filter edaaf 0 0 00 ccc eee 2 207 Edit Category ede 32 cn euiAcod ee ney ia eee PRE Oar eas 2 211 Edit Color Code edcc
208. e index number If you delete items by name NMS deletes all scheduled occurrences of that name under your User ID or the User ID of the specified user if you are the System Administrator Use the List Scheduled Items ssi command to display a list of your scheduled commands or routines and their assigned index numbers For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is provided For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level Help Desk Data Technician Manager Administrator Abbreviation dlsi Restrictions You can enter one or more index numbers or one or more command or routine names but not both If you attempt to enter items in both fields you receive an error message To continue you must blank one of the fields Routine Yes Schedule Yes Related Commands Display Scheduled Items dssi List Scheduled Items lssi Delete Scheduled Items Input Form This input form contains the following fields User ID NMS automatically displays your User ID Only the System Administrator can change this entry to another User ID For the System Administrator a pop up menu is available listing the valid User IDs on the system 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 83 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Netw
209. e name of an existing personal routine or a system routine for which you have execution privileges A pop up menu is available listing valid selections New routine name Required field Enter the name for the copied routine The unique name can be up to 12 lowercase alphanumeric or special characters with the exception of the following special characters lt space gt Also the name cannot begin with a number For system routines use the sys prefix Click on Go or press F2 to execute the command Copy Routine Results Form This results form shows the old and new names of the routine and indicates whether or not the routine was copied successfully 2 8 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Create Device Profile crdp Use the crdp command to manually create profiles for the devices in the network NMS requires a device profile for any supported device to which you want to send tests commands You can include other devices such as Front End Processors FEPs and terminals in the database and have them represented on the network map if they have a device profile Some data in the device profile supplies information to the network map Therefore all devices appearing on the network map must have a device profile You must execute the Create Network Map crnm command after creating editing or deleting device profiles for the map to reflect these changes If the command executes while the Map task is
210. e of the device for which the trouble ticket was opened 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 4 35 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Open Trouble Ticket optt Use the optt command to create a trouble ticket for tracking from first occurrence through repair of a device problem or network trouble Trouble tickets can be created manually with this command or automatically via the Automatic Trouble Ticket generation feature By creating a trouble ticket you can manage problems and repairs through an alarm feature that notifies you of unresolved problems a tracking log that automatically lists changes made during the repair process and a database of closed tickets that can be searched to determine recurring problems with a device For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is provided For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level Data Technician Manager Administrator Abbreviation optt Restrictions To prevent the creation of duplicate trouble tickets the trouble ticket database is scanned for any existing trouble ticket that has the same device address the same alert type and has a state that is anything but closed If there is an existing trouble ticket that meets this cr
211. e site is located and includes user contact information for that site A site profile may be associated with many devices in the network The Map task locates devices on the Geographic Map by using the Site name field in the device profile If you do not specify a site name in the device profile the default name unnamed is used A site profile for the unnamed site is created by NMS at installation and cannot be deleted For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is provided For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level Data Technician Manager Administrator Abbreviation crsp Restrictions None Routine Yes Schedule Yes Related Commands Delete Site Profile disp Device Inventory Report dir accessed from Trouble Inventory Reports task Display Site Profile dssp Edit Site Profile edsp Create Site Profile Input Forms There are multiple pages to this input form Samples of these pages are shown in Figures 2 9 through 2 11 2 56 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Page 1 Manager CREATE SITE PROFILE Page 1 Site name RG Site contact Hamet Phone number Address Security contact Names Phone number Address
212. e submenu listing the command you can enter the command s menu number as well Once the selection is made you can select F2 Go to request the command s input form For more information on selecting commands depending on basic feature or full feature workstations refer to the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide 1 2 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Introduction Manager Hap Monitor Summary External Systems Performance Reports Trouble Inventory Reports Trouble Tracking Utilities gt Figure 1 1 6800 Series NMS Tasks Menu Shortcut for Command Access You can type any command valid for a task window in the enter selection field of any submenu within that task window and select F2 Go Wildcard Characters Multiple Entries In certain input form fields e g device address fields you can enter an asterisk to specify any character string For example if you wanted to enter a device address for all multiplexer nodes on control channel m2 you can type m2 This would indicate all nodes under control channel m2 For more information on wildcard characters refer to Appendix C of the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide Multiple entries are permitted in some fields You must separate each entry with either a comma or a space These fields are identified in the manual 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997
213. e ticket is automatically generated for an alert on this device if the trouble ticket authorization is turned on and the alert passes the automated action filters A pop up menu is available listing valid selections ATR Indicates if Automatic Trouble Reports are authorized for the device This is done by specifying the appropriate ATR phone directory numbers to be used Enter up to four numbers 1 2 3 or 4 If ATRs are not authorized for the device enter off The default value is off An ATR is automatically sent to the destination specified in the phone directory for an alert on this device if ATR is authorized and the alert passed the automated action filter 2 30 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands UAI Indicates if the Uniform Alarm Interface is available and authorized for the device Enter either on or off The default value is off An alarm is sent over the UAI if authorization is turned on and the alert passes the UAI filter A pop up menu is available listing valid selections USER CONTACT Name Indicates the name of the person responsible for the device when there is a service problem Phone number Indicates the phone number of the person responsible for the device when there is a service problem Address Indicates the address of the person responsible for the device when there is a service problem Page 5 Bytex Switches This input form contains the following field Comments Enter a
214. ecifies the amount of time minutes and seconds to wait before another attempt is made to send the ATR to the specified destination If port has been specified as the destination this field does not apply The default is 5 00 Comments Displays any additional comments about that destination Click on Go or press F2 to execute the command Edit ATR Phone Directory Results Form The Edit ATR Phone Directory results form indicates the success or failure of the edit 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 205 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Edit ATR States edatrs Use the edatrs command to turn on or off the Automatic Trouble Report ATR feature for each control channel When a control channel s ATR state is on an alert for a device on that channel triggers an ATR if the following two conditions are met the device has proper authorization for ATR in its device profile as determined by the entry in the ATR field of the device s device profile and the alert has passed the automated action filter An off ATR state blocks the transmission of ATRs for all devices on that control channel regardless of device profile authorizations or automated action filter settings For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is pr
215. ections Group Required field The group is assigned to the port to allow the port to be shared by multiple external systems A group number is required for external systems Port groups used for external systems must be specified in the Edit External Systems Configuration edesc command Port group is not applicable for other applications Port groups are automatically assigned for 3270 and ANALYSIS systems and cannot be changed or reassigned to other ports port group numbers 500 505 and 600 are reserved for these systems Port group 0 is reserved and cannot be assigned to an external system Device type Required field The type of device used by the application for the port possible values are dependent on the application and or port type specified under the Application and Type fields Possible values are e For system printer applications displays a valid NMS system printer model number e For alert log printer applications displays a valid NMS alert log printer model number e For DDD ports displays the model number of the DDD modem used for the dial connection e Valid values are shown in abbreviated form in a pop up menu The full names are listed below ATT2212C AT amp T 2212C ATT2212D AT amp T 2212D ATT22224A AT amp T 2224A ATT2224B AT amp T 2224B ATT2224CEO AT amp T 2224CEO ATT2224E AT amp T 2224E ATT2224G AT amp T 2224G ATT2248A AT amp T 2248A
216. ed field Specifies either the alert group or device exceptions to the storage filter The alert group value causes the subsequent input form to display storage filter values associated with all alert groups for the specified device type The device exceptions value causes the subsequent input form to display the device exceptions and filter values defined for a particular alert group You can modify these exceptions or add new exceptions values as needed A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Alert group Specifies the alert group for which the device exceptions and their storage filter parameters are to be edited This field is displayed only when you enter device exceptions in the Option field A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Press Enter to display subsequent input forms 2 246 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Page 2 Alert Group IR Alert Filter Adjustable Exceptions group type Filter value defaults allowed apl backup passblock E q pass Yes yes apl cnnd msg pass block pass yes yes apl device pass black pass Yes yes apl facility pass block pass yes yes apl message pass black pass yes yes apl service pasesblock pass Yes yes apl terminal pass block pass yes yes Destination for results fis HH ClrFld Q PrevFld a Device type apl Schedule execution EI Figure 2 85 Edit Storage Filter Input Form Alert Group This i
217. ed in the search criteria Enter any existing facility type Only one facility type can be specified Device s Specifies the device s to be used as the search criteria Device IDs can be any of the following e Device Address examples 1 4 3 4 4 m2 232 e Device Name examples apl 32 ny atm control e Circuit Name examples cir ch 10 cir ny to la e Serial Number examples ser 1234567 ser 66778888 e Network Name examples net atm net detroit net loans See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information Multiple entries and the wildcard characters are allowed Vendor name Identifies the name of the vendor to be used as search criteria Click on Go or press F2 to execute the command List Facility Profile Results Form The results form lists the facility profiles matching your specifications A sample of this form is shown in Figure 2 102 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 279 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System IE a Me ement rilal RESULTS LIST FACILITY PROFILE Page 1 Facility name 004 Facility type T1 Endpoint 1 device nameg node 20 Endpoint 2 device namet O0308 Bandwidth Bandwidth units Date installed Usage Wendor name Facility name 22 Facility type T1 Endpoint 1 device name node 18 Endpoint 2 device name pea 60 Bandwidth Bandwidth units Date installe
218. ee the crdp command input screen for values that can appear in this field In addition to the restoral devices listed there the following ANALYSIS devices can also display acu Auto Call Unit macu Multidrop Auto Call Unit none No restoral device configured External system Identifies an external system that may manage this device and for which the NMS can establish a cut through session See the Create Device Profile crdp command for more information Parent device Indicates the device s parent All devices with the same parent will appear on the parent s object list on the network map Access module id Identifies the DCE access module See the Create Device Profile crdp command for more information Alternate mode address Specifies an alternate address to be used when changing the protocol mode between dataphone and advanced or vice versa for COMSPHERE product type devices only See the Create Device Profile crdp command for more information Circuit name Identifies the name of the circuit to which the device is attached Circuit names begin with the protected prefix cir and are used to group devices by their logical circuits Network name Identifies the name of the network to which the device is attached Network names begin with the protected prefix net and are used to group related devices into subnetworks 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 119 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management S
219. ee teens 2 275 List Facility Profile Isfp 00 eee cece eee eee 2 278 List Queue Results Isqr 2 1 0 cece eee eens 2 281 Eist Routines St 5 schcic5 iy eich oak shore reese ome ees pects Fv RG OR wees 2 283 List Scheduled Items lssi 0 00 0 ccc cece een ene 2 285 Manage Automatic Backup mab 0 0 eee eee eee 2 287 Manage Automatic Restore mar 0 cece eee eee 2 289 Send Export File snief ice aE beck dint BG ahs aid iats ASG AE Eea e Aa ane 2 291 Set Date Time sdt 25 225i ehiice debe ong he AAG SP eI OR Cre BERS 2 293 Overview This chapter provides descriptions for the input and results forms of the Manager task commands 2 2 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Acquire Modem Control Channel Poll List acmccpl Use the acmccpl command to acquire an NMS poll list of the local control modems and Data Service Units DSUs and to create and update device profiles for these devices when needed Normally this command is used during system initialization or when adding multiple local control devices to an existing network When this command is executed NMS polls all devices on the control channels specified on the acmccpl command input form During command execution each device on the specified control channel is polled sequentially If a responding device has an existing device profile then certain fields on the profile are updated These fields are identi
220. eeded A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Alert group Specifies the alert group for which the device exceptions and their automated action filter parameters are to be edited This field is displayed only when you enter device exceptions in the Option field A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Press Enter to display subsequent input forms 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 207 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Page 2 Alert Group IR Alert group apl backup apl cnnd msg apl device apl facility apl message apl service apl terminal Filter type duration duration duration duration duration duration duration Destination for results Schedule execution rs ClrFld Device type Filter value Bd is PrevFld 9 iMainMenu apl block pass block block Adjustable defaults yes yes yes yes yes yes yes Exceptions allowed yes yes yes yes yes yes yes Figure 2 72 Edit Automated Action Filter Input Form Alert Group This input form contains the following fields Alert group Displays the alert group Each alert group along with its associated automated action filter displays for the specified device type Filter type Displays the type of filter duration or pass block The duration value means the filter is dependent on time The pass block value means the alert is either passe
221. eee eee 3 14 3 9 Detailed Alert Report Input Form Page 1 0 00 0 0 0000 3 20 3 10 Detailed Alert Report Input Form Page2 0 0 0 0 eee eee eee 3 22 3 11 Detailed Alert Report Results Form 0 0 e cee eee eee 3 23 3 12 Detailed Trouble Ticket Report Input Form Page 1 0 3 25 3 13 Detailed Trouble Ticket Report Input Form Page 2 3 27 3 14 Detailed Trouble Ticket Report Results Form 00000 3 29 3 15 Device Inventory Report Input Form Pagel 000 3 30 3 16 Device Inventory Report Input Form Page 2 0 0 000000 3 32 3 17 Device Inventory Report Results Form 0 0 2 e eee ee eee 3 33 3 18 Device Report Summary Input Form 0 0 00 ee eee eee 3 34 3 19 Device Report Summary Results Form 0 0 00 02 eee ee eee ee 3 36 3 20 Samples of a Display Queue Results Form 00 0002 eee eee 3 38 3 21 Display Scheduled Items Results Form 00 002 rrn eee eee 3 40 3 22 Facility Inventory Report Input Form 00 0 3 41 3 23 Facility Inventory Report Results Form 0 0 0 0 0 0 eee ee eee 3 43 3 24 Facility Report Summary Input Form 0 00 0 3 44 3 25 Facility Report Summary Results Form 0 0 0 0 0002s eee eee 3 46 3 26 List Queue Results Results Form Trouble Inventory Reports Task
222. egory to be used as search criteria Only tickets from the selected category will appear in the report Enter one of the user defined codes or auto to select the automatically generated trouble tickets The keyword all selects all trouble tickets You may enter multiple categories Ticket severity s Specifies the ticket s severity code to be used as search criteria Ticket severity code is specified when a trouble ticket is manually opened or edited Multiple entries are allowed 4 14 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Trouble Tracking Task Commands Page 2 IRA Trouble Tracking DISPLAY TROUBLE TICKETS Page 2 Opened by ff Assigned tots Site name Ticket number s from to Opened date s included eee to Time interval ta Sort sequence ee ieme allure Destination for results ig Schedule execution DEM Fi Help Fe Go FS ClrFld Fo PrewFld FS MainMenu Fe FillForm FY Defaults Fe Cancel Figure 4 4 Display Trouble Tickets Input Form Page 2 This input form contains the following fields Opened by Identifies who opened the trouble ticket this information is used as search criteria Multiple entries and the wildcard character are allowed Assigned to s Identifies who the trouble ticket is assigned to this information is used as search criteria The default value is blank Multiple entries and the wildcard character are allowed Site name Specifies the site s to be included i
223. elete Export File Results Form This results form indicates that the type of file specified was deleted 2 76 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Delete Facility Profile dlfp Use the dlfp command to delete existing facility profiles When you use this command you must specify a facility name to delete one facility at a time or a device to delete all facilities connected to that device If you specify a device NMS validates the existence of facility profiles associated with that device and returns a count of the number of facilities that connect to the device You can continue with the deletion or quit If you continue or if a facility name was specified for the deletion NMS deletes the specified facility profiles You must execute the Create Network Map crnm command before any facility profile deletions appear on the map NOTE With the support for logical links and physical attributes in the multiplexer application package you cannot delete a facility profile if there are associated logical links Associated physical attributes are deleted automatically when the facility profile is deleted If you attempt to delete a facility profile for which there are logical links NMS generates an error message You must then delete these logical links first before attempting to delete the facility profile For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule
224. em Administrator s Guide for more information A pop up menu is available listing valid device types Option Required field Specifies which filter parameters should be displayed Selecting alert group causes NMS to display filter parameters for all alert groups of that device type Selecting device exceptions causes NMS to display any exceptions on a device by device basis for those filter parameters for an alert group If device exceptions is chosen the Alert group field appears A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Alert group Specifies the alert group for which device exceptions and corresponding automated action filter parameters are to be displayed This field is only applicable when device exceptions is chosen for the Option field A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Click on Go or press F2 to execute the command 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 111 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Display Automated Action Filter Results Form The results form depends on whether you selected alert group Figure 2 34 or device exceptions Figure 2 35 in the Option field Page 1 Alert Group Walka Manager RESULTS DISPLAY AUTOMATED ACTION FILTER Page Device type mux Alert Filter Adjustable Exceptions group type Filter value defaults allowed mux admin passblock 24 00 00 block Yes Yes mux al duration 00 01 00 yes yes mux calls paseblock 24 00700 block Wes yez mux cgal
225. em Administrator Users other than the System Administrator must enter their password to change their user profile When you are through editing the requested record click on Go or press F2 to execute the command A results screen displays informing you that the specified user profile has been updated 2 262 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Page 2 Change password Enter no for password to remain unchanged This is the default value Enter yes to change the password After yes is entered the new password field is displayed New password Enter the new password for the user as defined in the password description for the Create User Profile crup command After the new password is entered the Re enter password field is displayed Re enter password Retype the same characters for the password The remaining fields and input forms that display are the same as the ones used for the Create User Profile crup command Refer to the Create User Profile crup command for more information on those fields and forms NOTE The remaining fields and input forms are display only for users other than the System Administrator 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 263 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Edit User Selection Criteria edusc Use the edusc command to specify the alerts that should display on your Network Monitor and Network Map The selection criteria you specify appli
226. em Administrator s Guide for more information A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Ticket status Required field Identifies the current status of the trouble ticket Enter one of the following valid status codes open default value assigned or closed You can also enter a user defined status code A pop up menu is available listing valid selections 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 4 37 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Ticket category s Identifies the category to which the trouble ticket has been assigned Only tickets from the selected category will appear in the report Enter one of the user defined codes auto to select the automatically generated trouble tickets or all to select all trouble tickets You may enter multiple categories The meaning of the values entered in this field is determined by the System Administrator The wildcard character is allowed The keyword all is valid default value Ticket severity Specifies the ticket s severity code as defined by the System Administrator Multiple entries are allowed Occurred date Required field Specifies the date and time that the problem actually occurred as opposed to when it was reported Enter a date in the format mm dd yy hh mm ss For automatic tickets the alert date and time are used to fill this field The default value is the current date and time Escalation date Specifies the date and time that the system is to s
227. em printer n application For alert log printer application For DDD ports that are not one of the above applications For dedicated or direct none Displays a valid NMS System printer model number if one was entered using the Edit Port Configurations edpc command Displays a valid NMS alert log printer model number if one was entered using the Edit Port Configurations edpc command Displays the model number of the modem used for the ddd connection The field selection is n a not applicable Displays when no application has been defined For external systems provides the current status of the port either currently available or in use For the system printer alert log printer and dedicated ATR remote printer the values are enabled or disabled If no application is assigned value is none Provides the configured speed of the data transmission for Ipt port speed is n a and cannot be changed 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 147 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Display Processing Filter dspf Use the dspf command to display the processing filter value for each alert group of a specified device type or to display device exceptions within a specified alert group A processing filter specifies the time that an alert must be active before it is processed further by NMS For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule its e
228. ement System Page 2 Manager EDIT ATR PHONE DIRECTORY Phone directory 1 Device type apl Alert group ATR destination Number of retries Retry interval minzrsec gt Comments apl backup D apl cnnd meq C apl dewice C HE GEE Maintenu C EE Figure 2 71 Edit ATR Phone Directory Input Form The fields on this input form are described as follows Alert group Identifies a specific logical group of alert types Lists each alert group associated with the specified device type Number of retries Required field Specifies the number of retry attempts 0 7 to send the ATR if it fails because of a busy condition If port has been specified as the destination this field does not apply The default is 3 A pop up menu is available listing valid selections ATR destination Specifies where the ATR is to be sent Enter either the telephone number of a remote ATR destination or the keyword port to specify the dedicated ATR printer When specifying a telephone number special dialing characters can be used For example e P_ Pulse dialing service e T Touch Tone dialing service e Two second pause A space also represents a two second pause e A 30 second pause wait for secondary dial tone e Special character in PBX dialing Special character in PBX dialing Parentheses 2 204 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Retry interval min sec Required field Sp
229. emote phone number or port Required field Specify the remote phone number or port This field is displayed only if remote is specified in the previous field Notify users with network permission Required field Indicate whether or not users with network permission to the ADR triggering device should receive notification of ADR execution and ADR command results if appropriate Valid entries are e yes All users with network permission to the object reporting the ADR triggering alert are sent mail notification ADR results are sent if queue is selected as a destination for ADR results e no Only those users specified in the Other users to be notified field receive mail notifications and ADR results A pop up menu is available listing the valid selections 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 197 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Other users to be notified Specify the users who should receive mail notifications and ADR command results if appropriate Valid entries are one or more user IDs NOTE If you select an existing ADR criteria record subsequent input form fields are populated with previously specified ADR information If you select an ADR criteria number which is not specified the subsequent input form fields are blank except for defaults as noted Edit Alert Driven Routine Criteria Results Form This results form displays the selected device type alert group and ADR criteria number A
230. end a mail message to the ticket assignee if the trouble ticket status is not marked closed Enter a date and time in the format mm dd yy hh mm ss If the ticket assignee is not a valid User ID then the mail message is sent to the User ID corresponding to the contents of the Opened by field in the trouble ticket This date and time should be either blank or in advance of the current date and time and should be rounded to the nearest 15 minute boundary If the time entered does not correspond to a 15 minute boundary it will be automatically rounded to the nearest 15 minute boundary and displayed in the field If left blank no mail message is generated Reported by Identifies the name of the person reporting the problem The default is the user who opened the ticket The keyword auto displays in this field for automatic trouble tickets Reporter phone Lists the phone number of the person reporting the problem Assigned to Specifies the User ID of the person this trouble ticket is assigned to The default is the user who opened the ticket 4 38 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Trouble Tracking Task Commands Page 2 IRA Trouble Tracking OPEN TROUBLE TICKET Page 2 Device none Problem description MORE Fi Help Fe Go FS ClrFld Fa PrewFld FS MainMenu Fe FillForm FY Defaults Fe Cancel Figure 4 13 Open Trouble Ticket Input Form Page 2 This input form contains the following field Problem de
231. endor name Destination for results ims Schedule execution EEM Fi Help Fe Go FS ClrFld Fo PrewFld FS MainMenu Fe FillForm Fr Default Fe Cancel Figure 3 24 Facility Report Summary Input Form 3 44 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Trouble Inventory Reports Task Commands This input form contains the following fields SELECTION CRITERIA Source device s Specifies the device s to be used as the search criteria Device IDs can be any of the following e Device Address examples 1 4 3 4 4 m2 232 e Device Name examples apl 32 ny atm control e Circuit Name examples cir ch 10 cir ny to la e Serial Number examples ser 1234567 ser 66778888 e Network Name examples net atm net detroit net loans See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information Multiple entries and the wildcard characters are allowed Facility type s Specifies the type of facilities to include in the report Multiple entries and the keyword all are allowed A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Vendor name s Identifies the company name of the vendor supplying the facility to be used as selection criteria If an entry corresponding to the name you enter does not exist in the vendor profile database you are notified See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User
232. enied The default access levels for all commands are listed in Appendix B in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide Abbreviation Identifies the command as it appears on the command submenus If the command submenus are bypassed by typing the command abbreviation on the enter selection field the abbreviation must be entered exactly as shown A unique abbreviation is provided for each command For some commands an alternate command abbreviation from earlier 6800 Series NMS releases is also recognized by NMS For such commands these alternate abbreviations are also listed Restrictions Identifies any limitations associated with the execution of the command or any additional information that you may need for successful execution of the command 1 4 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Introduction Routine Indicates whether or not a command can be placed in a routine A routine is a set of up to 25 commands that can be grouped together and executed sequentially by specifying the routine name on the enter selection field The determination of whether or not a command can be placed in a routine depends in part on the task window from which the command is accessed Schedule Identifies whether or not a command can be scheduled for later or repeated execution The determination of whether or not a command can be scheduled depends in part on the task window from which the command is
233. er either wait alarm or leave the field blank default value A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Ticket category s Identifies the category to be used in the search criteria Only tickets from the selected category appear in the report Enter one of the user defined codes auto to select the automatically generated trouble tickets or all to select all trouble tickets You may enter multiple categories Ticket severity s Specifies the ticket s severity code to be used in the search criteria Severity code is any user defined code as specified when a trouble ticket is manually opened or edited Multiple entries are allowed 3 26 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Trouble Inventory Reports Task Commands Page 2 IRA Troubles Inventory Reports DETAILED TROUBLE TICKET REPORT Page 2 Opened by U Resigned tot Site nametsi Ticket number s from to Datefs included bo 0o to ESCs Time interval to OUTPUT CRITERIA Title Sort sequencet Destination for results BBs Schedule execution EM Fil Help F2 Go F3 ClrFld Fa PrewFld FS MainMenu Foe FillForm FYr Defaults Fa Cancel Figure 3 13 Detailed Trouble Ticket Report Input Form Page 2 This input form contains the following fields Opened by Identifies who opened the trouble ticket Only the trouble tickets opened by the specified user appears in the report Multiple entries and the wildcard character are allowed Assigned
234. er of the person responsible for the device when there is a service problem Address Indicates the address of the person responsible for the device when there is a service problem Page 3 System Profile The results form contains the following field Comments Displays any additional information concerning the device Page 1 SNMP and Brouter This results form contains the following fields NMS support For SNMP brouter devices the value is always supported Inventory state Indicates whether or not the device is used in the network See the Create Device Profile crdp command for definitions of possible values 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 129 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Device address Displays the device s address in the network See the crdp command and Appendix D Device Addressing in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information IP address Displays the IP address for the device Refer to Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information Device type Indicates the type of device See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for valid device types Product type Identifies the product name For SNMP brouter devices the product type i
235. ere n may be 1 or 2 maximum number of system printers e alert log printer The port is connected to the alert log printer e atr remote printer The port is used for outgoing ATRs and or remote printer jobs e remote terminal The port is used by a local or a remote basic feature workstation e mux event All MUX network events are directed to this port This port is connected to a multiplexer node to transmit events from the multiplexer network to the NMS e mux command NMS commands are transmitted from the NMS to the MUX network and network results are received by the NMS via this port The port is connected to a multiplexer node to send commands and to receive command results to from the multiplexer network e external system The port is used to cut through via terminal emulation to an external system e analysis getaway The port is used to connect to the ANALYSIS NMS e uai The port is used for transfer of alerts via the Uniform Alarm Interface e file export The port used for the AMI file export feature e none Not assigned Group The group assigned to the port See the Edit Port Configuration edpc command for more information 2 146 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Device type State Speed The type of device used by the application for the port possible values are dependent on the application and or port type specified in the Application field Possible values are For syst
236. erformance Reports task operate the same as those commands of the same name under the Manager task All other Performance Reports task commands and Network Control commands are described in the aforementioned device specific reference manuals This chapter provides overview information on using the 6800 Series Network Management System and accessing the core commands It also provides a description of the command format used in this manual to document each command This chapter includes instructions on entering abbreviated versions of options when specifying command execution parameters and the use of wildcard characters The common fields Destination for results and Schedule execution in the command input forms are defined in detail to eliminate the repetition of this information for each command 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 1 1 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System It is assumed that you are already familiar with the screen functions offered with both the full feature 6800 Series NMS workstation and the basic feature 6800 Series NMS workstation If you are not familiar with the screen functions provided by the workstations refer to Chapter 2 Getting Started in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for this information 6800 Series NMS Supported Devices The devices supported by the NMS are described in Chapter 1 Introduction of the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network M
237. ers this field will not be displayed Enter a valid value using the format system printer n where n is 1 or 2 depending on the number of printers configured in your system The printer must have been previously configured using the Edit Port Configurations edpc command A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Remote phone number or port Specifies a remote printer to be used when remote is chosen as a destination for command results Enter the telephone number of a remote printer or enter the keyword port to indicate that the dedicated ATR remote printer port is to be used Network summary Required field Indicates whether the user has access to the Network Summary task on the NMS Enter access or no access The default is no access A pop up menu is available listing valid selections UNIX Required field Indicates whether the user has access to the UNIX utility available from the 6800 Series NMS Tasks menu Enter access or no access The default is no access A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Informix Required field Indicates whether the user has access to the INFORMIX utility available from the 6800 Series NMS Tasks menu Enter access or no access The default is no access A pop up menu is available listing valid selections External system access Specifies the external system s that the user is allowed to access Multiple entries and the keyword all are allowed Each entry must have
238. es only to your Network Monitor and Network Map The subset of alerts to be displayed is determined by the criteria you specify in the Edit User Selection Criteria edusc input form For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is provided For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level Help Desk Data Technician Manager Administrator Abbreviation edusc Restrictions Changes made by the edusc command are not reflected dynamically within open Map and Monitor windows These tasks must be closed then reopened for the selection criteria changes to be reflected Routine Yes Schedule Yes Related Commands None Edit User Selection Criteria Input Form Page 1 A sample of this input form is shown in Figure 2 94 Waa System Management EDIT USER SELECTION CRITERIA Fage 1 User ID admin Device typet HEll Modelts all Devicets all Alertis all Priorityfs all FillForm Defaults E Figure 2 94 Edit User Selection Criteria Input Form Page 1 2 264 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands This input form contains the following fields User ID Displays your User ID This field cannot be edited Device type s Specifie
239. es you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is provided For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level Data Technician Manager Administrator Abbreviation disp Restrictions You cannot delete the site profile for the unnamed site Routine Yes Schedule Yes Related Commands Create Site Profile crsp Display Site Profile dssp Edit Site Profile edsp Delete Site Profile Input Form This input form contains the following field Site name Required field Specifies the name of the site whose profile is to be deleted Enter the name of an existing site that you want to delete A message appears asking you to confirm this deletion Click on Go or press F2 to execute the command Delete Site Profile Results Form This results form confirms that a site profile record has been deleted 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 85 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Delete User Profile dlup Use the dlup command to delete any user profile When a user profile is deleted queue results scheduled items user mail and personal routines associated with the User ID are automatically deleted Access Level System Administrator Abbreviation dlup Restrictions None Routine Yes Schedule Yes
240. esents Bytex devices The al through a6 fields represent the six ANALYSIS NMS devices The b1 represents the Bytex device Alert Monitoring State Required field Indicates whether or not alert monitoring is active for each control channel Valid values for Communications Products devices are on and off Valid values for multiplexers are Specifies the control channel e polling NMS is polling multiplexers on its poll list asynchronous alert reporting is turned off e asynch reporting NMS is receiving asynchronous event reports from the multiplexers on its poll list or NMS is receiving asynchronous alerts from the Bytex UMS regarding Bytex devices polling is turned off e polling amp asynch reporting NMS is both polling multiplexers for alarms and receiving asynchronous alert reports from them e off Both polling and asynchronous alert reporting functions are disabled 2 190 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Timeout Interval Sec Identifies the time out value for no response on control channel polling If the NMS does not receive a response from a device on its poll list within this interval it posts an NR diagnostic failure alarm for that device The timeout interval is not applicable to multiplexers Click on Go or press F2 to execute the command Edit Alert Monitoring State Results Form This results form displays a message informing you of the success of your edit 6800 A2
241. esults and schedule its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is provided For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level Data Technician Manager Administrator Abbreviation cref Restrictions If the 6800 contains many device facility and site profiles this command can take several minutes to run You may want to schedule this command to run at off peak hours or route results to queue or a printer Routine Yes Schedule Yes Related Commands Delete Export File dlef Send Export File snef Export File Configuration efc Create Export File Input Form This input form contains the following field File type Required field Specifies the type of export file to be created Valid entries are base and update A pop up menu is available listing the valid selections Create Export File Results Form This results form indicates that the type of file specified was created 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 43 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Create Facility Profile crfp Use the crfp command to create profiles for facilities in the network A facility is a physical connection between two devices with no intervening connections The facility profile maintains information for facilities in your network by describing the facility and defining the two endpoint d
242. esults queues depending on the task window from which the command was executed 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 1 7 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Schedule execution This option enables you to direct the system to execute commands and routines automatically at selected times or repeatedly at regular intervals Valid options are now delayed weekly and monthly now Causes the command to be executed immediately If you enter crt in the Destination for results field you must enter now in the Schedule execution field delayed Causes the command to be executed at a future time When you enter delayed in the Schedule execution field the following additional fields are displayed Date s The command executes on the date s specified in this field You can enter as many dates as will fit in the field Separate all dates with commas or spaces Valid entries are today today nn last mm dd yy mm dd dd Where today today nn last mm dd yy mm dd dd Time s Execute today Execute nn number of days from today Execute on the last day of the month Execute on the specified month day and year Execute on the specified month and day the year defaults to the current year Execute on the specified day the month and year default to the current month and year The command executes at the time specified in this field Valid entries are hh mm hh mmam or pm hh hh mm an
243. et of commands included in a routine A Help Desk Data Technician or Manager level user can edit his her own personal routines An Administrator level can edit his her own personal routines or system routines The System Administrator can edit his her personal routines system routines and any other user s personal routines For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is provided For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level Help Desk Data Technician Manager Administrator Abbreviation edr Alternate chr Restrictions None Routine No Schedule Yes Related Commands Copy Routine cpr Create Routine crr Delete Routine dlr Display Routine dsr List Routines lsr Display ADR Criteria dsadrc NOTE To run a routine you use the Execute Routine operation This operation is described in Chapter 2 Getting Started in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide Edit Routine Input Form Page 1 There are multiple pages for this form Page 1 enables you to select the routine to be edited Page 2 provides the list of commands contained in the routine and Page 3 enables you to enter comments regarding the routine A s
244. eviation dsr Restrictions None Routine Yes Schedule Yes Related Commands Copy Routine cpr Create Routine crr Delete Routine dlr Edit Routine edr List Routines lsr Display ADR Criteria dsadrc NOTE To run a routine you use the Execute Routine operation This operation is described in Chapter 2 Getting Started in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide Display Routine Input Form This input form contains the following fields User ID Can be changed by System Administrator only NMS displays your User ID Only the System Administrator can change this entry to any User ID on the system For the System Administrator only a pop up menu is available listing valid User IDs Routine name Required field Enter a personal routine or a system routine name System routine names must be prefixed with sys A pop up menu is available listing existing personal and system routines Click on Go or press F2 to execute the command 2 154 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Display Routine Results Form This results form shows the command s included in the routine indicates if an ADR criteria record references the routine and displays any comments specified for the routine Subsequent results forms display the input forms for the individual command s in the routine These forms include the command s current field value
245. evice Exceptions This results form contains the following fields Alert group Identifies the selected alert group Filter type Identifies the filter type associated with the select alert group 2 150 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Filter value Identifies the filter value associated with the filter used for alerts in the selected alert group Device Lists each device for which exceptional filter settings have been created Value Lists the filter value for each device exception 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 151 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Display Queue Results dsqr Use the dsgr command to display command results sent to the Manager results queue When you send command results to a queue those results are assigned an index number Use the List Queue Results lsqr command to determine the index number that has been assigned to each command result stored in a queue The dsgr command accesses the results queue associated with that task The Manager Trouble Tracking and Trouble Inventory Reports tasks each have their own results queues Refer to the appropriate sections of this manual for an explanation of this command as it pertains to Trouble Tracking and Trouble Inventory Reports tasks For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the
246. evice s Required field Specifies the device s NMS uses as the search criteria Device IDs can be as follows e Device Address examples 1 4 3 4 4 m2 232 e Device Name examples apl 32 ny atm control e Circuit Name examples cir ch 10 cir ny to la e Serial Number examples ser 1234567 ser 66778888 e Network Name examples net atm net detroit net loans See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information NMS allows multiple entries and the wildcard characters Click on Go or press F2 to execute the command 2 116 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Display Device Profile Results Forms There are multiple pages for this results form Many of the results form fields mirror the Create Device Profile crdp command input form fields Refer to the crdp command for a complete description of all results form for fields Page 1 Modem Devices This results form contains the following fields NMS support Indicates whether the device is supported or unsupported See the crdp command for more information Inventory state Indicates whether or not the device is used in the network See the crdp command for definitions of possible values Device address Displays the device s address in the network See the crdp command and Appendix D Device Addressing in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Net
247. evice types to be included in this device group Multiple entries are separated by commas or spaces Model s Enter up to 50 characters specifying the device models to be included in this device group Multiple entries are separated by commas or spaces Site s Enter up to 100 characters specifying the sites and their associated devices to be included in this device group Multiple entries are separated by commas or spaces NOTE Once you have selected GO to complete the command and update the database the transaction will run to completion and cannot be canceled Edit Device Group Results Form The results form lists those device profiles that could not be updated You MUST execute the eddp command to update the individual profiles to properly reflect the device group settings 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 217 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Edit Device Profile eddp Use the eddp command to edit a device profile record For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is provided For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level Manager Administrator Abbreviation eddp Alternate chdp Restrictions Use this command to edit device profiles only o
248. evices and their interfaces to the facility You can also create stub facilities which are facilities with only one endpoint except for multiplexers that have an endpoint where the facility type is SDL or the interface type is line Facility profiles can also be created for devices which are connected only to themselves The set of all facilities connecting to a specific device provides the necessary data for the creation of connectivity maps and for ACCULINK network connectivity references You must execute the crnm command after creating editing or deleting facility profiles for these changes to be reflected in the network map For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is provided For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level Manager Administrator Abbreviation crfp Restrictions A device specified as an endpoint in a facility profile must have an existing device profile Routine Yes Schedule Yes Related Commands Connectivity Report cr accessed from the Trouble Inventory Reports Task Create Network Map crnm Delete Facility Profile dlfp Facility Inventory Report fir accessed from the Trouble Inventory Reports Task Display Facility Profile dsfp Edit Facility Pr
249. ew eaea A tink Seok onl Shieh CREE EE ne ae bed See GAs 4 1 Delete Queue Results dlqr 0 0 eee cece teen ene 4 2 Delete Scheduled Items dlsi 0 0 0 0 ccc ce ccc ene eens 4 4 Delete Trouble Tickets dltt nonn cee enn 4 6 Display Queue Results dsqr 0 0 ee eee cette 4 8 Display Scheduled Items dssi 0 0 0 eee cece 4 10 Display Trouble Tickets dstt 0 0 ccc eee eee 4 12 Edit Trouble Tickets edtt 2 0 0 0 cc eee eee 4 24 List Queue Results Isqr 1 0 ree ana Ee oi eens 4 28 List Scheduled Items S81 sicie iseni E RE EE AR eS 4 30 List Trouble Tickets Istt 0 0 0 ccc eee nen i 4 32 Open Trouble Ticket optt 0 2 2 cece eee 4 36 This chapter provides the command descriptions for the Trouble Tracking task 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 4 1 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Delete Queue Results diqr Use the dlqr command to delete queue results from your Trouble Tracking results queue The dlqr command is accessible from the Manager Trouble Inventory Reports and Trouble Tracking tasks Depending on which task you are in this command operates on that task s queue The following command description applies to the Trouble Tracking task The Trouble Tracking queue holds up to 50 separate queue result records You need to periodically delete obsolete results to accommodate new results If your Trouble Tracking queue is near capacity NMS sends yo
250. fied later in this command description If a device profile does not exist the system automatically creates a profile for the device For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is provided For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level Data Technician Manager Administrator Abbreviation acmecpl Alternate acccpl Restrictions This command can only be used to add local DATAPHONE II or ADp control devices to the NMS poll list This command acquires the control channel poll list by queuing every possible address for that channel up to 256 unique addresses Because of this it is recommended that this command only be used when many control devices are being added to the poll list and profiles are to be created or updated for these devices If you are adding just a few devices modems DSUs then you should create or update their profiles with the Create Device Profile crdp or Edit Device Profile eddp command and then add them to the NMS poll list by entering the cc active value into the System polling input field of the device profile Routine Yes Schedule Yes Related Commands Display System Poll List dsspl Acquire Modem Control Channel Poll List Input Form This input form cont
251. fields Device type Required field Specifies the device type whose uniform alarm filter parameters are to be displayed See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information A pop up menu is available listing valid device types Option Required field Specifies which filter parameters should be displayed Selecting alert group causes NMS to display filter parameters for all alert groups of that device type Selecting device exceptions causes NMS to display any exceptions on a device by device basis for those filter parameters for an alert group If device exceptions is chosen the Alert group field appears A pop up menu is available listing valid alert groups Alert group Specifies the alert group for which the device exceptions and corresponding uniform alarm filter parameters are to be displayed This field is only applicable when device exceptions is chosen for the Option field A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Click on Go or press F2 to execute the command Display Uniform Alarm Filter Results Form The results form depends on whether you selected alert group Figure 2 53 or device exceptions Figure 2 54 in the Option field 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 167 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Page 1 Alert Group IR Alert Filter group type ddd backup duration ddd cal
252. fies the company name of the vendor supplying the device Page 3 SNMP and Brouter This results form contains the following fields AUTHORIZATIONS TT Indicates if Automatic Trouble Tickets are authorized for the device on or off ATR Indicates if Automatic Trouble Reports are authorized for the device by specifying the appropriate ATR phone directory numbers to be used 1 2 3 4 If ATRs are not authorized for the device off disp121 lays default value UAI Indicates if the Uniform Alarm Interface is available and authorized for the device on or off 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 131 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System USER CONTACT Name Indicates the name of the person responsible for the device when there is a service problem Phone number Indicates the phone number of the person responsible for the device when there is a service problem Address Indicates the address of the person responsible for the device when there is a service problem Page 4 SNMP and Brouter This input form contains the following field Comments Enter any additional information needed concerning the device Click on Go or press F2 to execute the command 2 132 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Display Display Filter dsdf Use the dsdf command to display the display filter value for each alert group of the device type specified or to display device exceptions within a s
253. follows This routine has been rescheduled for later execution Deleting the routine will delete all scheduled executions of this routine Select Continue to proceed with the Delete transaction NOTE If the routine is scheduled for a later execution and has associated ADR criteria records NMS displays a single warning message combining the two warning messages previously described Delete Routine Results Form This results form confirms that NMS deleted the routine 2 82 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Delete Scheduled Items dlsi Use the dlsi command to delete commands or routines scheduled for execution The dlsi command is accessible from the Manager Trouble Inventory Reports and Trouble Tracking tasks Depending on which task you are in this command operates on that task s scheduled items The following command description applies to the Manager task You delete scheduled items either by specifying the name of a command or routine or by specifying the system assigned index number A Help Desk Data Technician or Manager level user can delete his her own scheduled items The System Administrator can delete his her own scheduled items as well as other user s scheduled items NMS automatically assigns an index number to commands and routines scheduled for delayed weekly or monthly execution If you delete items by index number NMS deletes only the item that corresponds to th
254. g table A pop up menu is available listing valid selections NOTE The enhanced value should be used if the receiving NMS is either Release 2 or later of the ACCUMASTER Integrator AMI or Release 3 or later of the StarKeeper NMS The basic value should be used for backward compatibility with older versions of AMI and StarKeeper Page 2 KAR System Management EDIT UNIFORM ALARM INTERFACE Fage 2 Alarm text message Clear text messaget H EE Goce oes Pere eee Figure 2 90 Edit Uniform Alarm Interface Input Form Page 2 2 256 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands This input form contains the following fields Alarm text message Required field Displays text device network NMS time stamp and alert information that is to be sent to the receiving NMS This message can include variable parameters denoted by numbers and enclosed in braces when part of a message that are read in from the network alert message or provided by the 6800 Series NMS The 6800 Series NMS expands the alarm text message with the variables numbers replaced with the device network time stamp or alert information before it sends the message on to the receiving NMS See Table 2 2 for values of the variables used in alarm text messages The default is received alert 2 time 11 device 7 circuit 10 For backward compatibility with older versions of the ACCUMASTER Integrator parameter numbers 2
255. he device is no longer part the network stock Indicates the device is in stock but not currently used in the network A pop up menu is available listing valid selections NMS support Required field Indicates whether the NMS supports the device Enter either supported or unsupported The default value is supported which means that NMS can communicate with the device via an NMS command or NMS can receive alert information from the device or both A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Device type Required field Specifies the type of device and determines the icon representation for the device on connectivity maps See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information This field along with the NMS support field determines which input forms NMS should display forms for modems multiplexers unsupported devices or the system profile A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Device address Required field only if Inventory state is active and NMS support supported Uniquely represents the diagnostic location of the device NMS requires this field for active supported devices It is an optional field for devices whose Inventory state field is on order repair stock removed or limited access Refer to Appendix D Device Addressing in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System
256. his field AUTHORIZATIONS Required fields TT Indicates if Automatic Trouble Tickets are authorized for the device Enter either on or off The default value is off A trouble ticket is automatically generated for an alert on this device if the trouble ticket authorization is turned on and the alert passes the automated action filters A pop up menu is available listing valid selections ATR Indicates if Automatic Trouble Reports are authorized for the device This is done by specifying the appropriate ATR phone directory numbers to be used Enter up to four numbers 1 2 3 or 4 If ATRs are not authorized for the device enter off The default value is off An ATR is automatically sent to the destination specified in the phone directory for an alert on this device if ATR is authorized and the alert passed the automated action filter UAI Indicates if the Uniform Alarm Interface is available and authorized for the device Enter either on or off The default value is off An alarm is sent over the UAI if authorization is turned on and the alert passes the UAI filter A pop up menu is available listing valid selections 2 34 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands USER CONTACT Name Indicates the name of the person responsible for the device when there is a service problem Phone number Indicates the phone number of the person responsible for the device when there is a service problem Address Indica
257. his input form The fields displayed in Page 2 depend on whether you chose alert group or device exceptions in the Option field on Page 1 Samples of Page 2 for each are shown in Figures 2 81 and 2 82 Page 1 This input form contains the following fields Device type Required field Specifies the type of device whose processing filter you want to edit See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Option Required field Specifies either the alert group or device exceptions to the processing filter The alert group value causes the subsequent input form to display processing filter values associated with all alert groups for the specified device type The device exceptions value causes the subsequent input form to display the device exceptions and filter values defined for a particular alert group You can modify these exceptions or add new exceptions values as needed A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Alert group Specifies the alert group for which the device exceptions and their processing filter parameters are to be edited This field is displayed only when you enter device exceptions in the Option field A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Press Enter to display subsequent input forms 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 235 COMSPHERE 680
258. iate device model number for the given device type Product type Identifies the product name In this case series 700 displays System polling Specifies the type of polling the device is receiving directly from the NMS See the Create Device Profile crdp command for possible values Version number Indicates the hardware or software version of the device Serial number Displays the device s unique serial number All serial numbers begin with the protected prefix ser If the device communicated all zeros for its serial number this field remains blank Number of ports Displays the number of physical ports configured or available on the device Physical Address This field does not apply to multiplexer devices Device position Indicates whether the device is a control device or a tributary device Circuit type Indicates the type of circuit with which the device is associated Page 2 Multiplexers This results form contains the following fields Device name Displays the unique mnemonic name for the device Refer to Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information Date installed Indicates the installation date of the device in the format mm dd yy month day year 2 122 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Purchased Leased Specifies if the device is purchased or leased Restoral devi
259. ications Port A e com b Communications Port B e gpsc 3270 SNA port e Xx yy where xx Board number of IPC card yy Slot number of port on IPC card e an yy where yy Slot number of ANALYSIS interface circuit card 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 231 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Type Required field The type of port Possible values are e ddd Identifies the port as a DDD port e dedic Identifies the port as a hard wired port dedicated e sna Identifies a port dedicated to an SNA access device This value is automatically displayed e none The port is not assigned e direct Identifies the port as a hard wired port used for the file export feature This value is specified via the Export File Configuration efc command and cannot be changed A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Application Required field Identifies the application to be used from the port Possible values are system printer n alert log printer atr remote printer remote terminal mux event mux command external system analysis getaway uai file export bytex events none Where n may be 1 or 2 maximum number of system printers The port is used for the alert log printer The port is used for outgoing ATRs and remote printer jobs The port is used by a local or a remote basic feature workstation All MUX network events are
260. ice If NMS can communicate with the device this field may be already populated Serial number Identifies the device s unique serial number Serial numbers start with the protected prefix ser followed by the actual serial number Refer to Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information If NMS can communicate with the device this field may already be populated If the device communicated all zeroes for its serial number this field remains blank Number of ports Designates the number of physical ports configured or available on the device Enter a number from 0 to 1000 The default value is 1 Physical address Designates the cabinet carrier and slot position of the device On the network map the physical address displays with the device name in an object list for the parent device When a device profile is created or edited for a COMSPHERE 4400 Series device the carrier slot and position information is validated against information returned by the device However the cabinet number is not returned by the device and thus not validated The position is not returned by the device but is always assumed to be f for front If the user does not enter a physical address the field is automatically populated with the device s carrier slot and position information when you send the command for execution If you entered the incorrect
261. ice Name examples apl 32 ny atm control e Circuit Name examples cir ch 10 cir ny to la e Serial Number examples ser 1234567 ser 66778888 e Network Name examples net atm net detroit net loans See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information Multiple entries and the wildcard characters are allowed The default is all Alert s Specifies the type s of alert s to be displayed Enter either the alert type s alert group s or the keyword all which is the default See the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information on alert types and alert groups Priority s Specifies the priority level of alerts to be displayed Enter the priority level 1 2 or 3 or the keyword all which is the default Multiple entries are allowed Display filtering criteria Specifies whether to display alerts that have passed the display filters Enter either filtered to display alerts which have passed both the processing filter and the display filter default value or unfiltered to display alerts which have passed the processing filter but not the display filter The unfiltered selection lets you display alerts which might not otherwise be displayed on the network Map Monitor and Summary A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Click on Go or press F2
262. ield Criteria number s is also displayed in which the user can enter one or more criteria record numbers For each criteria number specified the complete record will be displayed 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 93 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System KaRa DISPLAY AUR CRITERIA Page 2 Device type apl Alert group apl facility Criteria Routine Alerts Alert Humber Name Clears ay Sys cax all all Devices ser 26530d60 Criteria number s M Destination for results IMs Schedule execution EEN HH ClrFld f PrevFld a Figure 2 23 Display Alert Driven Routine Criteria Input Form Device Type Only Page 2 This input form contains the following fields Device type Carried over field from Page 1 Alert group Carried over field from Page 1 Criteria Number Specifies the system assigned number for selecting criteria record Routine Name Specifies the system routine which is referenced in the ADR criteria record Devices Lists the device s referenced in the ADR criteria record Alerts Lists the alerts which may trigger the ADR Alert Clears Lists the alerts whose clears may trigger the ADR 2 94 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Criteria number s Required field Display Alert Driven Routine Criteria Results Form Enter a criteria number Multiple criteria numbers may be entered or the keyword all This results form displays each ADR
263. ies or a text message which describes the valid input format s or entries NOTE Because the Trouble Tracking and Trouble Inventory Reports tasks do not support the mouse you access the Help features in these tasks as you would on a basic feature workstation 1 12 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands OVeIVIEW Sieh iain PE oh Sis Mw os als de ventless ee te Rees 2 2 Acquire Modem Control Channel Poll List acmccpl 2 3 Alert Report Bar Chart arbe 0 cece 2 6 Copy Routine cpi ists 3 satis Ga vig es hie bee a Gs ce a ee 2 7 Create Device Profile crdp 0 cece eee eee nee 2 9 Create Export File cref 2 0 0 cece eens 2 43 Create Facility Profile crip 2 cece e eee Ere eens 2 44 Create Network Map crnm 20 0 0c eee cece eee 2 52 Greate Routine CI ree ke eis a sea e bog ieee eae eee nn a 2 53 Create Site Profile crsp mesteir eect teen teens 2 56 Create User Profile crup 1 0 2 0 cece cece eee nee nee 2 61 Create Vendor Profile crvp 0 e cece cece eee 2 66 Delete Alert History dlah 0 ccc eee eee 2 69 Delete Audit Trail dlat secrete iret stre cc EE EP pA REA 2 72 Delete Device Profile dldp 00 cc cece cee eee 2 74 Delete Export File lef 0 00 0 ccc ccc cee cence eee e en NA 2 76 Delete Facility Profile dlfp 0 cece cece eens 2 77 Delete Queue Results dlqr 0
264. iform Alarm Interface is available and authorized for the device on or off USER CONTACT Name Indicates the name of the person responsible for the device when there is a service problem Phone number Indicates the phone number of the person responsible for the device when there is a service problem Address Indicates the address of the person responsible for the device when there is a service problem Page 4 Multiplexers This results form contains the following field Comments Displays any additional information needed concerning the device Page 1 Unsupported Devices This results form contains the following fields NMS support For unsupported devices value is always unsupported Inventory state Indicates whether or not the device is being used in the network See the Create Device Profile crdp command for definitions of possible values 2 124 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Device name Displays the unique mnemonic name for the device If you did not specify a device name in the input form the system generated name is displayed Refer to Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information This field and its value are displayed on all subsequent results form pages Device type Indicates the type or class of device specified in the input form See Appendix E Naming Conventions
265. ify which side the connection is on This information is used by the network map to determine on which side of the device icon the facility connection will be shown Id Displays the ID port number of the primary communications interface for the device on endpoint 1 Slot Identifies the slot for the primary communications interface card REDUNDANT INTERFACE The following fields indicate that the device has the capacity for redundant facility connection See the Create Facility Profile crfp command to obtain valid values for these fields Id Displays the ID port number of the redundant communications interface for the device on endpoint 1 Slot Identifies the slot for the redundant communications interface card FACILITY ENDPOINT 2 Refer to the FACILITY ENDPOINT 1 field definitions 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 139 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Page 2 Walka Manager RESULTS DISPLAY FACILITY PROFILE Page 2 Facility name fac tl Network ID Date installed Diagnostics Bandwidth Bandwidth units Monthly cost o0 Purchased Leased Vendor namet Usage USER CONTACT Hame Prone Address E Eei PrevMenufMainMenu PrevForm z Figure 2 42 Display Facility Profile Results Form Page 2 This results form contains the following fields Facility name Shows the facility name Network ID Shows an identifier for foreign networks This field has a value whe
266. ile input form for modem devices Page 4 differs depending on whether or not the device is a COMSPHERE 3800 Series modem Model 3811 B1 001 The input form for the COMSPHERE 3800 Series modem Model 3811 B1 001 configured as a control modem provides fields for call statistics See Figures 2 4 and 2 5 Waka Map Manager CREATE DEVICE PROFILE Page 4 Device name AUTHORIZATIONS TT a ATR UAT USER CONTACT Hame Phone number Address H EE Goce os Pere Poe Figure 2 4 Create Device Profile Input Form Modem Devices except for COMSPHERE 3800 Series Modem Model 3811 B1 001 configured as a control modem Page 4 2 20 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Walka Map Manager CREATE DEVICE PROFILE Page 4 Device name CALL STATISTICS Collect Store call detail AUTHORIZATIONS TT ofF ATR aff UAL off USER CONTACT Mame Phone number Address H EE Goce eos eerie poe Figure 2 5 Create Device Profile Input Form COMSPHERE 3800 Series Modem Model 3811 B1 001 configured as a control modem Page 4 These input forms contain the following fields Call statistics Required fields and for COMSPHERE 3800 Series modem Model 3811 B1 001 that are ddd device types configured as control modems Displays only if you specify COMSPHERE 3800 Series modem Model 3811 B 1 001 Options are as follows Collect Enter yes or no If yes NMS save
267. ill contain the data that the AMI already has in its database The update file contains only that profile information which changed since the last export file either base or update was created The update file is created and sent when updates to the AMI s configuration data are needed due to incremental changes made in the 6800 Series device facility and or site profiles When you execute the snef command the NMS attempts to establish connection with the specified AMI and copy the specified export file base or update to the user login directory file named Once the export file is sent to the AMI the AMI user can retrieve these files using the AMI receive and export commands For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is provided For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level Data Technician Manager Administrator Abbreviation snef Restrictions The results form indicates only that the file was sent it does not ensure that the transfer was successful If a failure occurred the results may or may not correctly indicate this depending on the cause of the failure Routine Yes Schedule Yes Related Commands Create Export File cref Delete Export File dlef Export File Configura
268. ilter dsadrf 2 96 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Display Alert Monitoring State dsams 2 99 Display ATR Phone Directory dsatrpd 2 103 Display ATR States dsatrs 02 0 2 eee eee eee 2 106 Display Audit Trail dsat 2 0 0 2 eee ee eee 2 108 Display Automated Action Filter dsaaf 040 2 111 Display Device Group dsdg 0 002 2 114 Display Device Profile dsdp 00 00 0000 0 ee 2 116 Display Display Filter dsdf 00 0 0 0 00 0 00 000 2 133 Display External System Configuration dsesc 2 136 Display Facility Profile dsfp 0 00 00 rnn 2 137 Display NMS Configuration dsnmsc 2 00 2 142 Display Port Configurations dspc 0 0 eee eee eee 2 144 Display Processing Filter dspf 000 2 148 Display Queue Results dsqr 0 0 0 eee ee eee ee 2 152 Display Routine dsr 00 0c 2 154 Display Scheduled Items dssi 0 00 00000 2 156 Display Site Profile dssp 0 0 00 02 eee eee eee 2 158 Display Storage Filter dssf 00 0 00 00 0020 0000 2 161 Display System Poll List dsspl 0 000000 2 164 Display Uniform Alarm Filter dsuaf 0 0 2 167 Display Uniform Alarm Interfac
269. ilter duration or pass block The duration value means the filter is dependent on time The pass block value means the alert is either passed automatically pass or it never passes block the filter Filter value Displays the filter value to be used for alerts from the associated device device group specified For duration filters valid values are in the format hh mm ss within the range 00 00 00 to 24 00 00 pass and block A value of 00 00 00 corresponds to a pass value A value of 24 00 00 corresponds to a block value For pass block filters the valid values are pass or 00 00 00 or block or 24 00 00 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 209 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Device Identifies the device s for which exceptional filter values are to be used Valid entries are a single device name device address or serial number a single circuit name or a single network name See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information Value For duration filters valid values are in the format hh mm ss within the range 00 00 00 to 24 00 00 Seconds must be specified in increments of 15 that is 15 30 45 00 Also the keywords pass and block are valid entries A value of 00 00 00 corresponds to a pass value as indicated by the word pass next to the filter value A value of 24 00 00 corresponds to a block value as indi
270. ime of day at which the NMS should start the automatic backup Use the format hh mm Where hh is hours a number from 00 through 23 mm is minutes a number from 00 through 59 This field appears only if now is not specified in the Frequency field Origination Host Specify the name of the host processor from which database files and directories are taken for the backup UIP1 Specify the name of the first UIP connected to the origination host processor UIP2 Specify the name of the second UIP connected to the origination host processor Destination Host Specify the name of the host processor where the backup files should be sent This field also establishes where the matching restore should occur UIP1 Specify the name of the first UIP connected to the destination host processor UIP2 Specify the name of the second UIP connected to the destination host processor Manage Automatic Backup Results Form The Manage Automatic Backup results form displays a message indicating that the parameters of the automatic backup feature have been updated 2 288 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Manage Automatic Restore mar Use the mar command to specify the scheduling and execution criteria for automatic restore Automatic restore feature can be turned on or off This command provides a sophisticated backup system which populates a hot spare for an immediate backup in case of disaster Using this command requires hav
271. in the box beside each ticket that you want to display for edit Edit Trouble Tickets Input Form The NMS displays the Edit Trouble Tickets input forms for the records matching all the criteria specified See the Open Trouble Ticket optt command for a description of the fields on these forms 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 4 27 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System List Queue Results Isqr Use the sqr command to list the items stored in your Trouble Tracking results queue The list queue results output includes the index number command name associated with the index number and the starting date and time of each command execution The sqgr command is accessible from each task with an associated queue Refer to the other sections in the manual for information on this command for Manager and Trouble Inventory Reports tasks For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is provided For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level Help Desk Data Technician Manager Administrator Abbreviation Isqr Restrictions Lists only contents of the Trouble Tracking queue You must use the sgr command in the Trouble Inventory Reports and Manager tasks to list results of those queues
272. ine cpr Delete Routine dlr Display Routine dsr Edit Routine edr List Routines Input Form This input form contains the following fields User ID Can be used by System Administrator only NMS displays your User ID Only the System Administrator can change this entry to any User ID on the system For the System Administrator only a pop up menu is available listing valid User IDs Routines Required field Specifies the which routine types NMS should list Valid entries are e personal To list personal routines only e system To list system routines only e all To list both personal and system routines A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Click on Go or press F2 to execute the command 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 283 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System List Routines Results Form A sample of this results form is shown in Figure 2 104 If system routines are listed the form indicates whether or not one or more ADR criteria records exist for each system routine WaR a Management RESULTS LIST ROUTINES Page 1 PERSONAL ROUTINES diag O1 diag 03 test O1 SYSTEM ROUTINES ADR CRITERIA eye diag 01 yes HREKS SRS eK EKER EERE eKeeeeeeee E OF RESULTS 24 eS eee ESR EEE ERE RR ERE ERE EEE Start timet Fri Dec 20 13 42 20 Completion time Fri Dec 20 1342 21 a s PrevMenufMainMenu PrevForm Figure 2 104 List Routines Results Form
273. ines NOTE When using the Edit User Profile edup command in a routine the Change Password field should always to set to no NOTE The use of mnemonic device names in routines will avoid the need to edit the routine should the device s protocol mode be changed For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is provided For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level Help Desk Data Technician Manager Administrator Abbreviation cir Restrictions None Routine No Schedule No Related Commands Edit Routine edr Copy Routine cpr Delete Routine dlr Display Routine dsr List Routines lsr NOTE To run a routine you use the Execute Routine operation This operation is described in Chapter 2 Getting Started in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 53 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Create Routine IR H EE Goce os Peer E Input Form A sample of this input form is shown in Figure 2 8 Manager CREATE ROUTINE Page 1 Routine name iy eee S Comments Figure 2 8 Create Routine I
274. ing a duplicate system hardware and software with three hard drives installed Therefore this command should not be used for any other purpose except as described in this command description Access Level Administrator Abbreviation mar Restrictions Accessible only to the System Administrator Routine Yes Schedule Yes Related Commands Manage Automatic Backup mab You cannot specify more than one backup per machine as origination or destination A single host system can be configured to backup on one two or three backup systems See the Manage Automatic Backup mab command Manage Automatic Restore Input Form The input form consists of three identical pages each allowing the specification of a particular restore The input forms contain the following fields Automatic Restore Enter YES or NO to specify whether the automatic restore feature should be turned on and performed The default is NO By changing the field to YES the remaining fields on that page of the input form become required fields Frequency The value entered on Page 1 of the mab command input form for this field excepting the value now is propagated to the Frequency fields on all pages of this input form You may modify this field on Page 1 of the mar command input form The Frequency field on Pages 2 and 3 are display only Enter now daily weekly or monthly to specify at what intervals you want the restore to occur A pop up menu is available lis
275. ion for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is provided For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level Data Technician Manager Administrator Abbreviation eduaf Restrictions None Routine Yes Schedule Yes Related Commands Display Uniform Alarm Filter dsuaf Edit Uniform Alarm Filter Input Form Page 1 There are two pages for this input form The fields displayed in Page 2 depend on whether you chose alert group or device exceptions in the Option field on Page 1 Samples of Page 2 for each are shown in Figures 2 87 and 2 88 This input form contains the following fields Device type Required field Specifies the type of device whose uniform alarm filter you want to edit See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Option Required field Specifies either the alert group or device exceptions to the uniform alarm filter The alert group value causes the subsequent input form to display uniform alarm filter values associated with all alert groups for the specified device type The device exceptions value causes the subsequent input form to display the device exceptions and filter values defined for a particular alert group You can modify these exceptions or add new exceptions values as needed A pop u
276. ional information needed concerning the device Click on Go or press F2 to execute the command Page 1 Bytex Switches This input form contains the following fields Inventory state Refer to Page 1 All Devices 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 27 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System NMS support Refer to Page 1 All Devices Device type Specifies the type of device and determines the icon representation for the device on the connectivity maps Enter swtch Device address Uniquely represents the diagnostic location of the device NMS requires this field for active supported devices For Bytex Switches this field consists of the channel e1 followed by an alphanumeric identifier Page 2 Bytex Switches This input form contains the following fields NMS support This field is carried over from Page 1 and cannot be edited on this page Inventory state Displays the parameter entered on Page 1 You can edit this field Device address Displays the parameter entered on Page 1 You cannot edit this field on this form Device Name Enter a unique mnemonic name for the device The device name cannot be all default or none or begin with any of the following prefixes net cir grp ser fac or cg Refer to Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information This field is optional If left bla
277. is input form contains the following fields Date The current system date is displayed Enter the date in the format mm dd yy month day year Time The current system time is displayed Enter the time in the format hh mm ss hours minutes seconds using the 24 hour clock or AM PM format Click on Go or press F2 to execute the command Set Date Time Results Form This results form displays the changed date and time 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 293 Trouble Inventory Reports Task Commands OVervMiew eaaa hans messy oielee who dingy weeded Seer Some ed 3 1 Alert Report Summary ars 60 0 cee eee eee 3 2 ATR Report atin ra a u a A area Coden A NOA E a A 3 7 Connectivity Report CE ceria cena erea ee E EENE EREE ESS 3 12 Delete Queue Results dlqr 0 cece eee eee ene 3 15 Delete Scheduled Items dlsi 0 0 0 ccc cece ene 3 17 Detailed Alert Report dar 0 0 cece cee eee 3 19 Detailed Trouble Ticket Report dttr 0 0 cee eee eee 3 24 Device Inventory Report dir 0 cee cece eee ee 3 30 Device Report Summary drs 0 0 ee cece eee ee 3 34 Display Queue Results dsqr 0 ee eect eeee 3 37 Display Scheduled Items dssi 00 00 eee eee cee eee ee 3 39 Facility Inventory Report fir 0 eee cee eee eee 3 41 Facility Report Summary frs 20 0 0 eee eee eee 3 44 List Queue Results Isqr 0 0 2 cece cette eee nee 3 47 List
278. isplays the filter value to be used for alerts from the associated device device group specified The valid values are pass or 00 00 00 or block or 24 00 00 Device Identifies the device s for which exceptional filter values are to be used Valid entries are a single device name device address or serial number a single circuit name or a single network name See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information Value For pass block filters the valid entries are pass or 00 00 00 or block or 24 00 00 Click on Go or press F2 to execute the command 2 248 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Edit Storage Filter Results Form This results form consists of a message concerning the success or failure of the edit 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 249 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Edit Uniform Alarm Filter eduaf Use the eduaf command to edit the uniform alarm filter value for each alert group of the device type specified or to edit device exceptions within a specified alert group The uniform alarm filter specifies the time an alert must be active before it is sent via the Uniform Alarm Interface UAI For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destinat
279. ist Trouble Tickets Istt Use the stt command to obtain an abbreviated listing of selected trouble tickets You determine the records to list by specifying the information on the input selection form Records meeting all criteria specified are listed Leaving a selection field blank causes NMS to ignore that criteria in its search For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is provided For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level Help Desk Data Technician Manager Administrator Abbreviation Istt Restrictions None Routine No Schedule Yes Related Commands Delete Trouble Tickets ditt Detailed Trouble Ticket Report dttr accessed from Trouble Inventory Reports task Display Trouble Tickets dstt Edit Trouble Tickets edtt Open Trouble Ticket optt List Trouble Tickets Input Form Page 1 There are two pages for this input form Page 1 provides selection criteria for the device and Page 2 provides selection criteria for the trouble ticket Refer to the Open Trouble Ticket optt command for samples of the screens This input form contains the following fields Device s Specifies the device s to be used as the search criteria Device IDs can be any of the followi
280. ite 2 58 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Address Identifies the address of the LEC contact for the site Other contact Name Identifies an additional contact for the site Function Specifies the job function of the additional contact for the site Phone number Identifies the phone number of the additional contact for the site Address Identifies the address of the additional contact for the site Page 3 Waka Manager CREATE SITE PROFILE Page 3 Site name bonn City code 228 Country coder 49 Longitude Degrees Minutes Direction _ Latitude Degrees _ Minutes Direction _ Comments H EEA Goce oes eee Poe Figure 2 11 Create Site Profile Input Form Page 3 This input form contains the following fields 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 59 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System City code Lists the telephone number or city code used to place the site on the Geographic Map For U S sites enter the area code and exchange NPA Nxx For other countries enter their assigned telephone city code if any See the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for a list of area codes and exchanges for major U S cities and telephone city codes of major cities in other countries Only numeric values are permitted Country code Enter the 3 digit telephone code assigned to the country
281. iteria a new ticket cannot be automatically created Routine No Schedule No Related Commands Delete Trouble Tickets ditt Detailed Trouble Ticket Report dttr accessed from Trouble Inventory Reports task Display Trouble Tickets dstt Edit Trouble Tickets edtt List Trouble Tickets Istt Open Trouble Ticket Input Form There are multiple pages for this input form Samples of Pages and 2 are shown in Figures 4 12 and 4 13 4 36 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Trouble Tracking Task Commands Page 1 IRA Trouble Tracking OPEN TROUBLE TICKET Page 1 Device Ri Alert type MEGIN Ticket status ME Ticket categorut Ticket severity Occurred date IEZ Me Escalation date Reported byt Reporter phone Assigned tot MORE Fi Help Fe Go FS ClrFld Fa PrewFld FS MainMenu Fe FillForm FY Defaults Fe Cancel Figure 4 12 Open Trouble Ticket Input Form Page 1 This input form contains the following fields Device Required field Specifies the device for which the trouble ticket is to be opened Device IDs can be any of the following e Device Address examples 1 4 3 4 4 m2 232 e Device Name examples apl 32 ny atm control e Serial Number examples ser 1234567 ser 66778888 Alert type Required field Enter the specified alert type for which the trouble ticket is to be opened Refer to the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s Syst
282. iteria specified by the user in the input form For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is provided For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level Help Desk Data Technician Manager Administrator Abbreviation Isfp Restrictions None Routine Yes Schedule Yes Related Commands Create Facility Profile crfp Delete Facility Profile dlfp Facility Inventory Report fir accessed from Trouble Inventory Reports task Display Facility Profile dsfp Edit Facility Profile edfp List Facility Profile Input Form A sample of this input form is shown in Figure 2 101 Waka System Management LIST FACILITY PROFILE Fage 1 Facility nameta fac ll Facility type Devicetsi vendor name Destination for results all crt Schedule execution now H EEEa Goce oes Pere eee Figure 2 101 List Facility Profile Input Form 2 278 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands This input form contains the following fields Facility name s Identifies the facility name s to be used in the search criteria Multiple entries the keyword all and the wildcard character are allowed Facility type Identifies the facility type to be us
283. k Assigned to s Identifies who the trouble ticket is assigned to Only the trouble tickets assigned to this user will appear Multiple entries and the wildcard character are allowed The default value is blank Site name Specifies the site to be included Entries in this field ensure that only the devices at the specified site are displayed The default value is blank Ticket number s from Specifies the starting and ending ticket numbers to select all tickets within the specified range Opened date s included Required field Enter the starting and ending dates in the from and to fields to select all tickets within the specified range If either field is left blank then all tickets starting with the date entered in the from field or all tickets up to the date entered in the to field are selected If these fields are left blank then the trouble tickets are chosen based only upon entered trouble ticket numbers The default range is all trouble tickets Valid entries are e today The current date This is the default option for the to field e today nn The current date minus nn number of days e first The first date for the current month e mm dd yy The month day and year e blank The earliest date for which the system stores data This is the default for the from field 4 34 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Trouble Tracking Task Commands Time interval Required field Specifies a time interval which restricts the selection of
284. l dlat Delete Audit Trail Input Form A sample Display Audit Trail input form is shown in Figure 2 33 Manager DISPLAY AUDIT TRAIL User ID Command Search Fort Search vali Search valet Datefs included Time intervalt Exception valt EEN E Figure 2 33 Display Audit Trail Input Form This input form contains the following fields User ID Enter the ID of the user you want to search for in the Audit Trail table This field accepts as the only wildcard character to expand the search For example if you enter chi in this field all users at a particular site with user IDs that begin with chi will be selected e g chioperl chioper2 chip1 chip2 2 108 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Command Specifies a system acronym system routine name or user routine name This field accepts as the only wildcard character Search for This conditional field is populated only when a value is entered into field Search_vall1 It describes the type of value that will be entered into field Search_val1 This field is populated via a pop up menu The pop up menu displays the following menu items e single device this signifies that a single device address has been entered Valid address formats for this field are link level address mnemonic name and serial number addressing e multiple device this signifies that a multiple device address format has been entered
285. l duration ddd device duration ddd facility duration ddd message duration ddd service duration ddd terminal duration EHSHSHSHSRRREREKLAKSSESHSRSREREE Device ty Filter va 24 00 00 24 00700 24700700 24 00 00 24 00700 24 00 00 24200700 EMD OF R Start time Fri Dec 20 12 09 54 es ee ES 1 dainMenu pe ddd lue block block block block block block block ESULTS S HSxXKERRR SER KERR a a aE aE aE aE E SER aE E Completion timet PreyvForm Adjustable Exceptions defaults allowed yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes Fri Dec 20 12 09 53 Figure 2 53 Display Uniform Alarm Filter Results Form Alert Group This results form contains the following fields Alert group Lists each alert group associated with the specified device type Each alert group along with its associated uniform alarm filter displays for the specified device type Filter type Identifies the type of filter duration or pass block used for alerts in the alert group The duration value means the filter is dependent on time The pass block value means the alert is either passed automatically pass or it never passes block the filter The filter type is provided for each alert group Filter value Specifies the filter value for each filter This value can be either pass or block for pass block filters This value can be pass block or a time for duration filters The durati
286. l page is provided For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level System Administrator Abbreviation edpc Alternate chpc Restrictions The ANALYSIS NMS gateway 3270 Emulation ports and the MUX event and MUX command ports are set up at software installation and cannot be changed by this command Routine Yes Schedule Yes Related Commands Display Port Configurations dspc Edit Port Configurations Input Form There are multiple pages for this input form Page 1 enables you to select the host processor Page 2 lists all the ports configured on the processor you selected A sample of Page 2 is shown in Figure 2 80 Page 1 This input form contains the following field Processor Enter the name of the machine for which ports are to be configured You can enter the name of the host or the UIP if your system is configured with a UIP Processor names are set at installation A pop up menu is available listing valid selections 2 230 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Page 2 IR let 01 1 01 02 01 03 o1 o4 01 06 o1 07 i 01 08 none 01 09 c 01 10 01 11 oi 12 o1 13 ne EE E Figure 2 80 Edit Port Configurations Input Form Page 2 This input form contains the following fields Board Port Lists the port number populated automatically by the system on installation Possible values are e Ipt Parallel port e com a Commun
287. l records meeting all the criteria specified Leaving a selection criteria field blank causes NMS to ignore that criteria in its search For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is provided For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level Help Desk Data Technician Manager Administrator Abbreviation dir Restrictions None Routine No Schedule Yes Related Commands Device Report Summary drs Device Inventory Report Input Form There are two pages for this input form Page 1 enables you to specify selection criteria Page 2 enables you to specify the output criteria Samples of Pages 1 and 2 are shown in Figures 3 15 and 3 16 Page 1 IRA Trouble Inventory Reports DEVICE INVENTORY REPORT Page 1 SELECTION CRITERIA Devicets E Device typetsi Site namets Vendor namets Purchased Leased Inventory status MORE Fi Help Fe Go FS ClrFld Fa PrewFld FS MainMenu Fe FillForm FY Defaults Fe Cancel Figure 3 15 Device Inventory Report Input Form Page 1 3 30 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Trouble Inventory Reports Task Commands This input form contains the following fields SELECTION CRITERIA Device s Specifies the device s to be used as the
288. l system is initiated A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Parent device Indicates the device s parent the network object that may contain or manage the device Enter either the parent s device address or device name The device profile must already exist Even though you can enter either the parent s name or address the parent s name is always displayed upon later retrieval in this field All devices with the same parent appears on the parent s object list on the network map Page 3 System Device This input form contains the following fields Circuit name Identifies the name of the circuit with which the device is associated Circuit names begin with the protected prefix cir and are used to group devices by their logical circuits The string after the cir prefix cannot be all or none See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information 2 40 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Network name Identifies the name of the network with which the device is associated Network names begin with the protected prefix net and are used to group related devices into subnetworks The string after the net prefix cannot be all or none See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information Site n
289. l user can delete his her own personal routines or system routines The System Administrator can delete his her own personal routines system routines and any other user s personal routines For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is provided For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level Help Desk Data Technician Manager Administrator Abbreviation dir Restrictions None Routine Yes Schedule Yes Related Commands Create Routine crr Copy Routine cpr Display Routine dsr Edit Routine edr List Routines lsr Display ADR Criteria dsadrc NOTE To run a routine you use the Execute Routine operation This operation is described in Chapter 2 Getting Started in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide Delete Routine Input Form This input form contains the following fields User ID Can be changed by System Administrator only NMS displays your User ID Only the System Administrator can change this entry to any User ID on the system For the System Administrator only a pop up menu is available listing valid User IDs Routine name Required field Enter the name of a personal routine The System Ad
290. last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is provided For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level Help Desk Data Technician Manager Administrator Abbreviation dsqr Restrictions None Routine No Schedule Yes Related Commands Delete Queue Results dlqr List Queue Results Isqr Display Queue Results Input Form This input form contains the following fields Login name Required field Your User ID is automatically displayed while in the Manager task Only the System Administrator can specify a User ID other than his her own Number of results in queue Indicates the number of results currently in the queue for the specified User Id Index number s Specifies the index number s of the queue results item s that you want to display Enter one or more of the following e A single index number e Several index numbers e A range of index numbers for example 1 15 or 7 last e The keyword all to display all queue results e The keyword last to display the most recent result in the queue Press F2 to execute the command 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 3 37 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Display Queue Results Results Form This results form displays all the chosen queue results in sequential order for each command Samples of this results form are shown in
291. ld is blank Specify the index number s of the scheduled item s you want displayed Valid entries are as follows e One index number e Several index numbers separated by commas or spaces e Arange of index numbers for example 1 15 e A combination of ranges and individual item numbers for example 1 5 7 9 20 e The keyword all to specify all index numbers Command or routine names Required field if Index number field is not specified Specify the name s of the scheduled item s you want displayed NMS accepts multiple entries separated by commas or spaces The system displays all scheduled occurrences of the specified commands or routines for a specific user Press Go to press F2 to execute the command Display Scheduled Items Results Form This results form displays the items scheduled for execution A sample of this results form is shown in Figure 2 49 OX am Management rae RESULTS DISPLAY SCHEDULED ITEMS Page 1 User ID admin Index Number 1 Command or routine name det SCHEDULE FOR ABOVE INDEX NUMBER Schedule execution delayed Dates 12719 Times 20300 MainMenu PreyvForm es ee Figure 2 49 Display Scheduled Items Results Form 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 157 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Display Site Profile dssp Use the dssp command to display profile s for the specified site s For most commands NMS enables you to specify th
292. ldp Use the didp command to delete a specified device profile You must then execute the Create Network Map crnm command before any device profile deletions will be reflected on the map For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is provided For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction This command may take a long time to complete It is advisable to route it to the queue or printer Access Level Manager Administrator Abbreviation didp Restrictions Only one device profile at a time can be deleted You cannot delete a device profile until corresponding facility profile s channel groups logical links historical alert records active alerts are cleared and trouble tickets that are associated with that device are deleted Device profiles for ANALYSIS managed devices cannot be deleted with this command they must be deleted through the ANALYSIS NMS Routine Yes Schedule Yes Related Commands Create Device Profile crdp Display Device Profile dsdp Edit Device Profile eddp List Device Profile Isdp Delete Device Profile Input Form This input form is the same for all devices DCE MUX unsupported and system profile A sample of this input form is shown in Figure 2 19 2 74
293. le Yes Related Commands Create Vendor Profile crvp Display Vendor Profile dsvp Edit Vendor Profile edvp Delete Vendor Profile Input Form This input form contains the following field Vendor name Required field Specifies the name of the vendor whose profile is to be deleted Enter the name of an existing vendor that you want to delete Enter the name of only one vendor Your entry is validated against entries in the existing vendor profile records If the vendor profile to be deleted is referenced in a device or facility profile a message appears asking you to confirm this deletion Click on Go or press F2 to execute the command Delete Vendor Profile Results Form This results form confirms that a vendor profile record was deleted 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 87 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Display Active Alert Snapshot dsaas Use the dsaas command to display all active alerts that match the criteria you specify on the Display Active Alert Snapshot input form Leaving a field blank causes NMS to ignore that criteria in its search For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is provided For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level He
294. lert group field appears A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Alert group Specifies the alert group for which device exceptions and corresponding display filter parameters are to be displayed This field is only applicable when device exceptions is chosen for the Option field A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Click on Go or press F2 to execute the command Display Display Filter Results Form The results form that appears depends on whether you chose alert group Figure 2 38 or device exceptions Figure 2 39 in the Option field 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 133 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Page 1 Alert Group KaRa Manager rill RESULTS DISPLAY DISPLAY FILTER Page 1 Device type mux Alert Filter Adjustable Exceptions group type Filter value defaults allowed mux admin passblock 24 00 00 block Yes Yes mux al duration 00 00 00 passi yes yes mux calls pase block 24200700 block Wes yez mux cgalarm duration 00 0000 pass Wes Yez mux cgevnt pass black 00 00 00 pass yes yes mux chmod duration a0 002 00 pass Yes yes mux clock duration o0 00 00 pass yes yes mux comm duration 10 00 00 pass Wes Wes mux config pass black 24 00 00 block Wes Yes mux dsich duration 00 00 00 pass yes yes mux his duration 00700700 pass yes yes mux 1l pass block OO 200700 pass Yes yes E Ea gt PrevMenuf MainMenu PrevForm z
295. lete Scheduled Items dlsi List Scheduled Items lssi Display Scheduled Items Input Form This input form contains the following fields Login name NMS automatically displays your User ID Only the System Administrator can change this entry to another User ID Number of items in queue Displays the number of items scheduled in the Trouble Tracking task 4 10 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Trouble Tracking Task Commands Index number s Required field Specify the index number s of the scheduled item s you want displayed Valid entries are as follows One index number Several index numbers separated by commas or spaces A range of index numbers for example 1 15 A combination of ranges and individual item numbers for example 1 5 7 9 20 The keywords all and last All specified indices must belong to the specified User ID Press F2 to execute the command Display Scheduled Items Results Form This results form displays the items scheduled for execution A sample of this results form is shown in Figure 4 2 pI Index number 1 Item name Display Trouble Ticket Destination for results printer Schedule execution delayed Dates 12 20 Timefs 23 00 Fi HELP Fd PrevMenu FS MainMenu Fe PreyForm Fe Cancel Trouble Tracking RESULTS a aia SCHEDULED ITEMS Page 1 Figure 4 2 Display Scheduled Items Results Form 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 4 11 COMSPHERE 6800 Series
296. ll EDIT COLOR CODE Page 1 Friority Meaning Color chart normal operation black 1 major Failure blue 2 minor failure cyan lijz ai 3 warning gray He ai unsupported devices ereen BM magenta ME red i il white E yellow M Destination for results a Schedule execution 7 H Ea Goce oes Peer eee Figure 2 75 Edit Color Code Input Form This input form contains the following fields Priority Specifies the priority level Meaning Specifies the meaning of the priority levels Also lists two additional color codes for normal operation and unsupported devices Color Required field For each of the alert priorities 1 major failure 2 minor failure 3 warning and for the normal operation and unsupported devices you can assign one of the colors indicated on the color chart Click on Go or press F2 to execute the command Edit Color Code Results Form This results form displays a message indicating success or failure of the update 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 215 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Edit Device Group eddg Use the eddg command to edit devices belonging to a particular device group For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is provided For a comple
297. lp Desk Data Technician Manager Administrator Abbreviation dsaas Restrictions None Routine Yes Schedule Yes Related Commands None Display Active Alert Snapshot Input Form IR Display filtering criteria DERIN Destination for results IMs H EE Goce oes Pee E A sample of this input form is shown in Figure 2 20 Manager DISPLAY ACTIVE ALERT SNAPSHOT Page 1 Device type s alll Modelis all Devicefs all Alertfsi all Priorityfs gt all Figure 2 20 Display Active Alert Snapshot Input Form 2 88 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands This input form contains the following fields Device type s Specifies the type s of device s whose active alerts are to be displayed Multiple entries are accepted The default is all See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information Model s Enter the device model number s whose active alerts are to be displayed Multiple entries and the keyword all default value are permitted See Appendix A Device Model Numbers in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for a list of model numbers Device s Specifies the device s to be used as the search criteria Device IDs can be any of the following e Device Address examples 1 4 3 4 4 m2 232 e Dev
298. lts yes yes yes yes yes yes yes Exceptions allowed yes yes yes yes yes yes yes Figure 2 69 Edit Alert Driven Routine Filter Input Form Alert Group This input form contains the following fields Alert group Displays the alert group Each alert group along with its associated ADR filter displays for the specified device type Filter type Displays the type of filter duration or pass block The duration value means the filter is dependent on time The pass block value means the alert is either passed automatically pass or it never passes block the filter Filter value Required field Specifies the filter value to be used for alerts from the associated device device group specified For duration filters valid values are in the format hh mm ss within the range 00 00 00 to 24 00 00 Seconds must be specified in increments of 15 that is 15 30 45 00 Also the keywords pass and block are valid entries A value of 00 00 00 corresponds to a pass value as indicated by the word pass next to the filter value A value of 24 00 00 corresponds to a block value as indicated by the word block next to the filter value For pass block filters the valid entries are pass or 00 00 00 or block or 24 00 00 Adjustable defaults Displays whether the filter is adjustable Possible values are yes and no 2 200 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Exceptions all
299. m This input form contains the following fields Login name Required field Your User ID is automatically displayed Only the System Administrator can specify a User ID other than his her own Number of results in queue Identifies the number of items in the queue Renumber list Required field Requests a consecutive renumbering of the queue results list Previously queued results could have been deleted using the dlgr command from any position within the consecutively numbered list By entering yes you consecutively renumber the list to fill in those gaps If you enter no then the list is not renumbered A pop up menu lists the valid selections Press F2 to execute the command 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 3 47 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System List Queue Results Results Form A sample of this results form is shown in Figure 3 26 IRA Trouble Inventory Reports RESULTS LIST QUEUE RESULTS Page 1 Index Command Name Date Time 1 ATR REPORT Fri Dec 20 14 36 2 ALERT REPORT SUMMARY Fri Dec 20 14 38 SESE ERASER ER RHR ERS ER ESE E Ee eRS END OF RESULTS 88 x xR R BREESE REAR ERR EREEEE Start Time 12 20 91 14 45 36 Completion Time 12 20 91 14 45 36 Fi HELP Fd PrevMenu FS MainMenu Fe PreyvForm Fa Cancel Figure 3 26 List Queue Results Results Form Trouble Inventory Reports Task This results form contains the following fields Index Lists the index number s automatically
300. mber 1 99 f Slot position enter f for front r for rear or leave blank Number of ports Designates the number of physical ports configured or available on the device Enter a number from 0 to 1000 The default value is 0 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 39 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Device position Indicates whether the device is a control device or a tributary device Valid values are control tributary and other A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Circuit type Indicates the type of circuit with which the device is associated Enter multipoint point point or other Date installed Indicates the installation date of the device Enter the date of installation using format mm dd yy month day year Purchased Leased Indicates if the device is purchased or leased The default value is purchased A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Restoral device Indicates if the device is equipped with or has access to service restoration equipment The only valid value is n a External system Indicates an external system that may manage this device for which NMS can establish a cut through session The list of external systems is obtained from the external systems configuration table in the database The network map also uses this field When the Network Control item is selected from this device s command menu on the network map a cut through session to this externa
301. ministrator can also enter a system routine name System routine names must begin with the prefix sys A pop up menu is available listing valid routines available to your user ID Press Go or press F2 to execute the command 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 81 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Warning Message Displays If one or more ADR criteria records exist for the routine a warning message is displayed indicating that those ADRs will be disabled and the Routine field entry of each ADR criteria record will be cleared You can proceed with the deletion or cancel the execution and return to the command input form If you proceed with the deletion the Routine field in all ADR criteria records which reference the routine are automatically cleared Also the entry in the ADR state field is changed to disabled The warning message reads as follows One or more alert driven routine ADR criteria records reference this routine Deleting the routine will disable those ADRs and remove the routine name from the ADR criteria records Select Continue to proceed with the Delete transaction If you attempt to delete a routine which is scheduled for a later execution a warning message displays indicating that if you proceed with the routine deletion the associated scheduled item is also deleted If you confirm the routine deletion any associated scheduled items are deleted automatically This warning message reads as
302. modate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is provided For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level Help Desk Data Technician Manager Administrator Abbreviation dsup Restrictions None Routine Yes Schedule Yes Related Commands Create User Profile crup Delete User Profile dlup Edit User Profile edup Display User Profile Input Form This input form contains the following field User ID Required field Identifies the user profile to be displayed For users other than the System Administrator this field displays the user s ID and cannot be changed The System Administrator can enter one or more User IDs Wildcard characters and are allowed Click on Go or press F2 to execute the command Display User Profile Results Form There are multiple pages to this results form Samples of Pages 1 and 2 are shown in Figures 2 59 and 2 60 2 176 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Page 1 Manager RESULTS DISPLAY USER PROFILE User ID admin Default printer Remote phone number or ports Network summaryt access UNIX access Informix access External system access all Figure 2 59 Display User Profile Results Form Page 1 This results form contains the following fields User ID Carried over field from the input form Identifies the user profile to be displayed
303. more trouble ticket numbers For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is provided For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level Manager Administrator Abbreviation ditt Restrictions You can only delete trouble tickets whose status is closed Routine No Schedule No Related Commands Detailed Trouble Ticket Report dttr Display Trouble Tickets dstt Edit Trouble Tickets edtt List Trouble Tickets Istt Open Trouble Ticket optt Delete Trouble Tickets Input Form There are two pages for this input form Page enables you to specify the criteria for deleting the trouble ticket s Page 2 provides a confirmation message Page 1 This input form contains the following fields Ticket number s Enter the starting and ending trouble ticket numbers in the from and to fields to select all tickets within the specified range If either field is left blank then all tickets starting with the number entered in the from field or all tickets up to the number entered in the to field are selected If no numbers are entered the default range is all trouble tickets To delete a single ticket specify the same ticket number in both fields 4 6 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Troubl
304. n the display Entries in this field ensure that only the devices at the specified site s are listed in the report Multiple entries and the wildcard character are allowed Ticket number s from Enter the starting and ending trouble ticket numbers in the from and to fields to select all tickets within the specified range If either field is left blank then all tickets starting with the number entered in the from field or all tickets up to the number entered in the to field are selected If you enter the same number in both fields the Display Trouble Ticket Selection list Figure 4 5 does not display Instead the Display Trouble Tickets Results Form displays immediately upon pressing F2 The default range is all trouble tickets 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 4 15 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Opened date s included Required field Enter the starting and ending dates in the from and to fields to select all tickets within the specified range If either field is left blank then all tickets starting with the date entered in the from field or all tickets up to the date entered in the to field are selected If these fields are left blank then the trouble tickets are chosen based only upon entered trouble ticket numbers The default range is all trouble tickets Valid entries are e today The current date This is the default option for the to field e today nn The current date minus nn number of days e fi
305. n the facility profile is for a supported Series 700 node connected to any non Series 700 device It shows what network for example DACS the node is connecting to The ID is used in path searching algorithms channel group traces etc to identify when a Series 700 node is connected to such foreign networks This replaces the pre release 3 0 use of DACS ID for such applications and represents an extension to foreign networks other than DACS Date installed Displays the installation date of the facility using the format mm dd yy Diagnostics Indicates if the facility is carrying diagnostic data Bandwidth Specifies the bandwidth for the facility 2 140 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Bandwidth units Displays the units for the bandwidth listed in the previous field Monthly cost Specifies the monthly cost of the facility using the format ddddddd cc dollars and cents Purchased Leased Specifies whether the facility was purchased or leased Vendor name Identifies the company name of the vendor supplying the device Usage Indicates the application of the facility Example values are data voice voice data and video USER CONTACT Name Indicates the name of the person responsible for the facility when there is a service problem Phone Indicates the phone number of the person responsible for the facility when there is a service problem Address Indicates the address of
306. nd The output is sorted as defined in the Display Audit Trail input form 2 110 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Display Automated Action Filter dsaaf Use the dsaaf command to display the automated action filters for each alert group of a specified device type or to display device exceptions within a specified alert group The automated action filter specifies the length of time that an alert must be active after passing the processing filter before an Automatic Trouble Report ATR or automatic trouble ticket is generated For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is provided For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level Help Desk Data Technician Manager Administrator Abbreviation dsaaf Restrictions None Routine Yes Schedule Yes Related Commands Edit ATR States edatrs Edit Automated Action Filter edaaf Edit Device Profile eddp Display Automated Action Filter Input Form This input form contains the following fields Device type Required field Specifies the device type whose automated action filter parameters are to be displayed See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s Syst
307. nd cents Purchased Leased Specifies whether the facility was purchased or leased Enter either purchased or leased as appropriate A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Vendor name Identifies the company name of the vendor supplying the facility If you enter a new name one for which no vendor profile exists NMS displays a message indicating this and allows you to either edit the name or continue If you execute the command NMS creates a new vendor profile for the vendor See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information Usage Indicates the application of the facility Example values are data voice voice data video or any other alphanumeric string USER CONTACT Name Indicates the name of the person responsible for the facility when there is a service problem Phone Indicates the phone number of the person or company responsible for the facility when there is a service problem Address Indicates the address of the person responsible for the facility when there is a service problem Page 3 This input form contains the following field 2 50 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Comments Enter any additional information needed concerning the facility Click on Go or press F2 to execute the command Create Facility Profile Results Form This results form confirm
308. nded the installation must not continue until a qualified electrician has corrected the problem If a three wire grounding type power source is not available consult a qualified electrician to determine another method of grounding the equipment Slots and openings in the cabinet are provided for ventilation To ensure reliable operation of the product and to protect it from overheating these slots and openings must not be blocked or covered Do not allow anything to rest on the power cord and do not locate the product where persons will walk on the power cord Do not attempt to service this product yourself as opening or removing covers may expose you to dangerous high voltage points or other risks Refer all servicing to qualified service personnel General purpose cables are provided with this product Special cables which may be required by the regulatory inspection authority for the installation site are the responsibility of the customer When installed in the final configuration the product must comply with the applicable Safety Standards and regulatory requirements of the country in which it is installed If necessary consult with the appropriate regulatory agencies and inspection authorities to ensure compliance A rare phenomenon can create a voltage potential between the earth grounds of two or more buildings If products installed in separate buildings are interconnected the voltage potential may cause a hazardous conditi
309. nds This input form contains the following fields Vendor name Required field Identifies the name of the vendor supplying the device The keywords all and none cannot be used See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information Contact s This page allows you to list up to four separate contacts Name Identifies who to contact in case of a problem Function Identifies the vendor contact s job function Phone number Identifies the phone number of the vendor contact Address Identifies the vendor contact s address Page 2 This page enables you to list the additional contacts 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 67 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Page 3 WaR Manager CREATE VENDOR PROFILE Page Vendor name Comments U H Stace Goce oes Pee Pee Figure 2 16 Create Vendor Profile Input Form Page 3 This input form contains the following field Comments Enter additional information about the vendor Click on Go or press F2 to execute the command Create Vendor Profile Results Form This results form confirms that a vendor profile record has been created 2 68 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Delete Alert History dlah Use the dlah command to delete selected alert records from the historical alerts database The
310. ne profile can be edited at a time You cannot change the value of the NMS support field For ANALYSIS device profiles you cannot edit the following fields e NMS Support e Device Name e Device Type e Device Address e Protocol Mode e Product Type e Model Number e System Polling e Device Position e Circuit Name e Network Name Routine Yes Schedule Yes Related Commands Create Device Profile crdp Delete Device Profile dldp Display Device Profile dsdp List Device Profiles Isdp 2 218 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Edit Device Profile Input Form There are multiple pages for this input form depending on the type of device selected Once a device is selected refer to the Create Device Profile crdp command for a description of the form fields and samples of form screens This input form contains the following field Device Required field Specifies the device profile to be edited The Device s field accepts the following formats e Device Address examples 1 4 3 4 4 m2 232 e Device Name examples apl 32 ny atm control e Circuit Name examples cir ch 10 cir ny to la e Serial Number examples ser 1234567 ser 66778888 e Network Name examples net atm net detroit net loans See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information Multiple entries and the wildcar
311. nformation Parent device Indicates the device s parent All devices with the same parent will appear on the parent s object list on the network map Page 2 Unsupported Devices This results form contains the following fields Circuit name Identifies the name of the circuit to which the device is attached Circuit names begin with the protected prefix cir and are used to group devices by their logical circuits Network name Identifies the name of the network to which the device is attached Network names begin with the protected prefix net and are used to group related devices into subnetworks Site name Specifies the name of the location of the device Vendor name Identifies the company name of the vendor supplying the device USER CONTACT Name Indicates the name of the person responsible for the device when there is a service problem Phone number Indicates the phone number of the person responsible for the device when there is a service problem 2 126 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Address Indicates the address of the person responsible for the device when there is a service problem Page 3 Unsupported Devices This results form contains the following field Comments Displays any additional information concerning the device Page 1 System Profile This results form contains the following fields NMS support Indicates whether the device is supported o
312. ng e Device Address examples 1 4 3 4 4 m2 232 e Device Name examples apl 32 ny atm control e Circuit Name examples cir ch 10 cir ny to la e Serial Number examples ser 1234567 ser 66778888 e Network Name examples net atm net detroit net loans See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information Multiple entries and the wildcard characters are allowed 4 32 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Trouble Tracking Task Commands Trouble address Specifies the device address of the device when the trouble ticket was first opened this information is used as search criteria If the device has not been moved this address is the same as the current address of the device s The format and values are the same as for a device address Device type s Specifies the type s of device s to be used as the search criteria Multiple entries are allowed The wildcard character is allowed See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Alert group s Identifies a specific logical group of alert types Enter one or more alert group names Alert type s Specifies one or more alert types Ticket status Identifies the current status of the trouble ticket
313. ng fields NMS ID Identifies a serial number or identifying name for the NMS Software version Specifies the version number of the NMS software currently installed on the system Printer banner Indicates whether a single page identifying header is printed before each print job User name Identifies the name of the organization managing the NMS Address Lists the location of the organization managing the NMS Contact name Lists name of the data communications manager Contact phone Specifies the phone number of the data communications manager Maintenance phone Lists the remote access dial in maintenance phone numbers These numbers are used by maintenance personnel to dial into the maintenance port of the NMS Any DDD port can be used as a maintenance port This results form contains the following field Comments This field contains any pertinent comments for maintenance service personnel 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 143 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Display Port Configurations dspc Use the dspc command to display the port configurations of the NMS remote terminals printers and the external systems ports This command also informs you if the ACCULINK multiplexer network the Uniform Alarm Interface and the file export ports are configured For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule its execution If the last
314. ng valid selections Device address Displays the parameter entered on the Create Device Profile You can edit this field on this form Device name Enter a unique mnemonic name for the device The device name cannot be all default or none or begin with any of the following prefixes net cir grp ser fac and cg Refer to Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information This field is optional If the field is left blank NMS generates a unique device name after the command is executed The format is device type followed by a hyphen and a positive integer Telephone no Enter the device s own telephone number This field displays only when the ddd Device type is specified or 3910 or 3911 is entered in the Model number field 2 12 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Device type Specifies the type of device to use and determines the icon representation for connectivity maps Although you may have already specified this field on the Create Device Profile input form you can edit this field on this form See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for valid device types A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Protocol mode Required field Identifies the protocol mode of the device Enter dataphone for
315. nk NMS generates a unique device name after the command is executed consisting of the device type swtch followed by a hyphen and a positive integer Device type This field is carried over from Page and cannot be edited on this page This field is carried over from the input selection form Product type NMS automatically populates this field with bytex switch 2 28 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Model number Identifies the appropriate device model number for the given device Enter U30 U50 or UMS depending on which device is physically connected to NMS A pop up menu is available listing valid selections System polling Indicates if NMS is directly polling the device A pop up menu is available listing available valid selections Version number Indicates the hardware or software version of the device Enter the alphanumeric string of the version number Serial number Identifies the device s unique serial number Serial numbers start with the protected prefix ser followed by the actual number Refer to Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information Page 3 Bytex Switches This input form contains the following fields Date installed Indicates the installation date of the device Enter the date of installation using the format mm dd yy month day year Purchased Leased Indica
316. nput Form This input form contains the following fields Routine name Required field Specifies the name of the personal routine Enter a unique name for the routine up to 12 lowercase alphanumeric or special characters with the exception of the following special characters lt space gt Also a routine name cannot begin with a number Commands Required field Specifies the commands contained in the routine Enter the abbreviations of commands allowed in routines and for which you have functional access Separate abbreviations by commas or spaces Comments Enter any comments or relevant information concerning the routine Press ENTER to continue to the next input page NMS displays an input form s for each command included in the routine Click on Go or press F2 after each command s input form s is complete to execute that command 2 54 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Create Routine Results Form This results form displays the name of the routine the commands included in the routine and any comments entered on the input form 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 55 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Create Site Profile crsp Use the crsp command to create a new site profile Site profiles may also be automatically created during execution of the Create Device Profile crdp command A site profile contains information about the site indicates where th
317. nput form contains the following fields Alert group Displays the alert group Each alert group along with its associated storage filter displays for the specified device type Filter type Displays the type of filter pass block The pass block value means the alert is either passed automatically pass or it never passes block the filter Filter value Required field Specifies the filter value to be used for alerts from the associated device device group specified The valid entries are pass or 00 00 00 or block or 24 00 00 Adjustable defaults Displays whether the filter is adjustable Possible values are yes and no Exceptions allowed Displays whether or not exceptions are allowed Possible values are yes and no 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 247 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Page 2 Device Exceptions IE 5 m Management wale EDIT STORAGE FILTER Page 2 Alert group apl facility Filter type pass block Filter value 0000 00 Device Value 1 E 2 3 4 5 6 8 g 10 11 12 13 HR EE ma oes eee E Figure 2 86 Edit Storage Filter Input Form Device Exceptions This input form contains the following fields Alert group Displays the alert group Filter type Displays the type of filter pass block The pass block value means the alert is either passed automatically pass or it never passes block the filter Filter value D
318. number of the data communications manager Maintenance phone Specifies one or more remote access dial in maintenance phone numbers These numbers are used by maintenance personnel to dial into the maintenance port of the NMS Any DDD port can be used as a maintenance port This input form contains the following field Comments Contains any pertinent comments for maintenance service personnel Click on Go or press F2 to execute the command Edit NMS Configuration Results Form This results form displays a message indicating success or failure of the update 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 229 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Edit Port Configurations edpc Use the edpc command to configure the NMS basic feature workstations terminals printers and external systems ports on the host processor The Edit Port Configurations edpc command is also used to configure the system printer the Series 700 multiplexer network port the SC DBU terminal emulation port s speed the Uniform Alarm Interface port s speed and the alert log printer option In addition the ports on the User Interface Processor UIP can also be configured if your system is configured with a UIP For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additiona
319. nventory Reports task You display scheduled items either by specifying the system assigned index number or by specifying the item name A Help Desk Data Technician or Manager level user can display his her own scheduled items The System Administrator can display his her own scheduled items as well as other users scheduled items NMS automatically assigns an index number to commands and routines scheduled for delayed weekly or monthly execution If you display items by index number NMS displays only the item that corresponds to the index number If you display items by name NMS displays all scheduled occurrences of that item name under your User ID or the User ID of the specified user if you are the System Administrator Use the List Scheduled Items ssi command to display a list of your scheduled commands or routines and their assigned index numbers For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is provided For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level Help Desk Data Technician Manager Administrator Abbreviation dssi Restrictions None Routine No Schedule Yes Related Commands Delete Scheduled Items dlsi List Scheduled Items lssi Display Scheduled Items Input Form Thi
320. ny additional information needed concerning the device Click on Go or press F2 to execute the command Page 1 SNMP and Brouter Devices This input form contains the following fields Inventory state Refer to Page 1 All Devices NOTE The only valid value for SNMP brouter devices is supported NMS support Refer to Page 1 All Devices 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 31 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Device type Specifies the type of device and determines the icon representation for the device on the connectivity maps Enter snmp or brter Device address Uniquely represents the diagnostic location of the device NMS requires this field for active supported devices For SNMP and Brouter devices this field consists of the channel b1 followed by an alphanumeric identifier Refer to Appendix D Device Addressing in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information Page 2 SNMP and Brouter Devices This input form contains the following fields NMS support This field is carried over from Page and cannot be edited on this page Inventory state Displays the parameter entered on Page 1 You can edit this field Device address Displays the parameter entered on Page 1 You cannot edit this field on this form IP address Enter the IP address for the device in the format xxx xxx xxx xxx where Xxx is
321. o voice ctrltobr brtotrib or other The other value enables you to specify a facility type meaningful to your facility A pop up menu is available listing valid selections However the following selections are not valid if any of the endpoints is a brouter SDL T1 T3 Video Voice 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 45 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System FACILITY ENDPOINT 1 Device name Required field Enter the name of the device on one end of the communications facility NMS auto populates this field if the Address field is specified by the user A device profile must already exist for this device You need only enter either the Device name or Address and NMS auto populates the Device type Model number and Site name fields from the device profile previously created If the endpoint is a brouter or an SNMP device enter the IP address Device type Displays the type of device on one end of the communications facility NMS populates this field from the existing device profile record Address Identifies the address of the device NMS auto populates this field if you specify an entry in the Device name field If not you need only enter Device name or Address and NMS populates the Device type Model number and Site name fields from the device profile previously created If you entered T1 in the Facility type field you cannot enter device addresses supporting 74x 56K nodes Model number
322. o cc active e Device position set to control e Restoral device e Access module ID 2 4 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands 2 Device responds and does not have an existing device profile A device profile is created and the following fields are filled with information from the polled device or with system default values All other device profile fields are unaffected Device type Version number Model number Serial number returned by ADp mode devices only NMS support set to supported Inventory state set to active Device address Device name a unique name is assigned by NMS using the device type followed by a hyphen and a positive integer Product type Protocol mode System polling set to ce active Device position set to control ATR authorization set to off TT authorization set to off UAI authorization set to off Restoral device Access module ID 3 The device did not respond but has an existing device profile The System polling field in the device profile is set to cc skipped All other device profile fields are unaffected 4 The device did not respond and no device profile exists NMS takes no action on this device 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 5 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Alert Report Bar Chart arbc Although this command is executable it is currently inoperable 2 6 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands C
323. o execute the command These fields appear on the input form in a solid box Optional Fields Optional fields do not require you to input data before continuing with the command either because this data is not needed by NMS the data is supplied by the devices via NMS or in the case of sorting selection fields this field can be ignored in the search Optional fields appear on the input form as underlined Display only Fields Display only fields display data but do not allow you to enter new data or change the data displayed These fields appear on the input forms without boxes or underlines Carried over Fields Carried over fields display information provided by the user on a previous form of the current command Carried over fields may be display only or in some cases may allow user input 1 6 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Introduction Common Fields on Input Forms Destination for results and Schedule execution Destination for results Use this field to specify where NMS should send the results from the command execution Valid options are crt remote printer lp and queue Multiple destinations can be specified crt Causes the command results to display on your workstation screen You cannot schedule execution of the command for a later time if you specify the destination as crt the command must be executed immediately When you specify ert NMS does not allow any other command to be accessed from the
324. ofile edfp Edit Facility Profile edfp List Facility Profile sfp Create Facility Profile Input Form There are multiple Pages to this input form Samples of the Pages and 2 are shown in Figures 2 6 and 2 7 2 44 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Page 1 Waa Manager CREATE FACILITY PROFILE Page 1 Facility name fac M Facility type Tl FACILITY ENDPOINT 1 Device name EREIN Device type mux Address m2 150 Model number 740 Site name novascotia PRIMARY INTERFACE Ture B FACILITY ENDPOINT 2 Device name nodez202 Device type swtch Address me 202 Model number 745 Site name okla city PRIMARY INTERFACE Type Ci H EEA Goce os eee eee Figure 2 6 Create Facility Profile Input Form Page 1 This input form contains the following fields Facility name Required field Identifies the unique name for the facility You can use the facility name given by the common carrier for facilities provided by them The facility name begins with the protected prefix fac The string after the fac prefix cannot be all or none Valid characters are 0 9 a z and special characters and See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information Facility type This field categorizes the facility Valid entries are apl asynch ddd dds rs232 SDL synch T1 T3 vide
325. ollowing e A single index number e Several index numbers e A range of index numbers for example 1 15 or 7 last e The keyword all to display all queue results e The keyword last to display the most recent result in the queue Press F2 to execute the command 4 8 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Trouble Tracking Task Commands Display Queue Results Results Form This results form displays all the chosen queue results in sequential order for each command Samples of this results form are shown in Figure 4 1 FAR Trouble Tracking RESULTS DISPLAY QUEUE RESULTS Index number 1 E ES EO ER MORE Fil Help F4 PreyvMenu FS MainMenu Fe PrevForm Fa Cancelll DJE Trouble Tracking El Results List Trouble Tickets Fage 1 Ticket Open date time Status Category Severity Assigned Device name o 1 6 16 92 10 21 48 open O 2 6 16 92 10 31 24 open 3 moogd r jad Press the right arrow key to horizontally scroll to the right MORE Fi Help F4 PreyvMenu FS MainMenu Fe PrevForm Fa Cancelll Figure 4 1 Samples of a Display Queue Results Form 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 4 9 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Display Scheduled Items dssi Use the dssi command to display commands or routines scheduled for execution The dssi command is accessible from the Manager Trouble Inventory Reports and Trouble Tracking tasks Depending on which task you
326. ommand 4 2 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Trouble Tracking Task Commands Delete Queue Results Results Form This results form shows your deletion request and the actual number of results messages deleted from the queue 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 4 3 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Delete Scheduled Items dlsi Use the dlsi command to delete commands scheduled for execution You delete scheduled items by specifying the system assigned index number A Help Desk Data Technician Manager or Administrator level user can delete his her own scheduled items The System Administrator can delete his her own scheduled items as well as other users scheduled items NMS automatically assigns an index number to commands and routines scheduled for execution Use the List Scheduled Items ssi to display a list of your scheduled commands or routines and their assigned index numbers NMS schedules items separately for the Manager Trouble Inventory Reports and Trouble Tracking tasks The input and results forms differ slightly for each task For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is provided For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level Help Desk Data Techni
327. ommand functions by displaying the table of all commands with their user group assignment for up to four user groups at a time For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is provided For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level Manager Administrator Abbreviation edug Restrictions None Routine Yes Schedule Yes Related Commands Display User Group dsug Edit User Group Input Form Page 1 A sample of this input form is shown in Figure 2 91 Manager EDIT USER GROUP HE Clr Fld PrevFld Q Maintenu fFillForm 9 Defaults Figure 2 91 Edit User Group Input Form Page 1 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 259 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System This input form contains the following fields User group 1 Required field Enter a user group to be edited Groups may be selected by either group number or assigned name A pop up menu is available listing the valid group names and numbers User group 2 User group 3 User group 4 Enter up to three more user groups to be edited Groups may be selected by either group number or assigned name A pop up menu is available listing the valid group names and numbers NOTE Administrator user group cannot be
328. on Consult a qualified electrical consultant to determine whether or not this phenomenon exists and if necessary implement corrective action prior to interconnecting the products In addition if the equipment is to be used with telecommunications circuits take the following precautions Never install telephone wiring during a lightning storm Never install telephone jacks in wet locations unless the jack is specifically designed for wet locations Never touch uninsulated telephone wires or terminals unless the telephone line has been disconnected at the network interface Use caution when installing or modifying telephone lines Avoid using a telephone other than a cordless type during an electrical storm There may be a remote risk of electric shock from lightning Do not use the telephone to report a gas leak in the vicinity of the leak 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 B COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Notices WARNING THIS EQUIPMENT HAS BEEN TESTED AND FOUND TO COMPLY WITH THE LIMITS FOR A CLASS A DIGITAL DEVICE PURSUANT TO PART 15 OF THE FCC RULES THESE LIMITS ARE DESIGNED TO PROVIDE REASONABLE PROTECTION AGAINST HARMFUL INTERFERENCE WHEN THE EQUIPMENT IS OPERATED IN A COMMERCIAL ENVIRONMENT THIS EQUIPMENT GENERATES USES AND CAN RADIATE RADIO FREQUENCY ENERGY AND IF NOT INSTALLED AND USED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INSTRUCTION MANUAL MAY CAUSE HARMFUL INTERFERENCE TO RADIO COMMUNICATIONS OPERATION O
329. on indicates the length of time an alert must be active before it can pass the filter Adjustable defaults Specifies whether the filter parameters can be changed by the user 2 168 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Exceptions allowed Specifies whether device exceptions can be created Page 1 Device Exceptions OX Manager RESULTS DISPLAY UNIFORM ALARM FILTER Page 1 Alert group ddd device Filter type duration Filter value 24 00 00 Device Value 1 ccdm2 01 00 00 2 cc m3 0200 15 3 ecdm4 03330700 4 ecdm5s 12 00 00 ee END OF RESULTS ee E Start time Tue Jun 16 09 15 48 Completion time Tue Jun 16 09 15 46 Ea PrevMenufiMainMenu PrevForm j Figure 2 54 Display Uniform Alarm Filter Results Form Device Exceptions This results form contains the following fields Alert group Identifies the selected alert group Filter type Identifies the filter type associated with the selected alert group Filter value Identifies the filter value associated with the filter used for alerts in the selected alert group Device Lists each device for which exceptional filter settings have been created Value Lists the filter value for each device exception 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 169 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Display Uniform Alarm Interface dsuai Use the dsuai command to display the operational parameters defined for the
330. on is basic Facility Name fac xxxx where xxxx is the assigned facility name sent if the alert reporting option is enhanced If facility name cannot be determined unambiguously Device Name 8 will be sent 11 Start Time Date and time mm dd yyyy hh mm ss that the alert was reported to the 6800 Series NMS 12 Clear Time Date and time mm dd yyyy hh mm ss that the alert was cleared 13 Alert Text The 6800 Series NMS text description of the alert type 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 173 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Display User Group dsug Use the dsug command to display up to four user groups For more information refer to the Edit User Group edug command in this section For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is provided For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level Manager Administrator Abbreviation dsug Restrictions None Routine Yes Schedule Yes Related Commands Edit User Group edug Display User Group Input Form Page 1 A sample of this input form is shown in Figure 2 57 Manager DISPLAY USER GROUP Destination for results Schedule executiont HE ClrFld HainMenu FillForm Defaults Figure 2 57 Display
331. on the destination AMI 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 271 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Destination telephone Enter the telephone number of the uucp modem on the destination AMI when a modem is configured for a port type of ddd If direct was selected this field is automatically populated with n a Device mapping Enter the device mapping type for the file export feature This field instructs the Create Export File cref command to map either the device address or device name into the equipment ID of the equipment object class in the AMI Existing AMI user have the data stored in the AMI with device address as the equipment ID New AMI users should select device name to store the data in the AMI with the device name as the equipment ID The mapping is also done for the endpoint names in the circuit object class in the AMI Click on Go or press F2 to execute the command Edit Export File Configuration Results Form This results form displays a message indicating that the success or failure of the edit 2 272 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands List Device Group Isdg Use the sdg command to list all devices currently part of a particular device group For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fiel
332. onse on control channel polling If the NMS does not receive a response from a device on its poll list within this interval it posts an NR diagnostic failure alert for that device The time out interval is not applicable to multiplexers 2 102 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Display ATR Phone Directory dsatrpd Use the dsatrpd command to display the contents of Automatic Trouble Report ATR phone directories These directories contain telephone numbers to be used when an ATR is sent to a remote printer One of these phone numbers can be the printer at the NetCare Center if desired A dedicated port can also be identified as an ATR destination in the ATR phone directory For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is provided For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level Help Desk Data Technician Manager Administrator Abbreviation dsatrpd Alternate dsatrp Restrictions None Routine Yes Schedule Yes Related Commands Display ATR States dsatrs Edit ATR Phone Directory edatrpd Edit ATR States edatrs Display ATR Phone Directory Input Form This input form contains the following fields Phone directory Required field Identifies the number of
333. opy Routine cpr Use the cpr command to copy a personal or system routine The new routine can be either a personal routine or a system routine When creating a system routine name the routine with the prefix sys Users can copy a routine from the system directory to their personal directory if they have permissions to execute all the commands in the routine The cpr command does not affect the original routine For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is provided For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level Help Desk Data Technician Manager Administrator Abbreviation cpr Restrictions None Routine Yes Schedule Yes Related Commands Create Routine crr Delete Routine dlr Display Routine dsr Edit Routine edr List Routines lsr NOTE To run a routine you use the Execute Routine operation This operation is described in Chapter 2 Getting Started in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 7 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Copy Routine Input Form This input form contains the following fields Old routine name Required field Enter th
334. or each alert group Number of retries Specifies the number of retry attempts 0 through 7 to send the ATR If port has been specified as the destination this field does not apply 2 104 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Retry interval min sec Specifies the amount of time minutes and seconds to wait before another attempt is made to send the ATR to the specified destination If port was specified as the destination this field does not apply ATR destination Specifies either the telephone number for the destination or displays the keyword port for the ATR s dedicated port Comments Displays any additional comments about that destination 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 105 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Display ATR States dsatrs Use the dsatrs command to display the Automatic Trouble Report ATR state for each control channel in the system If the ATR state is off for a particular control channel automatic trouble reports are not sent if the ATR triggering alert is received from a device on that control channel Access Level Help Desk Data Technician Manager Administrator Abbreviation dsatrs Restrictions None Routine Yes Schedule Yes Related Commands Display ATR Phone Directory dsatrpd Edit ATR Phone Directory edatrpd Edit ATR States edatrs Display ATR States Input Form This input form contains the Destination for results and Schedule e
335. or the trouble tickets Samples of Pages 1 and 2 are shown Figures 4 3 and 4 4 A sample selection list which displays if listing all selected trouble tickets is chosen as the sort sequence is shown in Figure 4 5 4 12 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Trouble Tracking Task Commands Page 1 IRA Trouble Tracking DISPLAY TROUBLE TICKETS Page 1 Devicefs E Trouble address Device typetsit Alert typetsit Alert groupis i Ticket status _ Ss Escalation status Ticket category ts Ticket severity s MORE Fi Help Fe Go FS ClrFld Fa PrewFld FS MainMenu Fe FillForm FY Defaults Fe Cancel Figure 4 3 Display Trouble Tickets Input Form Page 1 This input form contains the following fields Device s Specifies the device s to be used as the search criteria Device IDs can be any of the following e Device Address examples 1 4 3 4 4 m2 232 e Device Name examples apl 32 ny atm control e Circuit Name examples cir ch 10 cir ny to la e Serial Number examples ser 1234567 ser 66778888 e Network Name examples net atm net detroit net loans See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information Multiple entries and the wildcard characters are allowed Trouble address Specifies the device address of the device when the trouble ticket was first opened If the device h
336. ork Management System Index number s Required field if command routine name field is blank Specify the index number s of the scheduled item s you want deleted Valid entries are as follows e One index number e Several index numbers separated by commas or spaces e Arange of index numbers for example 1 15 e A combination of ranges and individual item numbers for example 1 5 7 9 20 e The keyword all to specify all index numbers Command or routine names Required field if Index Number field is blank Specify the name s of the scheduled item s you want deleted NMS accepts multiple entries separated by commas or spaces The system deletes all scheduled occurrences of the specified commands or routines Press Go or press F2 to execute the command Delete Scheduled Items Results Form This results form confirms that deletion is completed 2 84 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Delete Site Profile disp Use the disp command to delete an existing site profile When you attempt to delete a site profile NMS validates the existence of the profile and informs you if there are device profiles that reference the given site name You can then cancel the command or continue with the deletion If a deleted site profile was referenced in a device profile the Site name field in those device profiles is automatically updated to reference the unnamed site For most commands NMS enabl
337. ory status and by leased or purchased status You determine the records to be included in the report and the order in which they are sorted by specifying information on the input form This report will include all records meeting all the criteria specified Leaving a selection criteria field blank causes NMS to ignore that criteria in its search For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is provided For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level Help Desk Data Technician Manager Administrator Abbreviation drs Restrictions None Routine No Schedule Yes Related Commands Device Inventory Report dir Device Report Summary Input Form A sample of this input form is shown in Figure 3 18 Trouble Inventory Reports DEVICE REPORT SUMMARY SELECTION CRITERIA Devicets Device typetsit Site name s t Wendor namets t Purchased Leased Inventory status OUTPUT CRITERTA Title Sort sequence MAn FIM EUe EE at ee ele at Destination for results Schedule execution Fil Help Fe Go F3 ClrFld Fo PrevFld Fo MainMenu Fe FillForm Fr Defaults Fa Cancel Figure 3 18 Device Report Summary Input Form This input form contains the following fields 3 34 January
338. other User ID Number of items in queue Displays the number of items scheduled in the Trouble Tracking task Renumber list Required field Requests a consecutive renumbering of the queue results list Previously queued results could have been deleted using the dlsi command from any position within the consecutively numbered list By entering yes you consecutively renumber the list to fill in those gaps If you enter no then the list is not renumbered Press F2 to execute the command 4 30 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Trouble Tracking Task Commands List Scheduled Items Results Form A sample of this results form is shown in Figure 4 11 This form displays the index number name schedule type and execution schedule for the command If the item is scheduled for weekly or monthly execution the last scheduled date of execution appears KA Trouble Trackin RESULTS LIST SCHEDULED ITEMS U Index Command Name Scheduled Next ate Time 1 Display Trouble Ticket delayed Dec 20 23100700 2 Display Trouble Ticket monthly Dec 31 20700700 RSRARSSSS eee eee Ree See eee eee END OF RESULTS se 2228 SS SSR ERR EES EERE E ER EE Start Time 12 20491 15 15 4d5 Completion Time 12 207 91 159 15 4d5 F1 HELP Fda4 PrevMenu Fo MainMenu Fe PreyvForm F8 Cancel Figure 4 11 List Scheduled Items Results Form Trouble Tracking Task 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 4 31 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System L
339. ou can scroll the screen from left to right using the arrow keys to view the entire report 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 3 43 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Facility Report Summary frs Use the frs command to produce a report summarizing the number of facilities You determine the records to be included in the report and the order in which they are sorted by specifying information on the input form This report includes all records meeting all the criteria specified Leaving a selection criteria field blank causes NMS to ignore that criteria in its search For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is provided For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level Help Desk Data Technician Manager Administrator Abbreviation frs Restrictions None Routine No Schedule Yes Related Commands Connectivity Report cr Facility Inventory Report fir Facility Report Summary Input Form A sample of this input form is shown in Figure 3 24 OX Troubles Inventory Reports FACILITY REPORT SUMMARY Page 1 SELECTION CRITERIA Source devicefs If Facility typets Vendor namets OUTPUT CRITERIA Title Sort sequence Pility type v
340. ou to specify selection criteria Page 2 enables you to specify the output criteria Samples of Pages and 2 are shown in Figures 3 1 and 3 2 3 2 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Trouble Inventory Reports Task Commands Page 1 IRA Troubles Inventory Reports ALERT REPORT SUMMARY Page 1 SELECTION CRITERIA Device s i Device type s Datets included fice to a Time interval to Alert duration Alert group sit Alert type s MORE Fi Help F2 Go F3 ClrFld Fa PrewFld F5sMainenu Fe FillForm F7 Defaults Fe Cancel Figure 3 1 Alert Report Summary Input Form Page 1 This input form contains the following fields SELECTION CRITERIA Device s Specifies the device s to be used as the search criteria Device IDs can be any of the following e Device Address examples 1 4 3 4 4 m2 232 e Device Name examples apl 32 ny atm control e Circuit Name examples cir ch 10 cir ny to la e Serial Number examples ser 1234567 ser 66778888 e Network Name examples net atm net detroit net loans See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information Multiple entries and the wildcard characters are allowed Device type s Specifies the type s of device s to be used as the search criteria The wildcard character and the keyword all are allowed The keyword all is accepted
341. ovided For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level Data Technician Manager Administrator Abbreviation edatrs Alternate chatrs Restrictions None Routine Yes Schedule Yes Related Commands Display ATR Phone Directory dsatrpd Display ATR States dsatrs Display Automated Action Filter dsaaf Edit ATR Phone Directory edatrpd Edit Automated Action Filter edaaf Edit Device Profile eddp Edit ATR States Input Form This input form contains the following fields Control Channel Specifies the control channel State Required field Specifies the ATR state of each listed control channel on or off The default is on Click on Go or press F2 to execute the command Edit ATR States Results Form This results form contains a message concerning the success or failure of the edit January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Edit Automated Action Filter edaaf Use the edaaf command to edit automated action filters for each alert group of the specified device type The automated action filter specifies the length of time that an alert must be active before an Automatic Trouble Report ATR is sent and or before an automatic trouble ticket is generated For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and
342. owed Displays whether or not exceptions are allowed Possible values are yes and no Page 2 Device Exceptions Waka System Management EDIT ALERT DRIVEN ROUTINE FILTER Page 2 Alert group apl cnnd mez Filter type duration Filter value 0000 00 Device Value Wow Bo he H EE Goce oes Pere Poe Figure 2 70 Edit Alert Driven Routine Filter Input Form Device Exceptions This input form contains the following fields Alert group Displays the alert group Filter type Displays the type of filter duration or pass block The duration value means the filter depends on time The pass block value means the alert is either passed automatically pass or it never passes block the filter Filter value Displays the filter value to be used for alerts from the associated device device group specified For duration filters valid values are in the format hh mm ss within the range 00 00 00 to 24 00 00 pass and block A value of 00 00 00 corresponds to a pass value A value of 24 00 00 corresponds to a block value For pass block filters the valid values are pass or 00 00 00 or block or 24 00 00 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 201 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Device Identifies the device s for which exceptional filter values are to be used Valid entries are a single device name device address or serial number a single circuit name or a single network name
343. p menu is available listing valid selections Alert group Specifies the alert group for which the device exceptions and their uniform alarm filter parameters are to be edited This field is only valid when you enter device exceptions in the Option field A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Press Enter to display subsequent input forms 2 250 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Page 2 Alert Group IR Alert group apl backup apl cnnd msg apl device apl facility apl message apl service apl terminal Filter type duration duration duration duration duration duration duration Destination for results Schedule execution ENE ClrFld FILTER Device type apl Filter value LER q block G passi block block block block block PrevFld 9 MainMenu FillForm Adjustable defaults yes yes yes yes yes yes yes Exceptions allowed yes yes yes yes yes yes yes Figure 2 87 Edit Uniform Alarm Filter Input Form Alert Group This input form contains the following fields Alert group Displays the alert group Each alert group along with its associated uniform alarm filter displays for the specified device type Filter type Displays the type of filter duration or pass block The duration value means the filter is dependent on time The pass block value means the alert is either passed automatically p
344. page the subsequent Pages differ Once the device is selected NMS retrieves data for some of the input fields directly from the device whenever possible To illustrate these input form Pages for the Create Device Profile crdp command samples of input form Pages for modems are shown in Figures 2 1 through 2 5 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 9 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Page 1 All Devices Kalka Hap Hana CREATE DEVICE PROFILE Page 1 Inventory statet NMS support ERIRRRRIAER Device type HH Bete Gee Cee eerie Figure 2 1 Create Device Profile Input Form Page 1 This input form contains the following fields Inventory state Required field Shows if the device is used in the network Possible values are as follows active Indicates that the device is active in the network This is the default value Supported devices with an Inventory state of active are the only devices requiring a device address limited access Indicates that alerts can be received and tests commands sent from NMS if a physical connection is established by the user This field is used for remote 3800 3900 Series modems in Dial mode on order Indicates the device is on order from the vendor repair Indicates the device was sent for repair and not available for use in the network at this time 2 10 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands removed Indicates t
345. pecified alert group A display filter specifies the time an alert must be active after passing the processing filter before it is shown on the network map monitor and summary For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is provided For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level Help Desk Data Technician Manager Administrator Abbreviation dsdf Restrictions None Routine Yes Schedule Yes Related Commands Edit Display Filter eddf Display Display Filter Input Form This input form contains the following fields Device type Required field Specifies the device types whose display filter parameters are to be displayed See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information A pop up menu is available listing valid device types Option Required field Specifies which filter parameters should be displayed Selecting alert group causes NMS to display filter parameters for all alert groups of that device type Selecting device exceptions causes NMS to display only exceptions on a device by device basis for those filter parameters for an alert group If device exceptions is chosen the A
346. pended Fita 09 98765 098 active SRERESRSEK ER EK EE SSR a END OF RESULTS 28 eS Ree E SR EERE EERE ERE ERE REESE Start timer Fri Dec 20 12 33 22 Completion times Fri Dec 20 12 44 22 PreyvForm Figure 2 62 Display Workstation Configurations Results Form 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 183 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System This results form contains the following fields Workstation name Specifies a unique user defined name for the workstation Type Identifies the model number of the workstation Status Indicates the status of the workstation Possible values are e equipped Physically configured but not being used in the system e active Equipped and active e suspended Equipped but temporarily suspended from usage 2 184 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Edit Alert Attribute edaa Use the edaa command to enable disable audible and visual alert indicators on the Network Map and Network Monitor and to change alert group priority levels and time out periods for automatic alert acknowledgment and event clearing functions Priority levels determine the color in which alert indications are displayed on the network map network monitor and network summary The visual and audible alert indicators are used to provide a visual or audible notification of arrival of alerts on your workstation The alert acknowledgment time out period determines when aler
347. plexers configured for dual link redundancy create two distinct facility profiles one for each link NOTE The combination of slot and ID identification MUST be unique for the device since this information specifies a unique physical port on the device for the facility connection The ID slot identifier used for a redundant interface must also be different than that used for the primary interface For example if the primary interface for Endpoint 1 is assigned slot number 0 and ID number 1 the redundant interface for that endpoint device cannot be assigned Slot 0 ID 1 In addition no other facility can reference that same device as an endpoint using Slot 0 ID 1 FACILITY ENDPOINT 2 Specifies the endpoint information for the device at the other end of the facility See the FACILITY ENDPOINT 1 field descriptions for information on populating these fields 2 48 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Page 2 WaR Manager CREATE FACILITY PROFILE Page 2 Facility name fac 41 Network ID E Date installed Diagnostics Bandwidth Bandwidth units Monthly cost Furchased Leased Vendor namet Usage USER CONTACT Name Prone Address HH ClrFld Q PrevFld n U Figure 2 7 Create Facility Profile Input Form Page 2 This input form contains the following fields Facility name This field is carried over from Page 1 Network ID Specifies an identifier from
348. port The title you enter appears after the system defined report title on the output Sort sequence Required field Enter the sequence in which the report items are to be sorted Each sort entry must be separated by acomma A pop up menu lists what sort sequences are available on your system The order of the columns in the report is determined by the sort sequence you select followed by the remaining fields that cannot be sorted If you select to sort less than the maximum number of fields then these unsorted fields appear on the report in a default order For example if only Alert Type was chosen the column order is Alert Type then Network Name followed by other fields in the report Display device address Required field Specifies whether or not you want the device address to appear on the output form Enter yes or no default value A pop up menu is available listing valid selections If yes the device address appears below the device name in the results form Press F2 to execute the command 3 22 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Trouble Inventory Reports Task Commands Detailed Alert Report Results Form A sample of this results form is shown in Figure 3 11 IRA Trouble Inventory Reports RESULTS DETAILED ALERT REPORT AppleOrchard Device Network Date Time Duration Alert Hame Name Type hickory apple 12 1091 0 06 38 900700702 nr hickory apple 12710791 0r06 40 O16 34 50 pF Press the right arrow key to
349. ports Designates the number of physical ports configured or available on the device Enter a number from 0 to 1000 The default value is 1 Physical address This field does not apply to multiplexer devices Device position Indicates whether the device is a control device or a tributary device Valid values are control tributary and other A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Circuit type Indicates the type of circuit with which the device is associated Enter multipoint point point or other A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Page 3 Multiplexers This input form contains the following fields Date installed Indicates the installation date of the device Enter the date of installation using format mm dd yy month day year Purchased Leased Indicates if the device is purchased or leased The default value is purchased A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Restoral device n a for multiplexer devices Indicates if the device is equipped with or has access to service restoration equipment The only acceptable value for multiplexer devices is n a External system Indicates an external system that may manage this device and for which NMS can establish a cut through session The list of external systems is obtained from the external systems configuration table in the database A pop up menu is available listing valid selections If a system is specified here NMS attempts
350. r the alert group containing the alerts which can trigger the ADR Valid entries are any alert group associated with the specified device type A pop up menu is available listing valid alert groups 2 192 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Page 2 WaR Device type apl Alert group apl device Criteria Routine Alerts Alert Number Name Clears 1 sys diag 01 all all Devices 4 5 Criteria number OE H E Goce eons eee moe Figure 2 67 Edit Alert Driven Routine Criteria Input Form Page 2 This input form lists a summary of the existing criteria records for the device type and alert group specified To edit an existing record specify the criteria number of one of the displayed records To create a new record specify an unused criteria number This input form contains the following fields Device type Carried over field from Page 1 Alert group Carried over field from Page 1 Criteria Number Specifies the system assigned number for selecting criteria record Routine Name Specifies the system routine referenced by the ADR criteria record Devices Lists the device s referenced by the ADR criteria record 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 193 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Alerts Shows the alerts which may trigger the ADR Alert Clears Shows the alerts whose clears may trigger the ADR Criteria number Required field Enter a criteria number Only
351. r unsupported Inventory state Indicates whether or not the device is being used in the network See the Create Device Profile crdp command for definitions of possible values Device name Displays the unique mnemonic name for the device If you did not specify a device name in the input form the system generated name is displayed Refer to Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information This field and its value are displayed on all subsequent results form pages Device type Indicates that the device type is system Model number Identifies the appropriate model number for the specified device Serial number Displays the device s unique serial number All serial numbers begin with the protected prefix ser Version number Indicates the hardware or software version of the device 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 127 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Physical address Identifies the cabinet carrier and slot position of the device in the format ece e sl f Where ccc Cabinet number 1 999 c Carrier 1 9 sl Slot number 1 99 f Slot position enter f for front r for rear or leave blank Number of ports Displays the number of physical ports configured or available on the device Device position Indicates whether the device is a control device or a tributary device Circuit typ
352. ration or pass block The duration value means the filter is dependent on time The pass block value means the alert is either passed automatically pass or it never passes block the filter Filter value Displays the filter value to be used for alerts from the associated device device group specified For duration filters valid values are in the format hh mmiss within the range 00 00 00 to 24 00 00 pass and block A value of 00 00 00 corresponds to a pass value A value of 24 00 00 corresponds to a block value For pass block filters the valid values are pass or 00 00 00 or block or 24 00 00 2 252 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Device Identifies the device s for which exceptional filter values are to be used Valid entries are a single device name device address or serial number a single circuit name or a single network name See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information Value For duration filters valid values are in the format hh mm ss within the range 00 00 00 to 24 00 00 Seconds must be specified in increments of 15 that is 15 30 45 00 Also the keywords pass and block are valid entries A value of 00 00 00 corresponds to a pass value as indicated by the word pass next to the filter value A value of 24 00 00 corresponds to a block value as indicated by the word block next to the
353. rchased leased The keyword all is also a valid value A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Inventory status Specifies that only devices at the requested status will be listed in the report Valid values are active on order repair stock removed The keyword all is also a valid value A pop up menu is available listing valid selections OUTPUT CRITERIA Title Specifies the title you want to appear on the report The title you enter appears after the system defined report title on the output 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 3 35 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Sort sequence Required field Enter the sequence in which the report items are to be sorted The default sort sequence is the order in which the sort listing is presented on the pop up menu The order of the columns across the top of the report is determined by the sort sequence you select followed by the remaining fields that cannot be sorted If you select to sort less than the maximum number of fields then these unsorted fields appear on the report in a default order For example if only vendor name was chosen the column order is vendor name then device type and site name A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Press F2 to execute the command Device Report Summary Results Form A sample of this results form is shown in Figure 3 19 WaR Trouble Inventory Reports Al RESULTS DEVICE REPORT SUMMARY Fag
354. refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level Help Desk Data Technician Manager Administrator Abbreviation dsvp Restrictions None Routine Yes Schedule Yes Related Commands Create Vendor Profile crvp Delete Vendor Profile dlvp Device Inventory Report dir accessed from Trouble Inventory Reports task Edit Vendor Profile edvp Display Vendor Profile Input Form This input form contains the following field Vendor name Required field Specifies the vendor Multiple entries and the wildcard character are allowed Click on Go or press F2 to execute the command Display Vendor Profile Results Form There are two or more pages to this results form depending on the number contacts listed in the Contacts field of the vendor profile A sample of Page 1 is shown in Figure 2 61 2 180 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Page 1 IR Vendor nameg y a Management RESULTS DISPLA OR PROFILE Contact s Namet Funetiont Phone number Address Name Funetiont Phone numbert Address VEND abce corporation John Smith Eng Mer 800 555 2222 321 Midtown Anyplace USA Mary Doe System Mer 800 555 2345 20885 Santa Fe Road Anywhere USA E r Ee E PrevMenuf MainMenu PrevForm z Figure 2 61 Display Vendor Profile Results Form Page 1 This results form contains the following fields Contact s Name Identifies who to contact
355. rent month e mm dd yy The month day and year e blank The earliest date for which the system stores data This is the default for the from field Time interval Required field Specifies a time interval which restricts the selection of tickets to those opened within that range for all times selected Enter the starting and ending times in the from and to fields to select all tickets within the specified range If the to field is left blank the range is the time entered in the from field until midnight 23 59 If the from field is left blank the range is 00 00 until the time entered in the to field If both of these fields are left blank then the time defaults to 24 hours 00 00 through 23 59 Enter time in the format hh mm using the 24 hour clock or use the 12 hour clock with the am or pm designation Sort sequence Required field Enter the sequence in which the trouble ticket items are to be sorted Each sort entry must be separated by a comma The default sort sequence is the order in which the sort listing is presented on the pop up menu Valid entries are ticket number ticket severity ticket status ticket category and assigned to A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Press F2 to execute the command A selection list is displayed listing all selected trouble tickets in the chosen sort sequence To limit the selection of trouble tickets that display review the list using the arrow keys and placing an x
356. rity s Specifies the priority level of alerts to be tallied Possible values are 1 major 2 minor and 3 warning or the keyword all Multiple entries are allowed Finished editing categories Required field Specifies whether or not you completed your changes to the selected Summary category The NMS makes your changes effective for all the categories you edited when you enter yes in this field If you are editing more than one category continue to enter no in this field until you finish editing all the categories you want edited Enter yes in this field for the last category you want to edit Click on Go or press F2 to execute the command Edit Category Results Form This results form displays a message indicating success or failure of the update 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 213 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Edit Color Code edcc Use the edcc command to change the color codes used on the Map Monitor and Summary displays In addition to color code assignments for alert priorities two additional color codes are used e The network map displays a supported device or facility icon or list name in the normal operation color when there are no alerts being reported by or for that device or facility The network map displays a site icon or list name in the normal operation color when no alerts are being reported by or for devices at that site The network summary displays an active categor
357. rouble Inventory Reports Task Commands Device type s Specifies the type s of device s to be used as the search criteria Device types are unique to applications The wildcard character and the keyword all are allowed See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Date s included Required field Specifies a date interval restricting the report only to those alerts received by NMS within that interval The selections are used in pairs to choose intervals or individually to choose specific dates Valid entries are e today The current date This is the default option for the to field e today nn The current date minus nn number of days e first The first date for the current month e mm dd yy The month day and year e blank The earliest date for which the system stores data This is the default for the from field Time interval Required field Specifies a time interval for those alerts received by NMS within the date interval entered in the Date s included field Enter times in pairs to specify an interval or individually to choose a range that begins or ends with the minimum or maximum entry For example if you enter a time in the first field but not in the second the report is generated using the time entered in the first field until midnight 23
358. roup Results Form Model 3483 12 3460 32 3460 12 3433 02 3433 02 3433 02 3433 02 3463 12 3463 12 3433 02 3433 02 3433 02 3430 02 3430 02 Site unnamed unnamed unnamed middletown largo houston montreal middletown largo largo taiwan melbourne ewa bch hi ewabeach hi Network realmod2 realmod2 realmod2 realmod2 realmod2 realmod2 realmod2 realmod2 realmod2 realmod2 realmod2 kkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk END OF RESULTS 4 EERE RRR ERE kkk kk kkk kkk kkk kkk Completion time Tue Aug 10 17 27 36 493 14325 2 274 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands List Device Profile Isdp Use the sdp command to obtain a list of device profiles NMS lists all device profiles matching the criteria specified by the user in the command s input form For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is provided For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level Help Desk Data Technician Manager Administrator Abbreviation Isdp Restrictions None Routine Yes Schedule Yes Related Commands Create Device Profile crdp Delete Device Profile dldp Display Device Profile dsdp Edit Device Profile eddp Device Inventory Report dir acce
359. rrp 0 ccc eee c nen n ences 2 214 Edit Device Group eddg 2 0 0 eee cece eee eee 2 216 Edit Device Profile eddp serin i einer nede aa eect eee 2 218 Edit Display Filter edd ningi ear i a a aa a EE E E E eee 2 220 Edit External System Configuration edesc nnua 2 224 Edit Facility Profile edfp 0 cece cece eee nee 2 227 Edit NMS Configuration ednmsc 0 cece eee eee 2 228 Edit Port Configurations edpc 0 cece eee eee ee 2 230 Edit Processing Filter edpf 00 eee eee eee 2 235 Edit Routine Edr 453 hein See ck Pie Ch S oe ane EER RAA 2 239 Edit Row Column Labels edrcl 0 00 ce cc eee eee 2 243 Edit Site Profile edsp cess dav sce eek ces Ea E cues ads PE ERE 2 245 Edit Storage Filter edsf 2 0 0 cee ee eee 2 246 Edit Uniform Alarm Filter eduaf 0 0 0 0 00 cc cc cee eee 2 250 Edit Uniform Alarm Interface eduai 00 ccc eee 2 254 Edit User Group edug o r ucr cessos o Jeni cette ee nee n eee pi Ee 2 259 Edit User Profile edup 00 0 cee cee cece cent t eee enenenes 2 262 Edit User Selection Criteria edusc 2 0 0 0 0 2 264 Edit Vendor Profile edvp 0 eects 2 268 Edit Workstation Configurations edwc 0 eee eee eens 2 269 Export File Configuration efc 00 0 ccc eee eee 2 271 List Device Group lsdg a owe bie vet ocean Sees ee lee 2 273 List Device Profile Isdp 0 2 0 0 c cece cece e
360. rst The first date for the current month e mm dd yy The month day and year e blank The earliest date for which the system stores data This is the default for the from field Time interval Required field Specifies a time interval for those trouble tickets created within the date interval entered in the Date s included field Enter times in pairs to specify an interval or individually to choose a range that begins or ends with the minimum or maximum entry For example if you enter a time in the first field but not in the second the report is generated using the time entered in the first field until midnight 23 59 Entering a time in the second field only indicates that the report is to be generated from 00 00 until the time entered in the second field You can enter either military time 00 00 through 23 59 or standard time 12 00 am through 11 59 pm For standard time entering a time without the am pm designation defaults to the am designation Leaving these fields blank defaults to 24 hours 00 00 through 23 59 Sort sequence Required field Enter the sequence in which the trouble ticket items are to be sorted Each sort entry must be separated by a comma The default sort sequence is the order in which the sort listing is presented on the pop up menu Valid entries are ticket number ticket severity ticket status ticket category and assigned to A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Press F2 to e
361. rt Monitoring State Results Form for Altos 5000 Systems 2 100 2 29 Display Alert Monitoring State Results Form for Systems Configured with 16 Control Channels Page I ce seecae teeoieme oii niong e oboe a 2 101 2 30 Display Alert Monitoring State Results Form for Systems Configured with 16 Control Channels Page 2 02 eoa nie e e eee KE 2 101 2 31 Display ATR Phone Directory Results Form 00 0 0 00005 2 104 iv January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Table of Contents Figure Page 2 32 Display ATR States Results Form 0 0 00 eee ee eee 2 106 2 33 Display Audit Trail Input Form 00 eee eee eee 2 108 2 34 Display Automated Action Filter Results Form Alert Group 2 112 2 35 Display Automated Action Filter Results Form Device Exceptions 2 113 2 36 Display Device Group Input Form 0 2 0 0 eee ee eee 2 114 2 37 Display Device Group Results Form 0 0 eee eee eee 2 115 2 38 Display Display Filter Results Form Alert Group 0 2 134 2 39 Display Display Filter Results Form Device Exceptions 2 135 2 40 Display External System Configuration Results Form 2 136 2 41 Display Facility Profile Results Form Page 1 0 00000 2 138 2 42 Display Facility Profile Results Form Page 2 0 0 0 e eee eee eee 2 140 2 43 Display NMS Configuration Results Form Page 1
362. rt group along with its associated automated action filter displays one at a time for the specified device type Filter type Identifies the type of filter pass block used for alerts in the alert group The pass block value means the alert is either passed automatically pass or it never passes block the filter The filter type is provided for each alert group Filter value Specifies the filter value for each filter This value can be either pass or block Adjustable defaults Specifies whether the filter parameters can be changed by the user Exceptions allowed Specifies whether device exceptions can be created 2 162 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Page 1 Device Exceptions Kalka RESULTS DISPLAY STORAGE FILTER Fage 1 Alert group ddd device Filter type pass block Filter value 0000 00 Device Value 1 ccdm2 00700300 2 ecdm3 24 0000 3 ecdmd 00 00700 4 ecdm5s 24 00 00 EEEE EEETEEETEEEEEETETEEETEEEE END OF RESULTS es Start time Tue Jun 16 09 11 51 Completion time Tue Jun 16 09 11 51 E Ee E PrevMenuf MainMenu PrevForm z Figure 2 51 Display Storage Filter Results Form Device Exceptions This results form contains the following fields Alert group Identifies the selected alert group Filter type Identifies the filter type associated with the selected alert group Filter value Identifies the filter value associated with the filter used for aler
363. rt group for which device exceptions and corresponding storage filter parameters are to be displayed This field is only applicable when device exceptions is chosen for the Option field A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Click on Go or press F2 to execute the command Display Storage Filter Results Form The results form depends on whether you selected alert group Figure 2 50 or device exceptions Figure 2 51 in the Option field 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 161 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System n Management RESULTS DISPLAY STORAGE FILTER Page 1 Device type apl Alert Filter Adjustable Exceptions group type Filter value defaults allowed apl backup passblock a0 002 00 pass Yes yes apl cnnd mseg pass block 00 00 00 passt yes yes apl device pase block oo 200700 pass Wes yez apl facility passblock 00 00 00 pass Wes Yez apl message passeblock 00 00 00 pass yes yes apl service paseblock a0 002 00 pass Yes yes apl terminal pass block 00 00 00 pass yes yes RERRSSRRAARA SS RRRARAR RARE REESE END OF RESULTS KERR SRAKRRARSSRA SERRE SKR SRS ERE Start timet Thu Dec 19 15 58 01 Completion time Thu Dec 19 15 58 02 es ee MainMenu Figure 2 50 Display Storage Filter Results Form Alert Group Page 1 Alert Group This results form contains the following fields Alert group Lists each alert group associated with the specified device type Each ale
364. rted Multiple entries are allowed The default sort sequence is the order in which the sort listing is presented on the pop up menu The order of the columns across the top of the report is determined by the sort sequence you select followed by the remaining fields that cannot be sorted If you select to sort fewer than the maximum number of fields then these unsorted fields appear on the report in a default order For example if only the vendor name was chosen the column order is Facility Type then Vendor Name A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Press F2 to execute the command 3 42 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Trouble Inventory Reports Task Commands Facility Inventory Report Results Form A sample of the results form is shown in Figure 3 23 displays IRA Trouble Inventory Re El RESULTS FACILITY INVENTORY REPORT All Locations Facility Vendor Facility Installaton Bandwidth Type Name Hame Date Kbps Ti auto 12731769 ra autos 12731769 ra autoi 12731769 2G autols 12731769 ras autos 12731769 ra auto1g 12731769 ras autozd 12731769 z0 autoz 12731769 0 att paradyne auto55 12731769 2a autohd 12731769 a autos 12731769 7a autos 12731769 7a auto5i 12 31769 a autoSd 12 31769 a Press the right arrow key to horizontally scroll to the right MORE Fil Help Fd4 PreyvMenu FS MainMenu Fe PrevForm Fa Cancelll Figure 3 23 Facility Inventory Report Results Form NOTE Y
365. rval for polling This command enables you to control polling on a per device basis The polling process detects active alerts throughout the network When the alert monitoring state is on for a particular control channel the NMS polls every active device on that control channel s poll list for health and status You can use the time out feature specify the time in seconds that the NMS waits for a response from a polled device before continuing with its polling cycle The time out feature extends the diagnostic capability of NMS through satellite links and allows for delays inherent in large networks For multiplexers the alert monitoring state allows control of polled and asynchronous alert reporting For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is provided For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level Data Technician Manager Administrator Abbreviation edams Alternate chfms Restrictions None Routine Yes Schedule Yes Related Commands Display Alert Monitoring State dsams Edit Alert Monitoring State Input Form A sample of this input form is shown in Figure 2 64 2 188 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands KaRa Manager EDIT ALERT
366. ry Report Input Form 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 3 41 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System This input form contains the following fields SELECTION CRITERIA Source device s Specifies the device s to be used as the search criteria Device IDs can be any of the following e Device Address examples 1 4 3 4 4 m2 232 e Device Name examples apl 32 ny atm control e Circuit Name examples cir ch 10 cir ny to la e Serial Number examples ser 1234567 ser 66778888 e Network Name examples net atm net detroit net loans See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information Multiple entries and the wildcard characters are allowed Facility type s Specifies the type of facilities to include in the report Multiple entries and the keyword all are allowed A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Vendor name s Identifies the company name of the vendor supplying the facility If you enter a name one for which no vendor profile exists NMS will inform you that the name was not found The keyword all is allowed Multiple entries are also allowed OUTPUT CRITERIA Title Specifies the title you want to appear on the report This title appears after the system defined title on the output Sort sequence Required field Enter the sequence in which the report items are to be so
367. s Destination for results Schedule execution EUR ee EE Goce oes Peer eee A sample of this input form is shown in Figure 2 25 Manager DISPLAY ALERT DRIVEN ROUTINE FILTER Page 1 Device type E Ostion Figure 2 25 Display Alert Driven Routine Filter Input Form 2 96 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands This input form contains the following fields Device type Required field Enter the device type to display its associated filter values or exceptions A pop up menu is available listing the valid device types Option Required field Specify one of the following selections alert group Causes the results form to display the ADR filter values associated with all alert groups for the specified device type device exceptions Causes the results form to display the ADR device exceptions and filter values defined for a particular alert group A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Alert group Required field NMS displays this field only if you chose the device exceptions option Specify the alert group to display the ADR device exceptions and filter values defined for that alert group Valid values are any alert group associated with the specified device type A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Display Alert Driven Routine Filter Results Forms When the option alert group is specified a results form displays listing each alert group as
368. s Page 2 System Device This input form contains the following fields NMS support This field is carried over from Page 1 and cannot be edited on this page Inventory state Required field Displays the active value Device name Enter a unique name for the device Device name follows standard naming conventions Device type Required field Specifies the type of device to be used and determines the icon to be used in the connectivity map For the system profile the device type must be system This field is carried over from the input selection form Model number Identifies the appropriate device model number for the given device The suggested model number is 6800 Serial number Identifies the device s unique serial number Serial numbers start with the protected prefix ser followed by the actual serial number Refer to Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information Version number Indicates the hardware or software version of the device Enter the alphanumeric string of the version number of the device Physical address Designates the cabinet carrier and slot position of the device On the network map the physical address displays with the device name in an object list for the parent device Enter an address using format ece e sl f Where ccc Cabinet number 1 999 c Carrier 1 9 sl Slot nu
369. s Send active alerts on restart Timeout interval alive message sec Alert reporting option H EE Goce oes Pee Poe Figure 2 89 Edit Uniform Alarm Interface Input Form Page 1 2 254 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands This input form contains the following fields Login name Required field Specifies the login name that the receiving NMS is required to use when logging in to the 6800 Series NMS to receive alert information The default value is Xport Password Required field Displays the password that a receiving NMS is required to use when logging in to the 6800 Series NMS The default value is xport1 Send alert clear messages Required field Specifies whether you want transfer fault clear information to the receiving NMS The UAI feature sends each specified active fault as it occurs However it will not send a corresponding clear message indicating that the fault has ended unless yes is entered in this field Enter one of the following yes If you want both fault occurrence information and fault clear information to be sent to the receiving NMS no If you want only fault occurrence information to be sent to the receiving NMS This is the default value A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Send active alerts on restart Required field Specifies that the 6800 Series NMS send alert information for alerts that are active at the time the UAT link is est
370. s Refer to the Edit Routine edr command for information on changing these values A sample of this results form is shown in Figure 2 48 Waka System Management RESULTS DISPLAY ROUTINE Fage 1 User ID admin Routine name sys diag 01 AUR criteria yes Commands dsaas Comments SS Ci PrevMenufiMainMenu PrevForm a Figure 2 48 A Sample of the Display Routine Results Form 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 155 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Display Scheduled Items dssi Use the dssi command to display commands or routines scheduled for execution The dssi command is accessible from the Manager Trouble Inventory Reports and Trouble Tracking tasks Depending on which task you are in this command operates on that task s scheduled items The following command description applies to the Manager task You display scheduled items either by specifying the name of a command or routine or by specifying the system assigned index number A Help Desk Data Technician or Manager level user can display his her own scheduled items The System Administrator can display his her own scheduled items as well as other users scheduled items NMS automatically assigns an index number to commands and routines scheduled for delayed weekly or monthly execution If you display items by index number NMS displays only the item that corresponds to the index number If you display items by name NMS displays all sche
371. s always SNMP Brouter Model number Identifies the appropriate device model number for the given device type System polling Specifies the type of polling the device is receiving directly from the NMS See the Create Device Profile crdp command for possible values Version number Indicates the hardware or software version of the device Serial number Displays the device s unique serial number All serial numbers begin with the protected prefix ser Page 2 SNMP and Brouter This results form contains the following fields Date installed Indicates the installation date of the device in the format mm dd yy month day year Purchased Leased Specifies if the device is purchased or leased 2 130 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands External system Identifies an external system that may manage this device and for which the NMS can establish a cut through session See the Create Device Profile crdp command for more information Circuit name Identifies the name of the circuit to which the device is attached Circuit names begin with the protected prefix cir and are used to group devices by their logical circuits Network name Identifies the name of the network to which the device is attached Network names begin with the protected prefix net and are used to group related devices into subnetworks Site name Specifies the name of the location of the device Vendor name Identi
372. s call summary information for this device Store call detail Enter yes or no If yes NMS saves call detail information for this device AUTHORIZATIONS Required fields TT Indicates if Automatic Trouble Tickets are authorized for the device Enter on or off The default value is off NMS automatically generates a trouble ticket for an alert on this device if the trouble ticket authorization is turned on and the alert passes the automated action filter A pop up menu lists valid selections 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 21 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System ATR Indicates if Automatic Trouble Reports are authorized for the device This is done by specifying the appropriate ATR phone directory to use Enter up to four numbers 1 2 3 or 4 If ATRs are not authorized for the device enter off The default value is off ATR will be sent for an alert if ATR is authorized and the alert passes the automated action filter UAI Indicates if the Uniform Alarm Interface UAT is available and authorized for the device Enter on or off The default value is off An alarm is sent over the UAI if authorization is turned on and the alert passes the UAI filter A pop up menu is available listing valid selections USER CONTACT Name Indicates the name of the person responsible for the device when there is a service problem Phone number Indicates the phone number of the person responsible for the device when there
373. s input form contains the following fields Login name NMS automatically displays your User ID Only the System Administrator can change this entry to another User ID Number of items in queue Shows the number of items scheduled in the Trouble Inventory Reports task 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 3 39 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Index number s Required field Specify the index number s of the scheduled item s you want displayed Valid entries are as follows One index number Several index numbers separated by commas or spaces A range of index numbers for example 1 15 A combination of ranges and individual item numbers for example 1 5 7 9 20 The keywords all and last All specified indices must belong to the specified User Id Press F2 to execute the command Display Scheduled Items Results Form This results form displays the items scheduled for execution A sample of this results form is shown in Figure 3 21 pI Index number 1 Item name Alert Report Summary Destination for results queue Schedule execution delayed Dates 12 20 Timefs 22100 Fi HELP Fd PrevMenu FS MainMenu Fe PreyvForm Fe Cancel Trouble Inventory Reports RESULTS pee SCHEDULED ITEMS Page 1 Figure 3 21 Display Scheduled Items Results Form 3 40 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Trouble Inventory Reports Task Commands Facility Inventory Report fir Use the fir
374. s the creation of the facility profile NOTE To create facility profiles for multipoint circuits enter the data as for a point to point circuit Re execute the Create Facility Profile cfp command entering the data for the next tributary device connection under FACILITY ENDPOINT2 and entering a new Id number under PRIMARY INTERFACE a new Id number must be entered for each connection Continue re executing the command and entering data for each remaining connection to a tributary device 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 51 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Create Network Map crnm Use the crnm command to create or update the network map This command uses information contained in device facility and site profiles to generate the network map which can be displayed on a full feature workstation The network map displays device connectivity and device and facility alarm and status information Refer to the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for further details on using the network map NOTE After you execute this command all open map windows must be closed on your workstation and the Map task must be restarted from the 6800 Series NMS Tasks menu before the new data is reflected in the map If your database contains many site device and facility profile records it is recommended you run this command at off peak hours to avoid performance del
375. s the device name and device address 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 165 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System System poll Displays the polling status of the devices active Devices are polled for health and status skipped Devices are not polled for health and status Port Lists the number of ports on the device as obtained from the device profile 2 166 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Display Uniform Alarm Filter dsuaf Use the dsuaf command to display the uniform alarm filter value for each alert group for the specified device type or to display device exceptions within a specified alert group The Uniform Alarm Filter specifies the time an alert must be active after passing the processing filter before it is sent via the Uniform Alarm Interface UAI For most schedule commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is provided For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level Help Desk Data Technician Manager Administrator Abbreviation dsuaf Restrictions None Routine Yes Schedule Yes Related Commands Edit Uniform Alarm Filter eduaf Display Uniform Alarm Fi Iter Input Form This input form contains the following
376. s the type s of device s whose alerts are to be displayed Multiple entries and the keyword all are accepted See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information Model s Enter the device model number s whose alerts are to be displayed Multiple entries and the keyword all are allowed See Appendix A Device Model Numbers in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide Device s Specifies the device s whose alerts are to be displayed Device s can be any of the following e Device Address examples 1 4 3 4 4 m2 232 e Device Name examples apl 32 ny atm control e Circuit Name examples cir ch 10 cir ny to la e Serial Number examples ser 1234567 ser 66778888 e Network Name examples net atm net detroit net loans See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information Multiple entries and the wildcard characters are allowed Alert s Specifies the alerts to be displayed Enter either Alert types or Alert group names Multiple entries and the keyword all default value are allowed See the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information Priority s Specifies the priority level of alerts to be displayed
377. scription Provides space for a description of the problem Page 3 This input form contains the following field Comments Provides space for any additional comments about the problem Press F2 to execute the command 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 4 39 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Open Trouble Ticket Results Form Ka Trouble Tracking RESULTS OPEN TROUBLE TICKET Fage 1 Ticket d Device address Trouble address Device name Device type Network name Model Serial Alert type user Alert group user Ticket status open Escalation statusi wait Ticket category Ticket severity MORE Fil Help F4 PreyvMenu FS MainMenu Fe PrevForm Fa Cancelll There are four pages for this results form A sample of Page is shown in Figure 4 14 The other pages consist of information that you have entered on the input forms Figure 4 14 Open Trouble Ticket Results Form Page 1 This input form contains the following fields Ticket The unique number assigned by the system to the trouble ticket Device address The most recent address assigned to the device to which the trouble ticket refers Trouble address The device address of the device when the trouble ticket was first opened For a trouble ticket that has just been opened this is the same address that appears in the Device address field Device name The unique name for the device Device type The type of the device
378. scription of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Click on Go or press F2 to execute the command 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 99 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Display Alert Monitoring State Results Forms A sample of the results form for Altos 5000 systems without the 16 Control Channels Option is shown in Figure 2 28 Manager RESULTS DISPLAY ALERT MONITORING STATE Page Control Channel Alert Monitoring State Timeout Interval Sec me polling amp asynch reporting nea on on on an on on on on on on on off on an on 2 in Teo aa TOT C0 TCT ae E an nooo Figure 2 28 Display Alert Monitoring State Results Form for Altos 5000 Systems Sample results forms for the Altos 5000 systems with the 16 Control Channels Option configured and for Altos 15000 systems are shown in Figures 2 29 and 2 30 2 100 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Manager Figure 2 29 Display Alert Monitoring State Results Form for Systems Configured with Figure 2 30 Display Alert Monitoring State Results Form for Systems Configured with RESULTS DISPLAY ALERT MONITORING STATE Page Control Channel Alert Monitoring State Timeout Interval Sec me polling amp asynch reporting nea on on on on on on on on on on on off on on on DOODO OOOO DCO s sssr ee ee ee in n 16 Control Channels Page 1 Man
379. search criteria Device IDs can be any of the following e Device Address examples 1 4 3 4 4 m2 232 e Device Name examples apl 32 ny atm control e Circuit Name examples cir ch 10 cir ny to la e Serial Number examples ser 1234567 ser 66778888 e Network Name examples net atm net detroit net loans See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information Multiple entries and the wildcard characters are allowed Device type s Enter the type s of device s to be used as the search criteria The wildcard character and the keyword all are allowed See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information Site name s Specifies the name of the site s being selected for the report Multiple entries and the wildcard character are allowed Vendor name s Specifies the name of the vendor s being selected for the report Multiple entries and the wildcard character are allowed A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Purchased Leased Specifies whether you want purchased devices leased devices or all devices to be included in the report Valid values are purchased leased The keyword all is also a valid value A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Inventory status Specifies tha
380. side use the link numbers of the T1 aggregate link for the connection or use the channel number for the port side connection Slot This field is required for ACCULINK device types not required for non ACCULINK device types Identifies the slot for the communications interface board for the device on endpoint 1 This field may not apply to your device endpoint For ACCULINK multiplexers slot means the board s slot position This information is included on connectivity maps which display the facility For ACCULINK Series 700 multiplexers use the slot position of the aggregate or T1 link interface board On the channel side use the slot position of the channel card The interface ID slot number input form fields is a unique combination that described the facility termination This value displays on the Connectivity Map associated with the facility It is also used to associate link alarms and events reported by ACCULINK Series 700 multiplexers with the correct facility profile NOTE The Type Id and Slot fields are validated and cross validated for endpoints that are supported mux swtch ntwk or 56mux devices types Refer to the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Multiplexer Management and Configuration Guide for details of this validation REDUNDANT INTERFACE For devices with redundant facility connection capability define the physical interface using the following fields The REDUNDANT INTERFACE
381. sociated with the specified device type the type of filter duration or pass block associated with each alert group and the filter value defined for each filter Figure 2 26 When the option device exceptions is specified a results form displays listing each device exception and associated filter value defined for the alert group specified Figure 2 27 Up to 15 device exception records can be defined 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 97 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Page 1 Alert Group IR 2E Fage 1 Device type ntwk Alert Filter Adjustable Exceptions group type Filter value defaults allowed ntwk admin pass block 24 00 00 block Yes yes ntwk calls pass block 24 00 00 block yes yes ntwk link paseblock 24200700 block Wes yes ntwk Lkstat pass block 24 00 00 block Wes Yez ntwk nms pass black 24 00 00 block yes yes ntwk node paseblock 24 00 00 block Yes yes ntwk pstat pass block 24 00 00 block yes yes ntwk syusst pags block 24200700 block Wes Wes SHRRS SELLA RH SERA REESE ERR SRE EER END OF RESULTS KERES SELLA SSS LKR SEER EERE SEE ERS Start time Tue Dec 17 15 26 03 Completion time Tue Dec i7 15 26 04 es ee MainMenu fg PrevForm jit 34 Figure 2 26 Display Alert Driven Routine Filter Results Form Alert Group Page 1 Device Exceptions EIR Manager rill RESULTS DISPLAY ALERT DRIVEN ROUTINE FILTER Page 1 Alert group ddd device Filter type
382. splay Filter Results Form Device Exceptions This results form contains the following fields Alert group Identifies the selected alert group Filter type Identifies the filter type associated with the selected alert group Filter value Identifies the filter value associated with the filter used for alerts in the selected alert group 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 135 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Display External System Configuration dsesc Use the dsesc command to display the external system configurations These configurations are used to specify those systems to which cut through sessions from NMS are available Access Level Help Desk Data Technician Manager Administrator Abbreviation dsesc Restrictions None Routine Yes Schedule Yes Related Commands Display Port Configurations dspc Edit External System Configuration edesc Edit Port Configurations edpc Display External System Configuration Input Form This input form contains the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Click on Go or press F2 to execute the command Display External System Configuration Results Form A sample of this results form is shown in Figure 2 40 Manager RESULTS DISPLAY EXTERNAL SYSTEM CONFIGURATION Page 1 Name Type Fort group Host name or IP address Task name or Terminal Type Parameter
383. ssed from Trouble Inventory Reports tasks List Device Profile Input Form A sample of this input form is shown in Figure 2 99 Waka System Management LIST DEWICE PROFILE Page 1 Device s 811 Device type Site namet vendor name3 Purchased Leased Destination for results fs Schedule execution ERI H EE Goce os Peer Pee Figure 2 99 List Device Profile Input Form 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 275 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System This input form contains the following fields Device s Specifies the device s to be used as the search criteria Device IDs can be any of the following e Device Address examples 1 4 3 4 4 m2 232 e Device Name examples apl 32 ny atm control e Circuit Name examples cir ch 10 cir ny to la e Serial Number examples ser 1234567 ser 66778888 e Network Name examples net atm net detroit net loans See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information The wildcard characters are allowed Device type Specifies the type of device s to be used as the search criteria See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Only a single device type may be specifie
384. st acmccpl 2 3 Alert Report Bar Chart arbc 0 0 0 eee en eee 2 6 Copy Routine cpr 2 cee eee eee 2 7 Create Device Profile crdp 0 0c eee eee eee ee 2 9 Create Export File cref 2 0 0 cee eee eee eee 2 43 Create Facility Profile crfp 00 ec eee eee eee eee ee 2 44 Create Network Map crnm 0 0 e cece eee eee eee 2 52 Create Routine CIr sieer anea eee eee 2 53 Create Site Profile crsp 0 0 cee eee eee eee eee 2 56 Create User Profile crup 0 0 cee ee eee eee A 2 61 Create Vendor Profile crvp 0 00 eee eee eee een eee 2 66 Delete Alert History dlah 0 0 cee eee eee ee 2 69 Delete Audit Trail dlat onno nnan ce eens 2 72 Delete Device Profile dldp 0 0 e ee ee eee ee eee 2 74 Delete Export File dlef 0 0 0 eee eee eee 2 76 Delete Facility Profile dlfp 0 cee cece eee eee 2 77 Delete Queue Results dlqr 22 0 eee eee eee 2 79 Delete Routine dlr 0 cece 2 81 Delete Scheduled Items dlsi 0 0 00 2 83 Delete Site Profile dlsp 0 cece eee eee eee ee 2 85 Delete User Profile dlup 0 0 0 eee 2 86 Delete Vendor Profile dlvp 0 0 c eee eee eee ee 2 87 Display Active Alert Snapshot dsaas 00 2 88 Display Alert Driven Routine Criteria dsadrc 2 92 Display Alert Driven Routine F
385. stored in the historical alert database after the alert clears For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is provided For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level Help Desk Data Technician Manager Administrator Abbreviation dssf Restrictions None Routine Yes Schedule Yes Related Commands Edit Storage Filter edsf Display Storage Filter Input Form This input form contains the following fields Device type Required field Specifies the device type whose storage filter parameters are to be displayed See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information A pop up menu is available listing valid device types Option Required field Specifies which filter parameters should be displayed Selecting alert group causes NMS to display filter parameters for all alert groups of that device type Selecting device exceptions causes NMS to display any exceptions on a device by device basis for those filter parameters for an alert group If device exceptions is chosen the Alert group field appears A pop up menu is available listing valid alert groups Alert group Specifies the ale
386. t appears differs depending on the type of device specified in the input form supported versus unsupported and modem versus multiplexer For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is provided For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level Help Desk Data Technician Manager Administrator Abbreviation dsdp Restrictions You can display multiple device profiles but you are limited to a single class of devices dce multiplexer unsupported bytex snmp or system Routine Yes Schedule Yes Related Commands Create Device Profile crdp Delete Device Profile dldp Edit Device Profile eddp List Device Profile Isdp Display Device Profile Input Form This input form contains the following fields Device classification Required field Specifies the device s class Valid values are unsupported for unsupported devices system for the NMS device profile dce for modems and DSUs bytex for Bytex devices mux for multiplexers and snmp for SNMP and brouter devices Depending on the value entered results forms differ That is the results forms differ for supported versus unsupported devices and modem versus multiplexer devices A pop up menu lists the valid selections D
387. t Form Page 1 0 00 0 2 264 2 95 Edit User Selection Criteria Input Form Page 2 00 00 0 2 266 2 96 Edit Workstation Configurations Input Form 0 000000 2 269 2 97 List Device Group Input Form Page 1 0 0 eee ee eee ee 2 273 2 98 List Device Group Results Form 0 0 0 0 cee ee eee 2 274 2 99 List Device Profile Input Form 0 0 00 eee eee 2 275 2 100 List Device Profile Results Form 0 0 0 eee ee eee 2 277 2 101 List Facility Profile Input Form 0 00 0 eee eee eee 2 278 2 102 List Facility Profile Results Form 0 0 0 eee eee eee 2 280 2 103 List Queue Results Form Manager Task 00 0 0 02 ee eee ee eee 2 282 2 104 List Routines Results Form 0 0 0 0 eee eee ene 2 284 2 105 List Scheduled Items Results Form Manager Task 0 2 286 3 1 Alert Report Summary Input Form Page 1 0 0000 3 3 3 2 Alert Report Summary Input Form Page 2 00 00 0020 00005 3 5 3 3 Alert Report Summary Results Form 0 0 00 eee eee ee eee 3 6 3 4 ATR Report Input Form Pagel 0 0 0 eee 3 8 3 5 ATR Report Input Form Page2 0 0 cee eee 3 10 3 6 ATR Report Results Form 00 0 cece ee 3 11 3 7 Connectivity Report Input Form 0 0 0 0 ee eee 3 13 3 8 Connectivity Report Results Form 0 0 00 eee
388. t duration Filter value oOori0 00 Device Value 1 ccdm2 01 00 00 2 cc m3 00130215 3 ecdm4 02300330 4 ecdm5s 12 00 00 PHRASE ELAR SSL A RHEE LL RES REESE END OF RESULTS ee E Start time Tue Jun 16 08 4i 02 Completion time Tue Jun 16 O8 di oe2 Si Sa PrevMenuf MainMenu PrevForm Sz Figure 2 27 Display Alert Driven Routine Filter Results Form Device Exceptions 2 98 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Display Alert Monitoring State dsams Use the dsams command to display the alert monitoring and polling time out value for each available control channel For Communications Products Support devices if the alert monitoring state is turned on for a control channel the system continuously polls every active device on its poll list for health and status The time out interval is the time that the system waits for a device s response to a poll before it returns a No Response NR alert for the device For multiplexers the alert monitoring state controls polling and async reporting of alerts The timeout value is not applicable to multiplexers Access Level Help Desk Data Technician Manager Administrator Abbreviation dsams Alternate dsfms Restrictions None Routine Yes Schedule Yes Related Commands Edit Alert Monitoring State edams Display Alert Monitoring State Input Form This input form contains the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields For a complete de
389. t is automatically generated for an alert on this device if the trouble ticket authorization is turned on and the alert passes the automated action filters A pop up menu is available listing valid selections 2 26 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands ATR Indicates if Automatic Trouble Reports are authorized for the device This is done by specifying the appropriate ATR phone directory numbers to be used Enter up to four numbers 1 2 3 or 4 If ATRs are not authorized for the device enter off The default value is off An ATR is automatically sent to the destination specified in the phone directory for an alert on this device if ATR is authorized and the alert passed the automated action filter UAI Indicates if the Uniform Alarm Interface is available and authorized for the device Enter either on or off The default value is off An alarm is sent over the UAI if authorization is turned on and the alert passes the UAI filter A pop up menu is available listing valid selections USER CONTACT Name Indicates the name of the person responsible for the device when there is a service problem Phone number Indicates the phone number of the person responsible for the device when there is a service problem Address Indicates the address of the person responsible for the device when there is a service problem Page 5 Multiplexers This input form contains the following field Comments Enter any addit
390. t only devices at the requested status will be listed in the report Valid values are active on order repair stock removed The keyword all is also a valid value A pop up menu is available listing valid selections 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 3 31 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Page 2 IRA Trouble Inventory Reports DEVICE INVENTORY REPORT Page 2 OUTPUT CRITERIA Title JF Sort sequence Display device address I Destination for results iia Schedule execution M Fi Help Fe Go FS ClrFld Fa PrewFld FS MainMenu Fe FillForm FY Defaults Fe Cancel Figure 3 16 Device Inventory Report Input Form Page 2 This input form contains the following fields OUTPUT CRITERIA Title Specifies the title you want to appear on the report The title you enter appears after the system defined report title on the output Sort sequence Required field Enter the sequence in which the report items are to be sorted The default sort sequence is the order in which the sort listing is presented on the pop up menu The order of the columns across the top of the report is determined by the sort sequence you select followed by the remaining fields that cannot be sorted If you select to sort less than the maximum number of fields then these unsorted fields appear on the report in a default order For example if only vendor name was chosen the column order is vendor name then device type and site n
391. t types Enter one or more alert group names Alert type s Specifies one or more alert types Call status Specifies whether the report should include successful ATRs failed ATRs or both To generate a report which includes only successful ATRs enter success To generate a report which includes failed ATRs enter failure To generate a report which includes both leave this field blank 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 3 9 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Page 2 IRA Trouble Inventory Reports ATR REPORT Page OUTPUT CRITERIA Title ATR Reporti Display device address GE Destination for results ia Schedule execution a Fi Help Fe Go FS ClrFld Fo PrewFld FS MainMenu Fe FillForm FY Default Fe Cancel Figure 3 5 ATR Report Input Form Page 2 This input form contains the following fields OUTPUT CRITERIA Title Specifies the title you want to appear on the report The title you enter appears after the system defined report title on the output Display device address Required field Specifies whether you want the device address to appear on the report Enter yes or no If yes the device address appears above the device name Press F2 to execute the command 3 10 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Trouble Inventory Reports Task Commands ATR Report Results Form A sample of this results form is shown in Figure 3 6 Troubles Inventory
392. te description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level Manager Administrator Abbreviation eddg Restrictions Cannot be cancelled once go is selected Routine Yes Schedule Yes Related Commands Display Device Group dsdg Edit Device Group Input Form Page 1 This input form contains the following field Device group Required field Input the name or number of a device group on the system The device group name can be up to 15 characters in length Valid device group numbers are from 1 through 50 A pop up menu of valid device group names and numbers is available Edit Device Group Input Form Page 2 Page 2 of the Edit Device Group input form displays the current device assignment for the selected device group Device group Displays the device group name specified on input form Page 1 or the name corresponding to the number specified on Page 1 The device group name can be changed by either entering a new one or by entering a name if one has not been assigned Device s Enter up to 200 characters of data describing the device s to be included in the device group Multiple entries are separated by commas or spaces The following entries are acceptable in any combination e Device addresses e Device names e Circuit names e Serial numbers e Network names 2 216 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Device type s Enter up to 50 characters specifying the d
393. te name Identifies the name of the location of the device If the Site name field is blank the site name defaults to unnamed If you enter a new name not associated with a site profile NMS gives you the option to either edit the name or continue If you continue NMS creates a new profile for the site when the crdp command is executed The values all and none are not allowed The site name determines the label of the site on the network map To specify the geographic location of the site use the Edit Site Profile edsp command Refer to Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information Vendor name Identifies the company name of the vendor supplying the device If you enter a new name not associated with a vendor profile NMS gives you the option to either edit the name or continue If you continue NMS creates a new profile for the vendor when the crdp command is executed The values all and none are not allowed The site name determines the label of the site on the network map Refer to Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information This input form contains the following fields AUTHORIZATIONS Required fields TT Indicates if Automatic Trouble Tickets are authorized for the device Enter either on or off The default value is off A troubl
394. ted on the pop up menu The order of the columns across the top of the report is determined by the sort sequence you select followed by the remaining fields that cannot be sorted If you select to sort less than the maximum number of fields then these unsorted fields appear on the report in a default order For example if only Alert Type was chosen the column order is Alert Type then Network Name followed by the other fields in the report A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Press F2 to execute the command 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 3 5 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Alert Report Summary Results Form A sample of this results form is shown in Figure 3 3 Iara Hetwork Hame coraorpa coraorpao coraopo Fil Help Trouble Inventory Reports RESULTS ALERT REPORT SUMMARY Alert Report Summary Alert Alert Type Count fa 2 nr 4 pF 33 Fd PreyMenu FS MainMenu Fe PrevForm Total Duration 00700232 OO 10rd4 o5 42 37 Mean Duration 0 00 16 a002 41 0010 22 MORE Fa Cancelll Figure 3 3 Alert Report Summary Results Form You can scroll the screen from left to right using the arrow keys to view the entire report NOTE 3 6 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Trouble Inventory Reports Task Commands ATR Report atrr Use the atrr command to generate a summary of Automatic Trouble Reports ATRs that are associated
395. tem polling entry observe the following rules e If the device has an inventory state other than active the only allowable value is no system poll because NMS cannot poll a device that is not active in the network e If the device is a local control modem DSU enter either cc active to initiate NMS polling to that device on the control channel or ce skipped to stop or prevent NMS polling to that device The cc active value places the device on the NMS poll list for the device s control channel See the Display System Poll List dsspl command 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 13 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System e If the device is operating in DATAPHONE II protocol mode and is not on the control channel or applications channel enter either extended poll or no system poll The extended poll value tells the NMS to poll the device separately with a Device Health and Status request The device is placed on the NMS poll list This is only necessary for DATAPHONE II mode devices diagnostically placed below the third level tributary modem For all other modems enter no system poll to prevent a separate status poll e For all other devices enter no system poll Refer to the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for polling information Version number Indicates the hardware or software version of the device Enter the alphanumeric string of the version number of the dev
396. tes the address of the person responsible for the device when there is a service problem Page 5 SNMP and Brouter Devices This input form contains the following field Comments Enter any additional information needed concerning the device Click on Go or press F2 to execute the command Page 1 Unsupported Devices Refer to Page 1 All Devices Page 2 Unsupported Devices This input form contains the following fields NMS support This field is carried over from Page and cannot be edited on this page Inventory state Required field Displays the value entered on the Create Device Profile input form Page 1 Figure 2 1 You can change this field on this form A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Device name Enter a unique mnemonic name for the device The device name cannot be all none default or begin with net cir grp ser fac or cg Refer to Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information The device name is optional and NMS generates a name if you do not enter one device type followed by a hyphen and a positive integer 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 35 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Device type Required field Specifies the type of device used and determines the icon used in connectivity maps You may have already entered this information on the Create De
397. tes whether the device is purchased or leased The default value is purchased A pop up menu is available listing valid selections External system Indicates an external system that may manage this device and for which NMS can establish a cut through session A pop up menu is available listing valid selections which is obtained from the external systems configuration table in the database If a system is specified here NMS attempts a cut through session to the device whenever the Network Control item is selected from the device s menu Circuit name Identifies the name of the circuit associated with the device Circuit names begin with the protected prefix cir and are used to group devices by their logical circuits The string after the cir prefix cannot be all or none Refer to Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 29 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Page 4 Bytex Switches Network name Identifies the name of the network associated with the device Network names begin with the protected prefix net and are used to group devices by their logical circuits The string after the net prefix cannot be all or none Refer to Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information Si
398. the devices to be displayed active For a list of devices that are polled directly by the NMS for health and status skipped For a list of devices that are not polled for directly by the NMS for health and status both For a list of both active and skipped devices A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Click on Go or press F2 to execute the command 2 164 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Display System Poll List Results Form This results form lists the names and addresses of the device on each control channel s poll list based on the polling status you selected A sample of this results form is shown in Figure 2 52 DJE m Management RESULTS DISPLAY SYSTEM POLL LIST Page 1 Control channel m2 Device type mux Device Sustem poll Port casselbury active 128 m2721 gle 6 active 128 m2r node 10 skipped 128 melo node 16 active 128 me 16 node 1 active 128 me lF node 18 active 128 m2718 node Z active 128 meee SS OoOo PrevMenufMainMenu PrevForm SS Figure 2 52 Display System Poll List Results Form This results form contains the following fields Control channel Identifies the control channel whose poll list is being displayed Device type Specifies the device type See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for a list of device types Device Display
399. the report to only those E ATR reports triggered by alerts received by NMS within that interval The selections are used in pairs to choose intervals or individually to choose specific dates Valid entries are e today The current date This is the default option for the to field e today nn The current date minus nn number of days e first The first date for the current month e mm dd yy The month day and year e blank The earliest date for which the system stores data This is the default for the from field Time interval Required field Specifies a time interval for those alerts received by NMS within the date interval entered in the Date s included field Enter times in pairs to specify an interval or individually to choose a range that begins or ends with the minimum or maximum entry For example if you enter a time in the first field but not in the second the report is generated using the time entered in the first field until midnight 23 59 Entering a time in the second field only indicates that the report is to be generated from 00 00 until the time entered in the second field You can enter either military time 00 00 through 23 59 or standard time 12 00 am through 11 59 pm For standard time entering a time without the am pm designation defaults to the am designation Leaving these fields blank defaults to a 24 hour interval 00 00 through 23 59 Alert group s Identifies a specific logical group of aler
400. the wildcard character and the keyword all are allowed See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information Model s Enter the model number s of the device s whose alerts are to be included in the tally Multiple entries the wildcard character and the keyword all are allowed See Appendix A Device Model Numbers in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide 2 212 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Device s Specifies the device s whose alerts are to be tallied Device IDs can be any of the following e Device Address examples 1 4 3 4 4 m2 232 e Device Name examples apl 32 ny atm control e Circuit Name examples cir ch 10 cir ny to la e Serial Number examples ser 1234567 ser 66778888 e Network Name examples net atm net detroit net loans See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information Multiple entries and the wildcard characters are allowed Alert s Specifies the alerts types to be tallied Enter either alert types or alert group names Multiple entries and the keyword all default value are allowed See the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information Prio
401. these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level System Administrator Abbreviation edwe Restrictions None Routine Yes Schedule Yes Related Commands Display Workstation Configurations dswc Edit Workstation Configurations Input Form There are four pages for this input form All the pages are the same as Page 1 A sample of this input form is shown in Figure 2 96 JE i am Management rae EDIT WORKSTATION CONFIGURATIONS Page 1 Workstation name Type Status fiario 80 98709 998 active Edgar 80 87698 099 equipped Bart 6 65443 980 suspended Rita 09 98765 098 active H EE Goce os eee oe Figure 2 96 Edit Workstation Configurations Input Form 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 269 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System This input form contains the following fields Workstation name Specifies a unique user defined name for the workstation Type Identifies the model number of the workstation Status Indicates the status of the workstation Possible values are e active Equipped and active e equipped Physically configured but not being used in the system e suspended Equipped but temporarily suspended from usage A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Click on Go or press F2 to execute the command Edit Workstation Configurations Results Form A results form displays a message indicating the success or failure of th
402. ting valid selections Day Date Enter either the day of the week Monday Sunday or the date of the month on which you want the restore to occur This field appears only if weekly or monthly is specified in the Frequency field 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 289 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Time Specify the time of day at which the NMS should start the automatic restore Use the format hh mm Where hh is hours a number from 00 through 23 mm is minutes a number from 00 through 59 This field appears only if now is not specified in the Frequency field Destination Host Displays the name of the target host processor for the restore The value in this field is determined by the values specified when the mab command is executed Manage Automatic Restore Results Form The Manage Automatic Restore results form displays a message indicating that the parameters of the automatic restore feature have been updated 2 290 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Send Export File snef Use the snef command to send an export file to the ACCUMASTER Integrator AMI Export files are used to supply the AMI with configuration information from the 6800 Series NMS You can send either a base file and update file with the snef command The base file is created and sent when the initial profile data is supplied to the AMI Normally it should not be created or sent a second time because it w
403. tion efc Send Export File Input Form This input form contains the following field File type Required field Specifies the type of export file to be sent Valid entries are base and update A pop up menu is available listing the valid selections 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 291 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Send Export File Results Form This results form indicates that the type of file specified was sent NOTE The results form indicates only that the file was sent it does not ensure that the transfer was successtul If a failure occurred results may or may not correctly indicate this depending on the cause of the failure 2 292 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Set Date Time sdt Use the sdt command to change the date and time of the network management system clock Typically this command would be used to correct the date and time after a system power up For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is provided For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level System Administrator Abbreviation sdt Restrictions None Routine No Schedule No Related Commands None Set Date Time Input Form Th
404. to the receiving NMS The UAI feature sends each specified active alert as it occurs If yes is displayed in this field the 6800 Series NMS will send alert clear information to the receiving NMS If no is displayed in this field the receiving NMS gets alert occurrence information only Send active alerts on restart If yes is displayed in this field the NMS sends alert information for alerts that are active at the time the UAI link is established If no is displayed in this field the NMS only sends alert information for new alerts that occur after the UAI link has been established Timeout interval alive message sec Indicates the maximum number of seconds that the receiving NMS should wait for an T m alive message from the 6800 Series NMS before logging off the UAI link If the receiving network management system does not receive an alarm or T m alive message from the 6800 Series NMS within the specified interval the receiving network management system assumes a problem exists drops the connection and attempts to log in to the 6800 Series NMS again Alert reporting option Indicates whether or not the NMS alert types are to be mapped into a smaller number of alert types for transport to the receiving NMS The enhanced value means that the NMS sends all of its defined alert types The basic value means that the NMS maps its alert types into 25 types Refer to Appendix G Uniform Alarm Interface in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series
405. ts Isqr 2 0 eee eee eee eee eee 4 28 List Scheduled Items lssi 0 00 0 e cee ee eee ee 4 30 List Trouble Tickets Istt 0 0 oc eee 4 32 Open Trouble Ticket optt 0 0 0 0 eee eee eee 4 36 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 iii COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System List of Figures Figure Page 1 1 6800 Series NMS Tasks Menu 0 0 00 eee eee eee 1 3 l 2 Example of an Input Form 0 00 00 1 6 1 3 Example of a Results Form 00 0 0 eee eee eee 1 11 1 4 Selecting Fields Listed in Tabular Form 0 0 00 0 0 0000005 1 12 2 1 Create Device Profile Input Form Pagel 0 00 0 000000 2 10 2 2 Create Device Profile Input Form Modem Devices Page2 2 12 2 3 Create Device Profile Input Form Modem Devices Page3 2 15 2 4 Create Device Profile Input Form Modem Devices except for COMSPHERE 3800 Series Modem Model 3811 B1 001 configured as a control modem Page4 2 ee eee eee 2 20 2 5 Create Device Profile Input Form COMSPHERE 3800 Series Modem Model 3811 B1 001 configured as a control modem Page 4 2 21 2 6 Create Facility Profile Input Form Page 1 0 0 000 2 45 2 7 Create Facility Profile Input Form Page2 0 00 000000 2 49 2 8 Create Routine Input Form 0 0 cee 2 54 2 9 Create Site Profile Input Form Page 1
406. ts are automatically acknowledged the event clear time out determines when events are automatically cleared For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is provided For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level System Administrator Abbreviation edaa Restrictions Alert attribute changes are not reflected on currently active alerts Your changes apply only to new alerts arriving after this command is executed Routine Yes Schedule Yes Related Commands Edit Color Code edcc Edit Alert Attribute Input Form Page 1 There are two pages for this input form Page 1 enables you to specify the type of device whose alert attributes you want to edit and Page 2 provides the fields you can edit for the specified device type A sample of Page 2 is shown in Figure 2 63 This input form contains the following field Device type Required field Specifies the device type for which you want to change alert attributes See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information A pop up menu is available listing valid selections 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 185 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Man
407. ts in the selected alert group Device Lists each device for which exceptional filter settings have been created Value Lists the filter value for each device exception 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 163 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Display System Poll List dsspl Use the dsspl command to display the names and addresses of the devices on the system poll list for specified control channels For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is provided For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level Help Desk Data Technician Manager Administrator Abbreviation dsspl Alternate dsccpl Restrictions None Routine Yes Schedule Yes Related Commands Acquire Modem Control Channel Poll List acmccpl Display System Poll List Input Form This input form contains the following fields Control channel s Required field Identifies the control channels whose poll lists are to be displayed Control channel values are in the range 1 8 al ANALYSIS or m2 multiplexer Multiple entries and the keyword all are allowed Poll status Required field Polling status is determined from the System polling field in the device profiles Enter the polling status of
408. ture workstation From a basic feature workstation type the key sequence ESC Each input form has associated form help text Form help is accessed from a full feature workstation by selecting the Help button in the logoff window From a basic feature workstation type the key sequence ESC Form help includes a general description of the form currently displayed The form help text for input forms also includes general descriptions of how to enter input how to access field help and the types of field help available selectable menu vs field help text For Screen Input Fields Within forms field Help menus or text messages are accessed by selecting field labels with the mouse from a full feature workstation or typing in the field The cursor must be positioned on the field for which help is needed From a basic feature workstation type a in the input field For 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System tabular fields the column label should be selected Figure 1 4 is an example of a selected field Help menu IR Inventory state NMS support Device type Ee ne Figure 1 4 Selecting Fields Listed in Tabular Form Each field that accepts user input has associated field help Depending on the type of field either fixed parameter or variable parameter i e a value within a range of values field help is either a selectable menu of valid field entr
409. u a mail message Each item stored in your queue is assigned an index number to identify it The list of items in your queue and their assigned index numbers are available via the List Queue Results sgr command For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is provided For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level Help Desk Data Technician Manager Administrator Abbreviation diqr Restrictions None Routine No Schedule Yes Related Commands Display Queue Results dsqr List Queue Results Isqr Delete Queue Results Input Form This input form contains the following fields Login name Required field Your User ID automatically displays Only the System Administrator can specify the User ID of another user Number of results in queue Identifies the number of items in the queue Index number s Required field Identifies the queue results item s to be deleted Enter one or more of the following e A single index number e Several index numbers separated by commas or spaces e A range of index numbers for example 1 15 or 7 last e The keyword all to delete all queue the results e The keyword last to delete the most recent result in the queue Press F2 to execute the c
410. ueue Results sgr command to determine the index number that has been assigned to each command result stored in a queue The dsgr command accesses the results queue assigned to that task Thus the Manager Trouble Tracking and Trouble Inventory Reports tasks each have their own results queues Refer to the appropriate sections of this manual for an explanation of this command as it pertains to Manager and Trouble Inventory Reports tasks For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is provided For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level Help Desk Data Technician Manager Administrator Abbreviation dsqr Restrictions None Routine No Schedule No Related Commands Delete Queue Results dlqr List Queue Results Isqr Display Queue Results Input Form This input form contains the following fields Login name Required field Your User ID is automatically displayed Only the System Administrator can specify a User ID other than his her own Number of results in queue Indicates the number of results currently in the queue for the specified User ID Index number s Specifies the index number s of the queue results item s that you want to display Enter one or more of the f
411. ueue Results dsqr List Queue Results Input Form This input form contains the following fields User ID Required field Your User ID is automatically displayed Only the System Administrator can specify a User ID other than his her own Number of results in queue Identifies the number of items in the queue Renumber list Required field Requests a consecutive renumbering of the queue results list Previously queued results could have been deleted using the dlgr command from any position within the consecutively numbered list By entering yes you consecutively renumber the list to fill in those gaps If you enter no then the list is not renumbered A pop up menu lists the valid selections 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 281 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System NOTE For the Manager queue if the number of results in a queue reaches 50 and there are empty positions within the list numbering the next set of results sent to the queue causes NMS to renumber the list automatically A mail message is sent if this occurs Click on Go or press F2 to execute the command List Queue Results Results Form A sample of this results form is shown in Figure 2 103 pam mfonsecvert ZE RESULTS IST QUEUE RESULTS Fage 1 User ID admin INDEX NO COMMAND OR ROUTINE NAME START TIME 1 id Wed Dec 18 16 16 45 2 id Wed Dec 18 23 00 01 3 det Thu Dec 19 20 00303 4 dit Thu Dec 19 22 00 03
412. ut Form There are two pages for this input form Page 1 enables you to specify selection criteria Page 2 enables you to specify the output criteria Samples of Pages 1 and 2 are shown in Figures 3 12 and 3 13 3 24 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Trouble Inventory Reports Task Commands Page 1 IRA Trouble Inventory Reports DETAILED TROUBLE TICKET REPORT Page 1 SELECTION CRITERIA Devicefs E Trouble address Device typets Alert typets t Alert groupisi Ticket status Escalation status Ticket categoryfs Ticket severityts MORE Fil Help Fe Go F3 ClrFld Fa PrewFld FS MainMenu Fe FillForm FYr Defaults Fa Cancel Figure 3 12 Detailed Trouble Ticket Report Input Form Page 1 This input form contains the following fields SELECTION CRITERIA Device s Specifies the device s to be used as the search criteria Device IDs can be any of the following e Device Address examples 1 4 3 4 4 m2 232 e Device Name examples apl 32 ny atm control e Circuit Name examples cir ch 10 cir ny to la e Serial Number examples ser 1234567 ser 66778888 e Network Name examples net atm net detroit net loans See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information Multiple entries and the wildcard characters are allowed 6
413. vice Profile input form Page 1 Figure 2 1 You can change this field on this form A pop up menu is available listing valid selections This field is carried over from the input selection form Model number Identifies the appropriate device model number for the given device Serial number Identifies the device s unique serial number Serial numbers start with the protected prefix ser followed by the actual serial number Refer to Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information Version number Indicates the hardware or software version of the device Enter the alphanumeric string of the version number of the device Physical address Designates the cabinet carrier and slot position of the device On the network map the physical address displays with the device name in an object list for the parent device Enter an address using format ece e sl f Where ccce Cabinet number 1 999 c Carrier 1 9 sl Slot number 1 99 f Slot position enter f for front r for rear or leave blank Number of ports Designates the number of physical ports configured or available on the device Enter a number from 0 to 1000 The default value is 1 Device position Indicates whether the device is a control device or a tributary device Valid values are control tributary and other A pop up menu is available listing valid selections
414. wed Specifies whether device exceptions can be created Page 1 Device Exceptions Kalka RESULTS DISPLAY AUTOMATED ACTION FILTER Page 1 Alert group ddd device Filter typet duration Filter value 0010 00 Device Value 1 ccdm2 01 00 00 2 cc m3 02 15 00 3 ecdmd 003 30330 4 ecdm5s 12 00 00 EEEE EEEEEEEETETEEEETETEEETEEEE END OF RESULTS EET EEEEEEEEEETETETETETEEETEEE E Start time Tue Jun 16 08 59 13 Completion time Tue Jun 16 08 59 13 revMenu Figure 2 35 Display Automated Action Filter Results Form Device Exceptions This results form contains the following fields Alert group Identifies the selected alert group Filter type Identifies the filter type associated with the selected alert group Filter value Identifies the filter value associated with the filter used for alerts in the selected alert group Device Lists each device for which exceptional filter settings have been created Value Lists the filter value for each device exception 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 113 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Display Device Group dsdg Use the dsdg command to display all devices belong to a particular device group For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is provide
415. work Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information Device name Displays the unique mnemonic name for the device If you did not specify a device name in the input form the system generated name is displayed Refer to Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information This field and its value are displayed on all subsequent results form pages Telephone no Displays the device s telephone number for ddd device type 3910 model number or 3911 model number only Device type Indicates the type of device See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for valid device types Protocol mode Identifies the protocol mode of the device Displays dataphone II for devices operating in DATAPHONE II protocol mode or advanced for devices operating in Advanced Diagnostic protocol mode This field is blank for ANALYSIS DMC protocol 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 117 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Product type Identifies the product name Displays comsphere 3400 4400 Series modems 3900 Series modems COMSPHERE 3800 Series DDD modems 3600 Series DSUs and DDD modems 3500 dsu 3500 Series DSUs and DDD modems dataphone DATAPHONE II modems or analysis ANALYSIS devices Model number Identifies
416. xecute the command If you chose the printer or queue to display the results and or you chose an execution time other than now or only one ticket passed your selection criteria then all tickets that meet your selection criteria are included in the results However if you chose ert as the destination and now for the execution a selection list is displayed listing all selected trouble tickets in the chosen sort sequence Figure 4 5 You can limit the selection of trouble tickets that display by reviewing the list using the arrow keys and placing an x in the box beside each ticket that you select to display 4 16 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Trouble Tracking Task Commands Trouble Tracking bes TROUBLE TICKET SELECTION LIST Ticket Open datetime Status Category Severity Assigned to Device name Description ae 12 18 91 11 25 53 open auto system 1 Multiplexer polling port is down 2 127 19 91 16 22 00 open auto sustem 1 Process WalTrSvr is down 3 12 20 91 15 01 10 open FistHelp Fe Go FS ClrFld Fa PreyvFld F5 MainMenu Fe Cancel Figure 4 5 Display Trouble Tickets Selection List Display Trouble Tickets Results Form For each ticket displayed there are four pages to its results form Samples of these pages are shown in Figures 4 6 to 4 9 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 4 17 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Page 1 IRA Trouble Tracking RESULTS DISPLAY TROUBLE TICKETS Page 1
417. xecution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is provided For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level Help Desk Data Technician Manager Administrator Abbreviation dspf Restrictions None Routine Yes Schedule Yes Related Commands Edit Processing Filter edpf Display Processing Filter Input Form This input form contains the following fields Device type Required field Specifies the device type whose processing filter parameters are to be displayed See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information A pop up menu is available listing valid device types Option Required field Specifies which filter parameters should be displayed Selecting the alert group value causes NMS to display filter parameters for all alert groups of that device type Selecting the device exceptions value causes NMS to display any exceptions on a device by device basis for those filter parameters for an alert group If device exceptions is chosen the Alert group field appears A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Alert group Specifies the alert group for which device exceptions and corresponding processing filter parameters are to be displayed This field is only applicable when device ex
418. xecution fields For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Click on Go or press F2 to execute the command Display ATR States Results Form A sample of this results form is shown in Figure 2 32 Waa f m Managemertt RESULTS DISPLAY ATR STATES Page 1 Control channel State me on on on on on on on on on Onno home RERKSAARRARARAR SS RRRRR ARREARS REESE END OF RESULTS KEKE ARRARSSRA RRR ARRSKR SRS ERE Start time Wed Dec 18 16 08 03 Completion time Wed Dec 18 16 08 03 es ee MainMenu fi PrevForm Figure 2 32 Display ATR States Results Form 2 106 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands The results form contains the following fields Control Channel Specifies the control channel State Specifies ATR state of each listed control channel on or off The on value indicates that the NMS is authorizing Automatic Trouble Reports for that control channel The off value indicates that Automatic trouble reporting is turned off for that control channel 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 107 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Display Audit Trail dsat Use the dsat command to display via user selectable criteria the contents of the Audit Trail table Access Level Administrator Abbreviation dsat Restrictions Accessible only to the System Administrator Routine Yes Schedule Yes Related Commands Delete Audit Trai
419. xternal systems can be changed except those automatically installed for 3270 and ANALYSIS systems See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for more information To delete an external system simply clear all the fields for that system except for the NAME field It is recommended that you change the NAME value to not configured because this is a required field and cannot remain blank Type Required field Defines the type of external system Possible types are e DATAPHONE II DBU controller dbu e Series 700 Multiplexer series 700 e System Controller se e Service Restoration Control Unit srcu e DCX 840 850 Multiplexers dex e Analysis NMS analysis e SNMP Manager sm e 3270 Terminal Emulation 3270 e Hosts Supporting telnet telnet e A VT100 compatible terminal or Bytex switch other A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Port group Required field Identifies the port group to which the external system is assigned External systems with the same port group share the ports in that group This is normally done for direct distance dial ports The port group number in this field must have been previously specified using the Edit Port Configurations edpc command NOTE Port group cannot be set for SM and telnet types 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 225 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network
420. y additional information about the user This field is displayed only to the System Administrator Click on Go or press F2 to execute the command Create User Profile Results Form This results form confirms that a user profile record was created 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 65 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Create Vendor Profile crvp Use the crvp command to create a new profile for a specified vendor A vendor profile may also be automatically created during the execution of the Create Device Profile crdp or Create Facility Profile crfp commands Access Level Data Technician Manager Administrator Abbreviation crvp Restrictions None Routine Yes Schedule Yes Related Commands Delete Vendor Profile dlvp Device Inventory Report dir accessed from Trouble Inventory Reports task Display Vendor Profile dsvp Edit Vendor Profile edvp Create Vendor Profile Input Form There are multiple pages to this input form Samples of Pages 1 and 3 are shown Figures 2 15 and 2 16 Page 2 provides additional contact information space and is not shown Page 1 Manager CREATE WENDOR PROFILE Page 1 Vendor name M Contact s Namet Funetiont Phone number Address Name Function Phone numbert Address ee EE Goce oes eer eee Figure 2 15 Create Vendor Profile Input Form Page 1 2 66 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Comma
421. y cell in the normal operation color when the tally of alerts in that category is zero e The network map displays a device or facility icon or list name in the unmanaged color if that device facility is not managed i e unsupported by the 6800 Series NMS The network map displays a site icon or list name in the unmanaged color if none of the devices at that site are supported by the NMS For most commands NMS enables you to specify the destination for the command s results and schedule its execution If the last page of the input form cannot accommodate the Destination for results and Schedule execution fields an additional page is provided For a complete description of these fields refer to Chapter 1 Introduction Access Level System Administrator Abbreviation edcc Restrictions Choosing an alert priority color of black or dark blue prevents these alerts from appearing on the Monitor and the tally from appearing on the Summary since their backgrounds are also black and dark blue respectively Color code changes are not reflected on currently open map monitor and summary displays These task windows must be closed then reopened for your changes to be reflected Routine Yes Schedule Yes Related Commands Edit Alert Attribute edaa 2 214 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Edit Color Code Input Form A sample of this input form is shown in Figure 2 75 KaRa nt ri
422. y have already specified this field on the Create Device Profile input form Page 1 you can edit this field on this form See Appendix E Naming Conventions in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide for valid device types A pop up menu is available listing valid selections 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 23 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Model number Identifies the appropriate device model number for the given device type Based on the information obtained from the device this field can either be protected or required NMS automatically determines this model number if it can obtain this information from the multiplexer Model numbers that can appear for multiplexer devices are listed in Appendix A Device Model Numbers in the COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System User s System Administrator s Guide Product type Identifies the product name This field automatically populates when creating or editing the profile command for device types mux swtch 56mux and ntwk The product type value for the device types mentioned will be Series 700 System polling Required field Indicates whether the NMS is polling multiplexer nodes for alerts e For active multiplexer devices the acceptable values are mux poll NMS is polling the device and no system poll NMS is not polling the device e Ifthe device has an inventory state other than active the
423. y specifies the current date today nn specifies a number of days before today nn specifies an integer number from 1 through 32 mm dd yy specifies the month day and year 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 109 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Time interval e from time Specifies the beginning time of the search The default value is the time of the earliest entry in the audit_trail table The valid format is hh mm Note that 12 00 a m midnight is specified as 00 00 and 11 59 p m is specified as 23 59 e to time Specifies the ending time of the search The valid format is hh mm Exception val A pop up menu displays the values yes and no for this field The default value is no Changing this value to yes has the effect of constraining the search to table entries with permissions error Sort by Indicates how the results should be sorted for display A pop up menu is available listing valid selections Display Audit Trail Results Form This results form contains the following fields NOTE The output displayed on the Display Audit Trail results form depends on the input values entered on the Display Audit Trail input form User ID The ID of the user Cmd acro A system acronym system routine name or user routine name Date time The date and time that the record was entered into the Audit Trail database which corresponds with the time that the user executed the particular comma
424. ystem Site name Specifies the name of the location of the device Vendor name Identifies the company name of the vendor supplying the device Page 3 Modem Devices This results form contains the following fields CALL STATISTICS for COMSPHERE 3800 Series DDD modem Model 3811 B1 001 Displays only if you specify COMSPHERE 3800 Series DDD modem Model 3811 B1 001 Options are as follows Collect Indicates whether or not NMS should save call summary information for this device Store call detail Indicates whether or not NMS should save call detail information for this device AUTHORIZATIONS TT Indicates if Automatic Trouble Tickets are authorized for the device on or off ATR Indicates if Automatic Trouble Reports are authorized for the device by specifying the appropriate ATR phone directory numbers to be used 1 2 3 4 If ATRs are not authorized for the device off displays default value UAI Indicates if the Uniform Alarm Interface is available and authorized for the device on or off USER CONTACT Name Indicates the name of the person responsible for the device when there is a service problem 2 120 January 1997 6800 A2 GB30 20 Manager Task Commands Phone number Indicates the phone number of the person responsible for the device when there is a service problem Address Indicates the address of the person responsible for the device when there is a service problem Page 4 Modem
425. ystem Administrator Abbreviation edc Restrictions None Routine Yes Schedule Yes Related Commands Edit Row Column Labels edrcl Edit Category Input Form There are two pages to this input form Page 1 enables you to select a category Page 2 enables you to edit that category A sample of Page 2 is shown in Figure 2 74 Page 1 This input form contains the following field Category Required field Specifies the category whose parameters you want to edit Valid values are 1 30 A pop up menu is available listing valid selections 6800 A2 GB30 20 January 1997 2 211 COMSPHERE 6800 Series Network Management System Page 2 IE S m Hanagement EDIT CATEGORY Fage 2 Category 1 Statust Device typets system Modelts all Devicets all Alertis all Priorityts 1 Finished editing categories H EE Goce oes Pee eee Figure 2 74 Edit Category Input Form Page 2 This input form contains the following field Status Required field Specifies whether the selected category is active or inactive An active category displays a dynamic tally of alerts An inactive category does not tally alerts and displays in the background color A pop up menu is available listing valid selections The following fields are used to determine which alerts are included in the selected category s tally Device type s Specifies the device type s whose alerts are to be included in the tally Multiple entries

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

6800 A2 GB30 20 gb-2ea 20a 30ma

6800-A2-GB30-20

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents